Form 1-A Issuer Information UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 1-A
REGULATION A OFFERING STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OMB APPROVAL

FORM 1-A

OMB Number: 3235-0286


Estimated average burden hours per response: 608.0

1-A: Filer Information

Issuer CIK
0001812641
Issuer CCC
XXXXXXXX
DOS File Number
Offering File Number
Is this a LIVE or TEST Filing? LIVE TEST
Would you like a Return Copy?
Notify via Filing Website only?
Since Last Filing?

Co-issuer Information

Co-issuer CIK
0001825851
Co-issuer CCC
XXXXXXXX
Co-issuer File Number

Submission Contact Information

Name
Phone
E-Mail Address

1-A: Item 1. Issuer Information

Issuer Infomation

Exact name of issuer as specified in the issuer's charter
Gateway Garage Partners LLC
Jurisdiction of Incorporation / Organization
DELAWARE
Year of Incorporation
2020
CIK
0001812641
Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code
REAL ESTATE OPERATORS (NO DEVELOPERS) & LESSORS
I.R.S. Employer Identification Number
85-1031420
Total number of full-time employees
0
Total number of part-time employees
0

Issuer Infomation

Exact name of issuer as specified in the issuer's charter
181 High Street LLC
Jurisdiction of Incorporation / Organization
MAINE
Year of Incorporation
2008
CIK
0001825851
Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code
REAL ESTATE OPERATORS (NO DEVELOPERS) & LESSORS
I.R.S. Employer Identification Number
26-2224584
Total number of full-time employees
0
Total number of part-time employees
0

Contact Infomation

Address of Principal Executive Offices

Address 1
6 West 20th Street
Address 2
5th Floor
City
New York
State/Country
NEW YORK
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code
10011
Phone
813-438-6452

Provide the following information for the person the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff should call in connection with any pre-qualification review of the offering statement.

Name
Kenneth Betts
Address 1
Address 2
City
State/Country
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code
Phone

Provide up to two e-mail addresses to which the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff may send any comment letters relating to the offering statement. After qualification of the offering statement, such e-mail addresses are not required to remain active.

Financial Statements

Industry Group (select one) Banking Insurance Other

Use the financial statements for the most recent period contained in this offering statement to provide the following information about the issuer. The following table does not include all of the line items from the financial statements. Long Term Debt would include notes payable, bonds, mortgages, and similar obligations. To determine "Total Revenues" for all companies selecting "Other" for their industry group, refer to Article 5-03(b)(1) of Regulation S-X. For companies selecting "Insurance", refer to Article 7-04 of Regulation S-X for calculation of "Total Revenues" and paragraphs 5 and 7 of Article 7-04 for "Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues".

Balance Sheet Information

Cash and Cash Equivalents
$ 100.00
Investment Securities
$ 0.00
Total Investments
$
Accounts and Notes Receivable
$ 0.00
Loans
$
Property, Plant and Equipment (PP&E):
$ 0.00
Property and Equipment
$
Total Assets
$ 100.00
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
$ 0.00
Policy Liabilities and Accruals
$
Deposits
$
Long Term Debt
$ 0.00
Total Liabilities
$ 0.00
Total Stockholders' Equity
$ 100.00
Total Liabilities and Equity
$ 100.00

Statement of Comprehensive Income Information

Total Revenues
$ 0.00
Total Interest Income
$
Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues
$ 0.00
Total Interest Expenses
$
Depreciation and Amortization
$ 0.00
Net Income
$ 0.00
Earnings Per Share - Basic
$ 0.00
Earnings Per Share - Diluted
$ 0.00
Name of Auditor (if any)
Baker Tilly US, LLP (formerly known as Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP)

Outstanding Securities

Common Equity

Name of Class (if any) Common Equity
Membership Interest
Common Equity Units Outstanding
1
Common Equity CUSIP (if any):
000000N/A
Common Equity Units Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
N/A

Preferred Equity

Preferred Equity Name of Class (if any)
N/A
Preferred Equity Units Outstanding
0
Preferred Equity CUSIP (if any)
000000N/A
Preferred Equity Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
N/A

Debt Securities

Debt Securities Name of Class (if any)
N/A
Debt Securities Units Outstanding
0
Debt Securities CUSIP (if any):
000000N/A
Debt Securities Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
N/A

1-A: Item 2. Issuer Eligibility

Issuer Eligibility

Check this box to certify that all of the following statements are true for the issuer(s)

1-A: Item 3. Application of Rule 262

Application Rule 262

Check this box to certify that, as of the time of this filing, each person described in Rule 262 of Regulation A is either not disqualified under that rule or is disqualified but has received a waiver of such disqualification.

Check this box if "bad actor" disclosure under Rule 262(d) is provided in Part II of the offering statement.

1-A: Item 4. Summary Information Regarding the Offering and Other Current or Proposed Offerings

Summary Infomation

Check the appropriate box to indicate whether you are conducting a Tier 1 or Tier 2 offering Tier1 Tier2
Check the appropriate box to indicate whether the financial statements have been audited Unaudited Audited
Types of Securities Offered in this Offering Statement (select all that apply)
Equity (common or preferred stock)
Does the issuer intend to offer the securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 251(d)(3)? Yes No
Does the issuer intend this offering to last more than one year? Yes No
Does the issuer intend to price this offering after qualification pursuant to Rule 253(b)? Yes No
Will the issuer be conducting a best efforts offering? Yes No
Has the issuer used solicitation of interest communications in connection with the proposed offering? Yes No
Does the proposed offering involve the resale of securities by affiliates of the issuer? Yes No
Number of securities offered
4000
Number of securities of that class outstanding
1

The information called for by this item below may be omitted if undetermined at the time of filing or submission, except that if a price range has been included in the offering statement, the midpoint of that range must be used to respond. Please refer to Rule 251(a) for the definition of "aggregate offering price" or "aggregate sales" as used in this item. Please leave the field blank if undetermined at this time and include a zero if a particular item is not applicable to the offering.

Price per security
$ 250.0000
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of the issuer
$ 1000000.00
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of selling securityholders
$ 0.00
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to all the securities of the issuer sold pursuant to a qualified offering statement within the 12 months before the qualification of this offering statement
$ 0.00
The estimated portion of aggregate sales attributable to securities that may be sold pursuant to any other qualified offering statement concurrently with securities being sold under this offering statement
$ 0.00
Total (the sum of the aggregate offering price and aggregate sales in the four preceding paragraphs)
$ 1000000.00

Anticipated fees in connection with this offering and names of service providers

Underwriters - Name of Service Provider
Independent Brokerage Solutions LLC f/k/a/ SDDco Brokerage Advisors LLC; LEX Markets LLC
Underwriters - Fees
$ 0.00
Sales Commissions - Name of Service Provider
Sales Commissions - Fee
$
Finders' Fees - Name of Service Provider
Finders' Fees - Fees
$
Audit - Name of Service Provider
Baker Tilly US, LLP (formerly known as Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP)
Audit - Fees
$ 0.00
Legal - Name of Service Provider
Winston & Strawn LLP
Legal - Fees
$ 0.00
Promoters - Name of Service Provider
Promoters - Fees
$
Blue Sky Compliance - Name of Service Provider
CrowdCheck, Inc.
Blue Sky Compliance - Fees
$ 0.00
CRD Number of any broker or dealer listed:
153563
Estimated net proceeds to the issuer
$ 1000000.00
Clarification of responses (if necessary)
181 High Street LLC will pay the underwriter a fee equal to 4% of the gross proceeds from this offering, from which the other expenses of this offering, including the legal and audit fees, will be paid.

1-A: Item 5. Jurisdictions in Which Securities are to be Offered

Jurisdictions in Which Securities are to be Offered

Using the list below, select the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities

Selected States and Jurisdictions
ALABAMA
ALASKA
ARIZONA
ARKANSAS
CALIFORNIA
COLORADO
CONNECTICUT
DELAWARE
FLORIDA
GEORGIA
HAWAII
IDAHO
ILLINOIS
INDIANA
IOWA
KANSAS
KENTUCKY
LOUISIANA
MAINE
MARYLAND
MASSACHUSETTS
MICHIGAN
MINNESOTA
MISSISSIPPI
MISSOURI
MONTANA
NEBRASKA
NEVADA
NEW HAMPSHIRE
NEW JERSEY
NEW MEXICO
NEW YORK
NORTH CAROLINA
NORTH DAKOTA
OHIO
OKLAHOMA
OREGON
PENNSYLVANIA
RHODE ISLAND
SOUTH CAROLINA
SOUTH DAKOTA
TENNESSEE
TEXAS
UTAH
VERMONT
VIRGINIA
WASHINGTON
WEST VIRGINIA
WISCONSIN
WYOMING
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
PUERTO RICO
ALBERTA, CANADA
BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA
MANITOBA, CANADA
NEW BRUNSWICK, CANADA
NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA
NOVA SCOTIA, CANADA
ONTARIO, CANADA
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, CANADA
QUEBEC, CANADA
SASKATCHEWAN, CANADA
YUKON, CANADA
CANADA (FEDERAL LEVEL)

Using the list below, select the jurisdictions in which the securities are to be offered by underwriters, dealers or sales persons or check the appropriate box

None
Same as the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities
Selected States and Jurisdictions

ALABAMA
ALASKA
ARIZONA
ARKANSAS
CALIFORNIA
COLORADO
CONNECTICUT
DELAWARE
FLORIDA
GEORGIA
HAWAII
IDAHO
ILLINOIS
INDIANA
IOWA
KANSAS
KENTUCKY
LOUISIANA
MAINE
MARYLAND
MASSACHUSETTS
MICHIGAN
MINNESOTA
MISSISSIPPI
MISSOURI
MONTANA
NEBRASKA
NEVADA
NEW HAMPSHIRE
NEW JERSEY
NEW MEXICO
NEW YORK
NORTH CAROLINA
NORTH DAKOTA
OHIO
OKLAHOMA
OREGON
PENNSYLVANIA
RHODE ISLAND
SOUTH CAROLINA
SOUTH DAKOTA
TENNESSEE
TEXAS
UTAH
VERMONT
VIRGINIA
WASHINGTON
WEST VIRGINIA
WISCONSIN
WYOMING
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
PUERTO RICO
ALBERTA, CANADA
BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA
MANITOBA, CANADA
NEW BRUNSWICK, CANADA
NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA
NOVA SCOTIA, CANADA
ONTARIO, CANADA
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, CANADA
QUEBEC, CANADA
SASKATCHEWAN, CANADA
YUKON, CANADA
CANADA (FEDERAL LEVEL)

1-A: Item 6. Unregistered Securities Issued or Sold Within One Year

Unregistered Securities Issued or Sold Within One Year

None

Unregistered Securities Issued

As to any unregistered securities issued by the issuer of any of its predecessors or affiliated issuers within one year before the filing of this Form 1-A, state:

(a)Name of such issuer
Gateway Garage Partners LLC
(b)(1) Title of securities issued
Member Interest
(2) Total Amount of such securities issued
1
(3) Amount of such securities sold by or for the account of any person who at the time was a director, officer, promoter or principal securityholder of the issuer of such securities, or was an underwriter of any securities of such issuer.
0
(c)(1) Aggregate consideration for which the securities were issued and basis for computing the amount thereof.
$100 (negotiated price between issuer and buyer)
(2) Aggregate consideration for which the securities listed in (b)(3) of this item (if any) were issued and the basis for computing the amount thereof (if different from the basis described in (c)(1)).

Unregistered Securities Act

(e) Indicate the section of the Securities Act or Commission rule or regulation relied upon for exemption from the registration requirements of such Act and state briefly the facts relied upon for such exemption
Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act

 

As submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 16, 2020

 

PART II INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE OFFERING CIRCULAR

 

Preliminary Offering Circular dated October 16, 2020

 

An offering statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time an offering circular that is not designated as a Preliminary Offering Circular is delivered and the offering statement filed with the Commission becomes qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the offering statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.

 

GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC

181 HIGH STREET LLC

 

Units of Limited Liability Company Interest

 

$500,000 Minimum Offering Amount

 

$1,000,000 Maximum Offering Amount

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC (“Gateway”) is a newly formed Delaware limited liability company organized for the sole purpose of acquiring a membership interest (the “Interest”) in 181 High Street, LLC, a Maine limited liability company (“OpCo” and, together with Gateway, the “Issuers”). OpCo’s sole asset is a 208,375 square foot parking garage containing approximately 600 parking spaces located at 181 High Street, Portland, Maine (the “Property”). For additional information regarding the Property, see “Description of the Property” beginning on page 17.

 

Gateway is managed by Noyack Medical Partners LLC (the “Manager”), which is also the manager of OpCo. For additional information regarding the Manager, see “Management” beginning on page 25.

 

Gateway intends to qualify to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” beginning on page 36. The mailing address of the principal executive offices of the Issuers is 6 West 20th Street, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10011 and their telephone number is (813) 438-6452.

 

The Issuers are offering a minimum of $500,000 of units of limited liability company units, or Units, of Gateway and a maximum of $1,000,000 of Units at an initial offering price of $250 per Unit. This offering is being made on a “best efforts” basis which means that no one is committed to purchasing any Units in this offering. OpCo has engaged Independent Brokerage Solutions LLC, formerly known as SDDco Brokerage Advisors LLC, and LEX Markets LLC (the “Placement Agents”), to act as the exclusive placement agents in connection with this offering. The Placement Agents are not obligated to purchase any Units or sell a specific amount of Units, but will use its commercially reasonable “best efforts” to solicit purchases of the Units. OpCo will pay the Placement Agents a placement fee equal to 4% of the gross proceeds of the Units sold in this offering.

 

The minimum aggregate investment in the Units is $500,000, based on the initial public offering price of $250.00 per Unit. We expect to commence the offering of the Units promptly following the qualification of the offering statement of which this offering circular forms a part and to continue this offering until August 31, 2021, or the Termination Date. We reserve the right to extend the Termination Date in our sole discretion. Subscription proceeds will be held in escrow accounts until closing and will not bear interest. If we do not receive subscriptions for the total minimum offering amount set forth herein by the Termination Date, we will cancel this offering and return all subscription amounts, without interest, in accordance with the terms of the applicable escrow agreement. See “Plan of Distribution—Online Subscriptions and Escrow Agreements” beginning on page 48. We reserve the right to terminate this offering for any reason at any time.

 

 

 

 

The Company will receive 100% of the proceeds from this offering. The Placement Agents have agreed to pay the expenses of this offering, other than the placement fee payable to the Placement Agent. As a result, this is a “no load” offering, and the investors will not be required to pay any organization or offering expenses. Beginning on the first anniversary of the commencement of trading, Gateway will pay LEX Markets LLC an annual platform fee equal to 1.0% of the value of the public float of the Units, which will be initially based on the $250 offering price per Unit. The price per Unit will remain the same for the throughout the term of the offering. Following the completion of the offering, the value of the public float will be based on the average price per Unit for the last 90 calendar days of the immediately preceding calendar year. See “LEX Markets Trading Platform” beginning on page 35.

 

Gateway intends to use all the proceeds of this offering to acquire the Interest. See “Use of Proceeds” beginning on page 15. The Issuers expect that the sole source of funds for any distributions paid in respect of the Units will be distributions from OpCo resulting from our ownership of the Interest. See “Our Distribution Policy” beginning on page 16.

 

This offering is intended to qualify as a “Tier 2” offering pursuant to Regulation A promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. In preparing this offering circular, the Issuers have elected to comply with the offering circular disclosure requirements specified in Form 1-A under Regulation A.

 

Because this offering is being conducted pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act, the Issuers are subject to reduced reporting requirements. Consequently, investors in this offering will have less information about the Issuers than would be available regarding an issuer of registered securities. This lack of information may make it more difficult for an investor to evaluate an investment in the Units. See “Risk Factors — We are subject to reduced reporting requirements which may make it more difficult for investors to evaluate an investment in the Units.”

 

In connection with this offering, the Issuers intend to seek to have the Units admitted to trading on an “alternative trading system” (the “ATS”) to be maintained by LEX Markets LLC, which is currently in the application process. See “LEX Markets Trading Platform” beginning on page 35. However, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for the Units will be established or, if established, maintained. As a result, the liquidity of your investment in the Units may be limited.

 

Generally, no sale may be made to you in this offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov.

 

Investing in the Units involves a high degree of risk, including material income tax risks and risks arising from potential conflicts of interest between the Manager, OpCo and Gateway. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6 for risks you should consider before buying the Units. You should purchase these securities only if you can afford a complete loss of your investment.

 

NEITHER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES REGULATOR HAS PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVEN ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THIS OFFERING, NOR DO ANY OF THEM PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SELLING LITERATURE. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

 

    Price to public   Placement agent fees   Proceeds to us (1)(2)
Per unit   $250   (1)   $250.00
Total minimum   $500,000   (1)   $500,000
Total maximum   $1,000,000   (1)   $1,000,000

 

(1) OpCo has agreed to pay the Placement Agents a placement fee equal to 4% of the gross proceeds of the Units sold in this offering and to reimburse the Placement Agents for certain expenses. The Placement Agents have agreed to pay the expenses of this offering up to the extent of the 4% placement fee received. LEX Markets Corp. is responsible for any expenses in excess of the total placement fee. We are not obligated to reimburse the Placement Agents for such expenses. Accordingly, the Company will receive 100% of the proceeds of the offering, all of which will be used by us to acquire the Interest in OpCo. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Plan of Distribution.” 

 

(2) We have entered into an escrow deposit agreement with Signature Bank, a New York State chartered bank, to act as Escrow Agent for subscriptions in excess of $100,000. All other subscriptions shall be held in escrow with Apex Clearing Corporation. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

This Offering Circular follows the Offering Circular disclosure format.

 

INDEPENDENT BROKERAGE SOLUTIONS LLC LEX MARKETS LLC 

  

The date of this offering circular is November __, 2020

 

 

 

 

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR

 

In this offering circular, Gateway Garage Partners LLC is referred to as “Gateway” or the “Company.” The co-issuer of this offering, 181 High Street, is referred to as “OpCo.” Gateway and OpCo are referred to together as the “Issuers,” “we,” “us” or “our.” Noyack Medical Partners LLC, in its capacity as the managing member of the Company, is referred to as the “Manager” and in its capacity as the manager of OpCo, is referred to as the “OpCo Manager.”

 

Please carefully read the information in this offering circular and any accompanying offering circular amendments and supplements, which we refer to collectively as the offering circular. You should rely only on the information contained in this offering circular. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. This offering circular may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. You should not assume that the information contained in this offering circular is accurate as of any date later than the date hereof or such other dates as are stated herein or as of the respective dates of any documents or other information incorporated herein by reference.

 

This offering circular is part of an offering statement that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), using a continuous offering process. The offering statement we filed with the SEC includes exhibits that provide more detailed descriptions of the matters discussed in this offering circular. You should read this offering circular and the related exhibits filed with the SEC and any offering circular supplement, together with additional information contained in our annual reports, semi-annual reports and other reports and information statements that we will file periodically with the SEC. See the section entitled “Additional Information” below for more details.

 

We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the Units only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. You should rely only on the information contained in this offering circular. We have not and the Placement Agents have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than the information contained in this offering circular. The information contained in this offering circular is accurate only as of its date, regardless of the time of its delivery or of any sale or delivery of our securities. Neither the delivery of this offering circular nor any sale or delivery of the Units shall, under any circumstances, imply that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this offering circular. This offering circular will be updated and made available for delivery to the extent required by the federal securities laws.

 

The offering circular and all supplements and reports that we have filed or will file in the future can be read at the SEC website, www.sec.gov, or on the LEX Markets Platform website, www.LEX-markets.com. The contents of the LEX Markets Platform website (other than the offering statement, this offering circular and the appendices and exhibits thereto) are not incorporated by reference in or otherwise a part of this offering circular.

 

The Manager and the Placement Agents will be permitted to make a determination that a purchaser of Units in this offering is a “qualified purchaser” in reliance on the information and representations provided by the investor regarding the investor’s financial situation. Before making any representation that an investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage investors to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage investors to refer to www.investor.gov.

 

   i  

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS OFFERING CIRCULAR i
STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION iii
SUMMARY 1
RISK FACTORS 6
USE OF PROCEEDS 15
DISTRIBUTION POLICY 16
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY 17
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 24
MANAGEMENT 25
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS 26
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST 27
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT 28
DESCRIPTION OF UNITS 30
LEX MARKETS TRADING PLATFORM 35
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS 36
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS 45
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 48
LEGAL MATTERS 50
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 50
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC F-1
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF 181 HIGH STREET LLC F-9

 

   ii  

 

 

STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

 

Some of the statements in this offering circular constitute forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance, plans and objectives. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “will,” and similar words or phrases or the negative or other variations thereof or comparable terminology. All forward-looking statements are predictions or projections and involve known and unknown risks, estimates, assumptions, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual transactions, results, performance, achievements and outcomes to differ adversely from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.

 

You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The cautionary statements set forth in this offering circular, including in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere, identify important factors that you should consider in evaluating our forward-looking statements.

 

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, performance, achievements or outcomes. No assurance can be made to any investor by anyone that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements will be attained or that deviations from them will not be material and adverse. We undertake no obligation, other than as may be required by law, to re-issue this offering circular or otherwise make public statements in order to update our forward-looking statements beyond the date of this offering circular.

 

   iii  

 

 

SUMMARY

 

This offering summary highlights information contained elsewhere and does not contain all of the information that investors should consider in making their investment decisions. Before investing in the Units, investors should carefully read this entire offering circular, including the financial statements and related notes included herein. Investors should also consider, among other information, the matters described under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

The Issuers

 

Overview

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC is a newly formed Delaware limited liability company organized for the sole purpose of acquiring a membership interest, or the Interest, in 181 High Street LLC, or OpCo, a Maine limited liability company. OpCo is a limited liability company that was formed in 2008 and its sole asset is a 208,375 square feet parking garage containing approximately 600 parking spaces located at 181 High Street, Portland, Maine (the “Property”).

 

Upon the completion of this offering, Gateway will acquire the Interest in exchange for a capital contribution equal to the proceeds of this offering. The Interest will entitle Gateway to receive up to a 10 % share of the profits and losses of OpCo, with the exact amount being determined by dividing the gross proceeds of this offering by approximately $10.03 million, which is the market value of OpCo’s equity in the Property as determined by the OpCo Manager. For additional information regarding the Property valuation, see “Description of the Property—Property Valuation” beginning on page 19. If we sell Units equal to the total minimum offering amount set forth on the cover of this offering circular, we estimate Gateway’s proportionate share will be 5 %. If we sell Units equal to the total maximum offering amount set forth on the cover of this offering circular, we estimate that Gateway’s proportionate share will be 10 %.

 

Gateway intends to qualify to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” beginning on page 38. As members of a limited liability company that will elect to be taxed as a partnership, the holders of Units will receive annual Schedule K-1s following the end of each taxable year. Schedule K-1s are usually complex and may require investors to retain sophisticated tax experts to assist the taxpayer in preparing its tax return. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Tax Considerations” beginning on page 14. The mailing address of our principal executive offices is 6 West 20th Street, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10011 and our telephone number is (813) 438-6452.

 

The Manager

 

Noyack Medical Partners LLC is the Manager and is responsible for directing the management of Gateway’s business and affairs and implementing its investment strategy. The Manager and its officers and managers are not required to devote all of their time to Gateway’s business and are only required to devote such time to Gateway’s affairs as their duties require. The Manager performs its duties and responsibilities to Gateway pursuant to the terms of Gateway’s limited liability company agreement, or the Operating Agreement. The Manager will not receive any compensation for serving as the managing member of the Company. The OpCo Manager will be paid an asset management fee equal to two percent (2%) of OpCo’s annual gross income, subject to a five percent (5%) cap on the aggregate management fee payable by OpCo to the Property manager and the OpCo Manager. For additional information regarding the Manager, see “Management” beginning on page 26.

 

The Property

 

The Property consists of a five-story parking garage located at 181 High Street, Portland, Maine. The parking garage has 208,375 square feet of parking space consisting of approximately 600 parking spaces and two elevators. The garage is open 24 hours a day, seven days a week and 52 weeks a year. There are multiple security cameras on the Property, and multiple daily live patrols are conducted by a third-party security vendor. The parking garage was originally built in 1987 and went through an upgrade in 2011 in order to accommodate customers from one of its lessees. OpCo intends to use approximately $300,000 of the proceeds of this offering to replace one of the four façade sides of the parking garage and to reimburse a portion of the $2.5 million for capital expenses already completed at the Property. See “OpCo Business and Growth Plan” beginning on page 23 for more details.

 

  1  

 

 

The Property Leases

 

The parking garage is currently subject to three lease/license agreements pursuant to which substantially all of the spaces are reserved for or guaranteed for use by the lessees; however, the general public also has access to a number of the spaces on an as-available basis. The average monthly rental/license rates payable by the licensees is $139 per parking space. The rates for the general public are currently $4 per hour ($5.00 for the first hour), with a maximum of eight hours a day, and $185 per month. See “Description of the Property—The Parking Leases” beginning on page 18.

 

Contribution Transaction

 

Gateway will enter into a Contribution Agreement, or the Contribution Agreement, with OpCo. Pursuant to the terms of the Contribution Agreement, Gateway will contribute the proceeds of this offering to OpCo in exchange for the Interest. The Interest will entitle Gateway to receive a proportionate share of the profits and losses of OpCo of up to 10%, with the exact amount being determined by dividing the gross proceeds of this offering by approximately $10.03 million, which is the market value of OpCo’s equity in the Property as established by the OpCo Manager. If we sell Units equal to the total minimum offering amount set forth on the cover page of this offering circular, we estimate that Gateway’s proportionate share will be 5%. If we sell Units equal to the total maximum offering amount set forth on the cover of this offering circular, we estimate that Gateway’s proportionate share will be 10 %. For additional information, see “Contribution Agreement” beginning on page 29.

 

Organizational Chart

 

The organizational chart set forth below sets forth the ownership structure of OpCo after giving effect to the Contribution Transaction, assuming the total maximum offering amount has been raised in this offering.

 

Contribution Transaction
(assumes Maximum Offering Amount)

 

 

 

  2  

 

 

The Offering

 

Issuers   Gateway Garage Partners LLC and 181 High Street LLC
     
Securities offered   Units of Limited Liability Company Interest (“Units”). The Units will have the terms described under “Description of Units.”
     
Distributions   We expect that the sole source of funds for any distributions paid in respect of the Units will be distributions from OpCo resulting from Gateway’s ownership of the Interest. See “Distribution Policy” on page 16.
     
Price per Unit   $250.00
     
Offering Type   This offering is being made on a “best efforts” basis and is intended to qualify as a “Tier 2” offering pursuant to Regulation A promulgated under the Securities Act.  
     
Total Minimum Offering Amount/Total Maximum Offering Amount   We are offering a minimum amount of $500,000 of the Units (the “Total Minimum Offering Amount”) and a maximum of up to $1,000,000 of the Units (the “Total Maximum Offering Amount”).
     
Minimum and Maximum Investment   There is a $250 minimum investment requirement, and the maximum amount that each investor can purchase is subject to the investment threshold described under “Plan of Distribution—Investment Threshold” on page 48. We can waive the minimum and maximum purchase requirements on a case-by-case basis in our sole discretion. Subscriptions, once received, are irrevocable by the investors but can be rejected by us.
     
Placement Agents   We have engaged Independent Brokerage Solutions LLC, formerly known as SDDco Brokerage Advisors LLC, and LEX Markets LLC (the “Placement Agents”), to act as our exclusive placement agents in connection with this offering. The Placement Agents are not obligated to purchase any Units or sell a specific amount of Units, but will use its commercially reasonable “best efforts” to solicit purchases of the Units.
     
Payment for Units   After the qualification by the SEC of the offering statement of which this offering circular is a part, investors can make payment of the purchase price in the form of wire transfer into (i) for investors holding or opening brokerage accounts with LEX Markets LLC, by funding that account via automated clearing house (ACH) and following the subscription instructions on the LEX Markets LLC website, or (ii)  for investors investing more than $100,000 who desire to hold their Units at another U.S. brokerage firm, by wiring funds to a segregated non-interest bearing account held by Gateway at Signature Bank, in either case until the initial closing date of this offering, which shall occur on the date that the Total Minimum Offering Amount has been raised.  On the closing date, the funds in the account will be released to Gateway and the associated Units will be issued to the investors in this offering. If there is no closing of this offering, the funds deposited in the escrow accounts will be returned to subscribers’ respective brokerage accounts, from where subscribers will be able to withdraw the funds via ACH.

 

  3  

 

 

The Platform   LEX Markets LLC operates the LEX Markets Platform located at www.LEX-markets.com that enables investors to become equity holders in companies that own real estate properties. Through the LEX Markets Platform, investors can browse and screen potential property investments, view details of an investment and sign contractual documents online. After the qualification by the SEC of the offering statement of which this offering circular is a part, the offering will be conducted through the facilities of the LEX Markets Platform, whereby investors will receive, review, execute and deliver subscription agreements electronically.  Beginning on the first anniversary of the commencement of trading, the Company will pay LEX Markets LLC an annual platform fee equal to 1.0% of the value of the public float of the Units (the “Platform Fee”), which will initially be based on the $250 offering price per Unit.  The price per Unit will remain the same throughout the term of the offering.  Following completion of the offering, the public float will be based on the average price per Unit for the last 90 calendar days of the immediately preceding calendar year. For additional information, see “Plan of Distribution – Procedures for Subscribing” and “LEX Markets Trading Platform” on pages 49 and 35, respectively.
     
Termination Date   August 31, 2021 (the “Termination Date”). We reserve the right to extend the Termination Date in our sole discretion.  If we do not receive subscriptions for the Total Minimum Offering Amount by the Termination Date, we will cancel this offering and return all subscription amounts, without interest, in accordance with the terms of the applicable escrow agreement.  We reserve the right to terminate this offering for any reason at any time.  See “Plan of Distribution” on page 48.
     
Use of Proceeds   Upon the completion of this offering, Gateway will acquire the Interest in exchange for a capital contribution equal to the proceeds of this offering. Gateway will contribute all of the proceeds from this offering to OpCo in exchange for the Interest.  The Interest will entitle Gateway to receive a proportionate share of the profits and losses of OpCo of up to 10%, with the exact amount being determined by dividing the gross proceeds of this offering by approximately $10.03 million, which is the market value of OpCo’s equity in the Property as determined by OpCo Manager.  If we sell Units equal to the Total Minimum Offering Amount, we estimate that Gateway’s proportionate share will be 5%.  If we sell Units equal to the Total Maximum Offering Amount, we estimate that Gateway’s proportionate share will be 10%.  See “Contribution Agreement” beginning on page 28.  OpCo will use a portion of the amount contributed by Gateway pursuant to the Contribution Agreement to fund certain capital improvements to the Property, with the remainder being used to redeem a portion of the outstanding membership interests in OpCo.
     
Servicing and Paying Agent   We may engage a third party to act as a servicing and paying agent. We expect that the fee for any such servicing and paying agent will be paid by LEX Markets LLC. See “Distribution Policy” on page 16.
     
Limitation on Your Investment Amount  

Generally, no sale may be made to you in this offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or your net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A, which states that no sale of securities may be made:

 

In a Tier 2 offering of securities that are not listed on a registered national securities exchange upon qualification, unless the purchaser is either an accredited investor (as defined in Rule 501 (§230.501)) or the aggregate purchase price to be paid by the purchaser for the securities (including the actual or maximum estimated conversion, exercise, or exchange price for any underlying securities that have been qualified) is no more than ten percent (10%) of the greater of such purchaser’s:

 

(1) Annual income or net worth if a natural person (with annual income and net worth for such natural person purchasers determined as provided in Rule 501 (§230.501)); or

 

(2) Revenue or net assets for such purchaser’s most recently completed fiscal year end if a non-natural person.

     
Trading Market   In connection with this offering, we intend to seek to have the Units admitted to trading on an “alternative trading system” or, ATS, maintained by LEX Markets LLC.  See “LEX Markets Trading Platform” beginning on page 35.  However, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for the Units will be established or, if established, maintained.  As a result, the liquidity of your investment in the Units may be limited.

 

  4  

 

 

Information Requirements   Under the terms of the Contribution Agreement, OpCo and Gateway will enter into an issuer servicing agreement with Largo Real Estate Advisors, Inc. (“Largo”), an independent service provider, pursuant to which OpCo will provide certain information regarding its ongoing business operations to Largo so that the Largo can ensure Gateway complies with its periodic reporting obligations under Regulation A. The failure by OpCo to provide the required information to Largo will constitute an event of default by OpCo under the Contribution Agreement, which will result in each holder of Units having the right to put its Units to OpCo. See “Contribution Agreement – Information Rights” on page 29. LEX Markets LLC will pay Largo an annual fee equal to 0.15% of the value of the public float of the Units.
     
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations   Gateway intends to qualify to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” beginning on page 36.
     
Summary Risk Factors  

●     Gateway will be dependent on the Manager to operate our business.

 

●     The Operating Agreement provides that the assets, affairs and business of Gateway will be managed under the direction of the Manager. Holders of the Units will not have the right to elect or remove the Manager, and, unlike the holders of common shares in a corporation, will have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our business, and therefore limited ability to influence decisions regarding our business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the authority of the Manager is restricted in the manner described in “Contribution Agreement--Management of OpCo” on page 28.

 

●     The parking leases are subject to termination upon the occurrence of certain events of default. If the parking leases are terminated as a result of an event of default, the value of your investment could be substantially reduced.

 

●     Gateway has no operating history, and as of the date of this offering circular, its total assets consist of a nominal amount of cash. There is no assurance that it will achieve its business objectives.

 

●     The only source of funds for any distributions payable in respect of the Units will be distributions from OpCo relating to Gateway’s ownership of the Interest.

 

●     There is no guarantee that any secondary market for the Units will be established or, if established, maintained.

 

●     Real estate investments are subject to general downturns in the industry as well as downturns in specific geographic areas. We cannot predict what the lease rate or performance will be for the Property. We also cannot predict the future value of the Property.

 

●     OpCo’s ownership of the Property will be subject to risks relating to the volatility in the value of the underlying real estate, default on underlying income streams, fluctuations in interest rates, and other risks associated with the operation of real estate generally.

 

●     Your investment in the Units will not be diversified.

 

●     There is no assurance that you will be treated as a partners for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

  5  

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in the Units involves substantial risks. You should carefully consider the following risk factors in conjunction with the other information contained in this offering circular before purchasing the Units. The risks discussed in this offering circular could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, prospects and financial condition. This could cause the value of the Units to decline and could cause you to lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below represent those risks and uncertainties that we believe are material to our business, operating results, prospects and financial condition as of the date of this offering circular.

 

Risks Related to an Investment in the Units

 

Gateway is a recently-formed company with no prior operating history and its business model is untested.

 

Gateway was formed in May 2020 and has no operating history as of the date of this offering circular. We cannot make any assurance that Gateway’s business model can be successful. Since inception, the scope of Gateway’s operations has been limited to our formation and conducting this offering. It is difficult to predict whether its business model will succeed or if there will ever be any value in the Units.

 

Investors purchasing the Units will not be purchasing an interest in a diversified portfolio of real estate assets.

 

The sole source of funds for any distributions paid in respect of the Units will be distributions from OpCo relating to Gateway’s ownership of the Interest in OpCo. Investors purchasing the Units will not have the benefit of a diversified portfolio of real estate assets. A consequence of limiting our scope of operations to an investment in a single property is that the aggregate value of the Units is expected to correlate to the value of the Property, which may fluctuate significantly.

 

Distributions Gateway receives from OpCo may be less than estimated, and Gateway may experience a decline in realized revenues from time to time, which could adversely affect the value of the Units and the distributions you may receive.

 

The Property may not achieve the revenues that we anticipate based on its prior performance. Revenues are tied to the parking rates for the Property. If the distributions Gateway receives from OpCo are less than estimated, the value of the Units and the distributions you may receive could decline. The potential factors leading to reduced revenues include competitive pricing pressure in the local market as well as general economic downturn and the changes in the desirability of the Property compared to other properties. Depending on market rental rates at any given time as compared to expiring leases on the Property, from time to time rental rates for expiring leases may be higher than starting rental rates for new leases. If OpCo is unable to obtain sufficient rental rates for the Property, the cash distributions to investors may be materially and adversely affected.

 

The performance of the Property will fluctuate with general and local economic conditions.

 

The successful operation of any real estate asset is significantly related to general and local economic conditions. Periods of economic slowdown or recession, significantly rising interest rates, declining employment levels and other economic events may decrease demand for real estate, which can result in lower rent and lower occupancy levels. As a result, these factors may adversely affect the value of the Property, the value of the Units and distributions paid to holders of the Units from the operation of the Property.

 

Investment in the Units is speculative, and each investor assumes the risk of losing his, her or its entire investment.

 

Investment in the Units is speculative and, by investing, you assume the risk of losing your entire investment. Gateway has limited operations as of the date of this offering circular and will be solely dependent upon the efforts of the Manager and the operating results of the Property, all of which are subject to the risks described herein.

 

Accordingly, only investors who are able to bear the loss of their entire investment and who otherwise meet the investor suitability standards should consider purchasing the Units.

 

  6  

 

 

The valuation of the Property may not reflect the price at which the Property could be sold to a third-party buyer.

 

The determination of the fair value of real estate assets involves significant judgment. The valuation of the Property is based, in part, on an appraisal, which is an estimate of the value based on a professional’s opinion and may not be an accurate predictor of the amount OpCo would actually receive if it sold the Property. Appraisals can be subjective in certain respects and rely on a variety of assumptions and conditions at a property or in the market in which the property is located, which may change materially after the appraisal is conducted. Among other things, market prices for comparable real estate may be volatile, particularly if there has been a lack of recent transactions in such market. Any resulting lack of observable transaction data may make it more difficult for a property appraiser to determine the fair value of a property. In addition, a portion of the data used by appraisers is based on historical information at the time the appraisal is conducted and subsequent changes to such data may not be adequately captured in the appraised value. Further, implicit in the determination of the market value of a property is a principal assumption that there will be a reasonable time to market the property. As a result, the market value may not reflect the actual realizable value that would be obtained in a rushed sale where time was of the essence.

 

Risks Related to the Property

 

Defaults or terminations of OpCo’s license/parking agreements could materially and adversely affect the distributions to be paid to the Company.

 

The amount of distributions payable by OpCo materially depends on the financial stability of the other parties to OpCo’s license and parking agreements. A default or termination under any of these agreements would cause the Property to lose the revenue associated with such agreement and may require OpCo to find an alternative source of revenue in order to generate income available for distribution to its members, including Gateway. In the event of a default, consisting of a payment or covenant default that is not remedied within the requisite cure period, or bankruptcy of the other party, OpCo may experience delays in enforcing its rights under these agreements and may incur substantial costs re-renting the parking spaces. If the other party defaults under or terminates its agreement with OpCo, OpCo may be unable to rent the parking spaces at the rates previously received. These events could materially and adversely affect the distributions to be paid from the operation of the Property to the Company. See “Description of the Property--The Property Leases.”

 

OpCo’s reliance on a small number of licensees may adversely affect the distributions to be paid to the Company.

 

The three license/parking agreements on the Property, currently license or guarantee substantially all of the available parking spaces (with spaces available for the use by the general public on an as-available basis) and provide approximately 69% of OpCo’s annual revenues, for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. A deterioration in the financial condition or a change in the plan of operations of the other parties to these agreements could have a particularly significant effect on the net operating income generated by the Property and the amount available for distribution to the Company and the holders of the Units.

 

In addition, any of these other parties may become insolvent, may suffer a downturn in business and default on or terminate its agreement with OpCo, or may decide not to renew its agreement. Any of these events would result in a reduction or cessation in rent payments to OpCo from that lessee and would adversely affect the value of Property and the distributions payable to the Company and the holders of the Units.

 

Competition in the real estate market where the Property is located and other risks may affect the value of the Property, the value of the Units and the distributions payable to the Company.

 

The market for parking lots and parking spaces is highly competitive and there can be no assurance that the Property will be able to compete effectively for customers in its market. In addition, the low cost of entry into the parking lot business could lead to increased competition for the Property, in particular the new parking facility being developed by one the Company’s major lessees, Maine Medical Center, may have a negative impact on the Company’s cash from operations when the facility is completed in 2022. See “Description of the Property—OpCo Business and Growth.” These risks may affect the value of the Property, the value of the Units and the distributions payable to holders of the Units.

 

Litigation at the Property may reduce the value of the Property, the value of the Units and the amount of distributions to holders of the Units.

 

The operation of the Property carries certain specific litigation risks. Litigation may be commenced with respect to the Property in relation to activities that took place prior to OpCo’s investment in the Property. Litigation involving the Property could cause a disruption of operations of the Property and may reduce the value of the Property, the value of the Units and the amount of distributions to holders of the Units.

 

  7  

 

 

An increase in property taxes may reduce the value of the Property, the value of the Units and the amount of distributions to holders of the Units.

 

The Property is subject to real property taxes and, in some instances, personal property taxes. Such real and personal property taxes may increase as property tax rates change and as the properties are assessed or reassessed by taxing authorities. An increase in property taxes on the Property could adversely affect OpCo’s results from operations and may reduce the value of the Property, the value of t Units and hethe amount of distributions to holders of the Units.

 

Because OpCo’s business is affected by weather-related trends, typically in the first and fourth quarters of each year, its results may fluctuate from period to period, which could impact the timing and amount of distributions made to the Company.

 

Weather conditions, including fluctuations in temperatures, snow or severe weather storms, heavy flooding or natural disasters, can negatively impact the use of the Property.  OpCo has periodically experienced fluctuations in its quarterly results arising from a number of factors, including: (1) reduced levels of travel to and from work during and as a result of severe weather conditions and (2) increased costs of services, such as snow removal.  These factors have typically had negative impacts on OpCo’s revenues and could cause revenue reductions in the future.  As a result of these seasonal effects, OpCo’s revenues can fluctuate from quarter to quarter.  Accordingly, OpCo may not be able to make, or only able to make reduced, distributions to the Company from time to time.

 

Changing consumer preferences and legislation may lead to a decline in parking demand, which would have a material adverse impact on OpCo’s results of operations and its ability to make distributions to the Company.

 

Ride sharing services, such as Uber and Lyft, and car sharing services like Zipcar may lead to a decline in the demand for parking spaces at the Property.  In addition, state and local laws that have been or may be passed encouraging carpooling and the use of mass transit systems may negatively impact the demand for parking at the Property and the price that a customer would be willing to pay.  In the future, local, state and federal environmental regulatory authorities may pursue or continue to pursue measures related to climate control and greenhouse gas emissions which may have the effect of decreasing the number of cars being driven.  Such laws or regulations could adversely impact the demand for parking at the Property.

 

Uncertain economic conditions resulting from terrorism, natural disasters or pandemics could result in decreased demand for parking space.

 

An unstable geopolitical environment and continued threats of terrorism could have a material adverse effect on general economic conditions. Additionally, a serious pandemic or natural disaster could adversely disrupt global, national and/or regional economies. The outbreak of a novel and highly contagious form of coronavirus (COVID-19) has resulted in an approximately 15% reduction in the Company’s total revenue for the second quarter of 2020 as compared to the second quarter of 2019 due to reduced transient usage of the Property. The coronavirus has resulted, and renewed outbreaks of other epidemics or the outbreak of a new epidemic could result, in health or other government authorities requiring the closure of offices and other businesses, including office buildings, retail stores and other commercial venues and has resulted in a general economic decline. We are not able to predict the ultimate impact of this economic downturn on the operating results of the Property, but a long term economic decline could materially reduce OpCo’s net revenue and substantially reduce its ability to make distributions to its members, including the Company.

 

Costs associated with any latent environmental issues on the Property could reduce OpCo’s cash available for distribution to the Company.

 

If the Property is found to contain hazardous or toxic substances, OpCo might be required to expend considerable resources remediating the issues. If that were to occur, OpCo’s net distributable income available for distribution to its members, including the Company, could be reduced and the value of the Property could decrease below the amount paid for the Interest.

 

Risks Related to the LEX Markets Platform

 

LEX Markets is a development stage company with limited operating history. As a company in the early stages of development, LEX Markets faces increased risks, uncertainties, expenses and difficulties.

 

LEX Markets LLC (together with its parent LEX Markets Corp., “LEX Markets”) has a limited operating history. LEX Markets intends for current information about offerings and the performance of properties, including this offering and the Property, to be available on the LEX Markets Platform. LEX Markets and its contractors will be responsible for maintaining and expanding the LEX Markets Platform. If LEX Markets is unable to increase the capacity of the LEX Markets Platform and maintain the necessary infrastructure, or if LEX Markets is unable to make significant investments in the LEX Markets Platform on a timely basis or at reasonable costs, investors may not have access to the liquidity expected to be provided by the LEX Markets Platform.

 

  8  

 

 

If LEX Markets were to enter bankruptcy proceedings or cease operations, the operation of the LEX Markets Platform would be interrupted.

 

If LEX Markets were to enter bankruptcy proceedings or were to cease operations, we would need to find an alternative to the LEX Markets Platform as a mechanism to provide liquidity for secondary trading.

 

Any significant disruption in service on the LEX Markets Platform or in its computer systems could reduce the attractiveness of the online platform and result in a loss of users.

 

If a catastrophic event resulted in a platform outage and physical data loss, the LEX Markets Platform’s ability to perform its obligations would be materially and adversely affected. The satisfactory performance, reliability, and availability of the LEX Markets Platform technology and its underlying hosting services infrastructure are critical to our ability to share information, provide customer service, positive reputation and ability to attract new investment opportunities, new investors, and retain existing investors.

 

Risks Related to Conflicts of Interest

 

General

 

The Manager is also the OpCo Manager. There may be circumstances under which OpCo wishes to take or refrain from taking certain actions that are not in Gateway’s best interest. In those circumstances, the Manager may have a conflict of interest between Gateway’s interests and the interests of OpCo. There is no assurance that the Manager will resolve any such conflict of interest in Gateway’s favor.

 

Gateway has agreed to limit remedies available to it and its investors for actions by the Manager that might otherwise constitute a breach of duty.

 

The Manager maintains a contractual, as opposed to a fiduciary relationship, with Gateway and its investors. Accordingly, Gateway and its investors will only have recourse and be able to seek remedies against the Manager to the extent it breaches its obligations under the Operating Agreement. Furthermore, Gateway will agree in the Operating Agreement to limit the liability of the Manager and to indemnify the Manager against certain liabilities. These provisions may be detrimental to investors because they restrict the remedies available to them for actions that without those limitations might constitute breaches of duty, including fiduciary duties. In connection with purchasing the Units, investors will execute subscription documents including signature pages to the Operating Agreement pursuant to which they will become members of the Company and become subject to the provisions set forth in the Operating Agreement.

 

Risks Related to Investments in Real Estate

 

OpCo’s performance and the value of the Property are subject to risks associated with real estate investments and the real estate industry generally.

 

Deterioration of U.S. real estate fundamentals could negatively impact the performance of the Property. Furthermore, because real estate, like many other long-term investments, historically has experienced significant fluctuation and cycles in value, specific market conditions may result in occasional or permanent reductions in the value of the Property. Accordingly, the cash flow of the Property and thus the distributions to be paid to Unit holders will depend on many factors beyond the control of the Company, OpCo and the Manager, including: fluctuations in the average use and rental rates for the Property, changes in the availability of debt financing which may render the sale or refinancing of the Property difficult or impracticable, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, changes in environmental building and zoning laws, casualty or condemnation losses, changes in neighborhood values, changes in the appeal of the Property to those seeking parking space, various uninsured or uninsurable risks, increases in interest rates and the availability of mortgage funds which may render the sale or refinancing of the Property difficult or impracticable, environmental liabilities, acts of God, terrorist attacks, war and other factors.

 

  9  

 

 

The distributions to be received from the Property may be affected by the risks typically associated with the operation and management of real estate properties.

 

Distributions from the Property may be adversely affected by a number of additional risks, including:

 

natural disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes and floods and other unexpected environmental conditions;

 

acts of war or terrorism, including the consequences of terrorist attacks;

 

adverse changes in national and local economic and real estate conditions;

 

epidemics or pandemics (including COVID-19) or any escalation or worsening thereof;

 

an oversupply of (or a reduction in demand for) parking space in the area where the Property is located and the attractiveness of the Property to prospective customers;

 

changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies and zoning ordinances and the related costs of compliance therewith and the potential for liability under applicable laws;

 

costs of remediation and liabilities associated with environmental conditions affecting properties; and

 

the potential for uninsured or underinsured property losses.

 

The value of a commercial real estate property is directly related to its ability to generate cash flow and net income, which in turn depends on the amount of rental or other income that can be generated net of expenses required to be incurred with respect to the Property. Many expenditures associated with properties (such as operating expenses and capital expenditures) cannot be reduced when there is a reduction in income from the properties. Any decrease in OpCo’s net distributable income would result in an immediate decrease in distributions payable to holders of the Units.

 

If the Property experiences significant unused spaces, the value of the Property will decline which would significantly impact the value of the Units and the distributions you may receive.

 

The Property may experience reduced usage of the parking space either by the expiration of parking leases or the reduced use of the parking garage by the general public. If reduced usages continue for a long period of time, OpCo may suffer reduced revenues resulting in less cash available for distribution to the investors. In addition, the value of the Property could be diminished because that value will depend principally upon the amount of the cash flow generated by rental of the parking spaces at the Property. Such a reduction in value would significantly impact the price of the Units and the distributions to be paid to investors.

 

Further, a decline in general economic conditions in the market in which the Property is located or in the United States generally could lead to lower rental rates and less demand for parking space in that market. As a result of these trends, new lessees may require lower rates which could result in reduced revenue and a lower value of the Property, which could materially and adversely affect the value of the Units and the distributions to be paid to investors.

 

The costs of defending against claims of environmental liability, of complying with environmental regulatory requirements, of remediating any contaminated property or of paying personal injury or other damage claims could reduce the amounts available for distribution to the Company.

 

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous real property owner or operator may be liable for the cost of removing or remediating hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. These costs could be substantial. Such laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. Environmental laws also may impose liens on property or restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures or prevent OpCo from entering into leases with prospective subtenants that may be impacted by such laws. Environmental laws provide for sanctions for noncompliance and may be enforced by governmental agencies or, in certain circumstances, by private parties. Certain environmental laws and common law principles could be used to impose liability for the release of and exposure to hazardous substances, including asbestos-containing materials and lead-based paint. Third parties may seek recovery from real property owners or operators for personal injury or property damage associated with exposure to released hazardous substances and governments may seek recovery for natural resource damage. The costs of defending against claims of environmental liability, of complying with environmental regulatory requirements, of remediating any contaminated property, or of paying personal injury, property damage or natural resource damage claims could reduce the amounts available for distribution to you.

 

  10  

 

 

Uninsured losses relating to real property or excessively expensive premiums for insurance coverage could reduce the value of the Property and the distributions to be paid to the Company.

 

Certain losses, generally catastrophic in nature, such as losses due to wars, acts of terrorism, earthquakes, floods, hurricanes, pollution or environmental matters, are uninsurable or not economically insurable, or may be insured subject to limitations, such as large deductibles or co-payments. Insurance risks associated with potential acts of terrorism could sharply increase the premiums we pay for coverage against property and casualty claims. Additionally, mortgage lenders in some cases insist that commercial property owners purchase coverage against terrorism as a condition for providing mortgage loans. Such insurance policies may not be available at reasonable costs, if at all. OpCo may not maintain adequate coverage for such losses. If the Property incurs a casualty loss that is not fully insured, the value of the Property will be reduced by such uninsured loss, which could reduce the value of the Units and the distributions paid to holders of the Units. In addition, other than any working capital reserve or other reserves that may be established, no source of funding will exist to repair or reconstruct any uninsured damage.

 

Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure

 

Holders of the Units will not have the right to elect or remove the Manager and, unlike the holders of common shares in a corporation, will only have limited voting rights on matters affecting the Company’s business, and therefore limited ability to influence decisions regarding its business.

 

The Operating Agreement provides that the assets, affairs and business of the Company will be managed exclusively under the direction of the Manager. The Manager, which is controlled by Mr. Charles Follini, has the authority to make decisions on behalf of the Company and, in its capacity as the OpCo Manager, to make decisions on behalf of OpCo regarding (1) whether to issue additional units in either entity, (2) employment decisions, including the fees payable to the Manager and the OpCo Manager, and (3) whether to enter into material transactions with third parties, subject to the approval of the “independent representative,” as described under the heading “Contribution Agreement—Actions Requiring Representative Approval.” Investors do not have the right to elect or remove the Manager even if the Manager commits, among other things, fraud or other criminal misconduct, unless such conduct would be deemed to be a “disqualification event” under Regulation A. See “Contribution Agreement—Management of OpCo.” In addition, unlike the holders of common shares in a corporation, the holders of the Units have only limited voting rights on matters affecting the Company’s business, and therefore limited ability to influence decisions regarding its business.

 

Investors in the Units will have limited voting rights.

 

Holders of the Units will have voting rights only with respect to matters for which a vote is required under Delaware law, primarily relating to amendments to the Operating Agreement that would adversely change the rights of the Units and the liquidation of the Company.

 

Risks Related to Employee Benefit Plans and Individual Retirement Accounts

 

In some cases, if investors fail to meet the fiduciary and other standards under ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or common law as a result of an investment in the Units, investors could be subject to liability for losses as well as civil penalties.

 

There are special considerations that apply to investing in the Units on behalf of pension, profit sharing or 401(k) plans, health or welfare plans, individual retirement accounts or Keogh plans. If an investor is making an investment of the assets of any of the entities identified in the prior sentence in the Units, the investor should satisfy itself that:

 

the investment is consistent with your fiduciary obligations under applicable law, including common law, ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”);

 

  11  

 

 

the investment is made in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the trust, plan or IRA, including a plan’s investment policy;

 

the investment satisfies the prudence and diversification requirements of Sections 404(a)(1)(B) and 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA, if applicable, and other applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code;

 

the investment will not impair the liquidity of the trust, plan or IRA;

 

the investment will not produce “unrelated business taxable income” for the plan or IRA;

 

it will be able to value the assets of the plan annually in accordance with ERISA requirements and applicable provisions of the applicable trust, plan or IRA document; and

 

the investment will not constitute a prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

Failure to satisfy the fiduciary standards of conduct and other applicable requirements of ERISA, the Code, or other applicable statutory or common law may result in the imposition of civil penalties, and can subject the fiduciary to liability for any resulting losses as well as equitable remedies. In addition, if an investment in the Units constitutes a prohibited transaction under the Code, the “disqualified person” that engaged in the transaction may be subject to the imposition of excise taxes with respect to the amount invested.

 

Risks Related to this Offering

 

If there is no active secondary market for the Units, you may have to hold your investment for an indefinite period.

 

The LEX Markets Platform intends to create a secondary market for the Units, but the LEX Markets Platform must first be approved by FINRA and the SEC and, even if approved, must attract sufficient liquidity for secondary trading to be possible. There can be no assurance that the LEX Markets Platform will achieve these objectives. There is currently no secondary market for the Units, and no secondary market may be established or, if established, maintained. If there is no active secondary market for the Units, investors may not be able to liquidate their investment.

 

The requirements of complying on an ongoing basis with Regulation A of the Securities Act may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.

 

Because we are conducting an offering pursuant to Regulation A of the Securities Act, we will be subject to certain ongoing reporting requirements. Compliance with these rules and regulations may increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our resources. The requirements of Regulation A may also make it more expensive for us to obtain manager liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. Moreover, as a result of the disclosure of information in this offering circular and in other public filings we make, our business operations, operating results and financial condition will become more visible, including to competitors and other third parties.

 

If we become subject to regulations governing investment companies, broker-dealers or investment advisers, our ability to conduct business could be adversely affected.

 

The SEC regulates to a substantial degree the manner in which “investment companies,” “broker-dealers” and “investment advisers” are permitted to conduct their business activities. We believe we will conduct our business in a manner that does not make us an investment company, broker-dealer or investment adviser, and we intend to continue to conduct our business to avoid any such characterizations. If, however, we are deemed to be an investment company, broker-dealer or investment adviser, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which would adversely affect our business and our ability to pay distributions to holders of the Units.

 

  12  

 

 

No market or other independent valuation of the Company or any of our equity capital has been used to set the public offering price of the Units.

 

The public offering price of the Units has been determined solely by us, based on a number of factors, some of which bear no relation to established, formal valuation criteria such as assets, earnings, net worth or book value. We make no representations, whether express or implied, as to the value of the Units and there can be no assurance that the offering price of the Units represents the fair value thereof.

 

Risks Related to Tax Considerations

 

In addition to reading the following risk factors, you should read “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” for a full discussion of the expected material U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of Units.

 

Our tax treatment depends on each Issuer’s status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS treats either Issuer as a corporation or it becomes subject to entity-level taxation, it would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to you.

 

The after-tax economic benefit of an investment in the Units depends largely on each Issuer being treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We have not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the IRS on this or any other tax matter affecting us.

 

If either Issuer were treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it would pay tax on its income at the corporate tax rate (which, at the federal level, is currently 21%). If Gateway were treated as a corporation, distributions to you would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses or deductions would flow through to you. Because a tax would be imposed on Gateway as a corporation, its cash available for distribution to you would be substantially reduced. Therefore, its treatment as a corporation would result in a material reduction in the after-tax return to the unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of the Units.

 

Current law may change so as to cause either Issuer to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to entity-level taxation. In addition, because of widespread state budget deficits, several states are evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise and other forms of taxation. If any of these states were to impose a tax on us, the cash available for distribution to you would be reduced.

 

Holders of Units will receive partner information tax returns on Schedule K-1, which could increase the complexity of tax returns.

 

As members of a limited liability company that will elect to be taxed as a partnership, the holders of Units will receive annual Schedule K-1s following the end of each taxable year. The partner information tax returns on Schedule K-1 will contain information regarding the income items and expense items of Company and will allocate a portion of those items to you based on your percentage ownership in the Company. The preparation of annual tax returns for owners of real estate involve a complex series of calculations, and as a result, your Schedule K-1 may be more complicated that others you may have received. Additionally, if you have not received Schedule K-1s from other investments, you may find that preparing your tax return may require additional time, or it may be necessary for you to retain an accountant or other tax preparer, at an additional expense to you, to assist you in the preparation of your return.

 

A successful IRS contest of the U.S. federal income tax positions we take may adversely affect the market for the Units, and the cost of any IRS contest will be borne by the unitholders.

 

Neither Issuer has requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to its treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes or any other matter affecting it. The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A court may not agree with all of the positions we take. Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the market for the Units and the price at which they trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly by the unitholders because the costs will reduce cash available for distribution.

 

You may be required to pay taxes on income from the Company even if you do not receive any cash distributions from the Company.

 

You will be required to pay any U.S. federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income taxes on your share of the Company’s taxable income even if you receive no cash distributions from it. Although the Operating Agreement and the OpCo operating agreement require OpCo us to pay certain tax-related distributions, you may not receive sufficient cash distributions from Gateway equal to your share of its taxable income or even the tax liability that results from that income.

 

  13  

 

 

Tax gain or loss on a disposition of Units could be more or less than expected.

 

If you sell your Units, you will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis in those Units. A substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not representing gain, may be ordinary income. In addition, if you sell your Units, you may incur a tax liability in excess of the amount of cash you receive from the sale.

 

Tax-exempt entities and regulated investment companies face unique tax issues from owning Units that may result in adverse tax consequences to them.

 

Investments in Units by tax-exempt entities, such as individual retirement accounts (known as IRAs), and regulated investment companies (known as mutual funds) raise issues unique to them. For example, some of Gateway’s income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans, may be unrelated business taxable income and may be taxable to them. It is not anticipated that any significant amount of Gateway’s gross income will be qualifying income to a regulated investment company. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a regulated investment company, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in the Units.

 

The Company will treat each purchaser of Units as having the same tax benefits without regard to the actual Units purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the Units.

 

Because, among other reasons, the Company cannot match transferors and transferees of Units, it will take depreciation and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects of the Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax benefit available to you. It also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from the sale of Units and could have a negative impact on the value of the Units or result in audit adjustments to your tax returns.

 

  14  

 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We are offering a minimum of $500,000 of Units and a maximum of $1,000,000 of Units. This offering is being made on a “best efforts” basis which means that no one is committed to purchasing any Units in this offering. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the amount of Units sold in this offering. OpCo has agreed to pay the Placement Agents a placement fee equal to 4% of the gross proceeds of the Units sold in this offering. The Placement Agents have agreed to pay the expenses of this offering, other than the placement fee payable to the Placement Agents, up to the extent of the 4% placement fee received. LEX Markets LLC is responsible for any expenses in excess of the total placement fee. We are not obligated to reimburse the Placement Agents for such expenses. As a result, this is a “no load” offering, and the investors will not be required to pay any organization or offering expenses. The Company will contribute 100% of the gross proceeds of this offering to OpCo to acquire the Interest.

 

The amount paid by us for the Interest will be used for capital expenditures and reimbursement for capital expenses already completed at the Property as follows:

 

Description   Amount  
Facade Replacement   $ 300,000  
Reimbursement Capex   $ 700,000  

 

  15  

 

 

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

 

The Company intends to make distributions to investors of the funds legally available for distribution. Investors may incur their pro rata share of net losses or net gains for tax purposes, even if no funds are legally available for distribution, which may occur if the Company has current liabilities limiting its ability to distribute funds to investors. Distributions will occur when the Company receives distributions from OpCo. Whether OpCo is able to distribute funds to the Company will depend on OpCo’s current financial situation, including such factors as its generation of revenues greater than expenses, and any capital expenditure requirements. Distributions from OpCo to the Company may not occur even if OpCo has a net profit if funds are not legally available for distribution or are set aside for future capital improvement to the Property. In that event, no distributions will be made from the Company to holders of the Units. The determination of whether any funds are available to distribute by OpCo will be determined by the OpCo Manager.

 

When distributions are made to holders of the Units, they will be made in accordance with the Operating Agreement. As set forth therein, each holder of Units will be entitled to such holder’s pro rata share of any distribution made by OpCo to the Company after all fees and expenses payable by the Company have been paid or provided for. Beginning on the first anniversary of the commencement of trading, the Company will pay LEX Markets LLC an annual Platform Fee for various services to be provided by LEX Markets, including the listing of the Units on the LEX Markets Platform equal to 1.0% of the value of the public float of the Units, which will be initially based on the $250 offering price per Unit. The price per Unit will remain the same throughout the term of this offering. Following the completion of this offering, the value of the public float will be based on the average price per Unit for the last 90 calendar days of the immediately preceding calendar year. We also may engage a third party to act as a servicing and paying agent. We expect that the fee for any such servicing and paying agent will be paid by LEX Markets LLC.

 

Under the Operating Agreement and OpCo’s operating agreement, to the extent OpCo has available funds, OpCo has agreed to make cumulative annual distributions, including all anticipated quarterly distributions, of sufficient cash to pay the taxes on the members’ (including the Company) allocable share of OpCo’s taxable income multiplied by the applicable tax rate. Available funds include OpCo’s gross income from operations, less costs and expenses incurred in the conduct of OpCo’s business and amounts reserved to meet the reasonable needs of OpCo’s business.

 

  16  

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY

 

The Parking Garage

 

The Property consists of a five-story parking garage located at 181 High Street, Portland, Maine. The parking garage was constructed in 1987 and its frame consists of structured steel columns supporting steel reinforced concrete floor slabs. The parking garage has 208,375 square feet of parking space consisting of approximately 600 parking spaces and two elevators. The property recently underwent a restriping of the parking spaces to create wider, more efficient spaces and to add 13 ADA compliant spaces. The garage is open 24 hours a day, seven days a week and 52 weeks a year. There are multiple security cameras on the Property, and multiple daily live patrols are conducted by a third-party security vendor. The parking garage was originally built in 1987 and went through an upgrade in 2011 in order to accommodate customers from the Eastland Park Hotel. The parking garage is currently subject to three lease/license agreements that grant the lessees the use of substantially all of the spaces; however, the general public also has access to a number of the spaces on an as-available basis. The rates for the general public are currently $4.00/hour ($5.00 for the first hour), and the rates for spaces subject to the parking agreement are described below under “—Parking Leases.” Pursuant to the terms of OpCo’s loan agreement (described below), OpCo is required to spend not less than three percent (3%) of the Property’s annual gross revenue on capital expenditures, including maintenance and repairs. OpCo has recently started replacing the façade of the Property, and OpCo intends to use approximately $300,000 of the proceeds of this offering to finish the renovation of the parking garage during the first half of the 2021 calendar year. Further upgrades include self-service electronic pay meters, which reduce the need for on-site staff thereby lowering payroll costs.

 

The Property Leases

 

The Property is currently subject to three parking/licensing agreements pursuant to which substantially all of the parking spaces are reserved for or guaranteed for use by the lessees. The three parking agreements, in the aggregate, have generated approximately 56% and 63% of OpCo’s gross revenues for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The total number of spaces licensed per month under these agreements is 675 (for an explanation of the excess spaces, see “Operating Strategy” below).  Set forth below is a description of the material terms of each of these agreements.

 

Maine Medical Center License Agreement.  The license agreement between OpCo and Maine Medical Center was amended and entered into on September 1, 2018 and expires on September 30, 2021.  Under this agreement, as amended, OpCo has guaranteed Maine Medical Center 500 parking spaces (the “Guaranteed Spaces”) for use by employees of Maine Medical Center. Maine Medical Center has the right to reduce the number of Guaranteed Spaces from 500 to 300 any time after February 1, 2021. Either party may terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of a default under the agreement by the other party, provided that, if OpCo terminates the agreement due to a default by Maine Medical Center, Maine Medical Center remains liable for the then-existing monthly license fee for the remainder of the term of the agreement. A failure to perform any of the obligations stated in the Maine Medical Center License Agreement within fifteen (15) days of receiving notice of such failure constitutes an event of default.

 

Eastland Park Hotel Parking Agreement.  The current parking agreement between OpCo and the Eastland Park Hotel was entered into on April 19, 2011 and expires on March 31, 2061.   Under this agreement, OpCo has allocated 100 exclusive parking spaces to the hotel for use by guests and employees.  The parking agreement requires OpCo, at its expense, to operate and maintain the parking garage in accordance with applicable legal requirements and to provide adequate uniformed staff and security for the facility.  Either party may terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of an event of default by the other party. A failure by either party to (i) pay any liquidated sum of money owed to the other within five (5) days of receiving notice for payment of the same, and (ii) observe any covenant, obligations or requirements of the Eastland Park Hotel Parking Agreement within thirty (30) days of receiving notice of such failure, provided that in the event that such default is incapable of being cured within such 30-day period, the defaulting party shall have up to a maximum of ninety (90) days to cure such default so long as it is diligently pursued.

 

Via Group License Agreement.  The license agreement between The Via Group and OpCo was entered into on January 1, 2018 and expires on December 31, 2023.  Under this agreement, OpCo has licensed 75 parking spaces (the “Base Number”) to Via Group for use by its employees, customers and other business-related parties, which number may be increased upon request by Via Group.  Via Group will pay the current rental rate for the general public for all licensed parking spaces in excess of the Base Number.  Either party may terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of a default under the agreement by the other party, provided that, if OpCo terminates the agreement due to default of Via Group, Via Group remains liable for the Base License Fee for the remainder of the term of the agreement. A failure by OpCo to perform its obligations under the Via Group License Agreement within fifteen (15) days of receiving notice of such failure constitutes an event of default under the Via Group License Agreement.

 

  17  

 

 

Property Valuation

 

The OpCo Manager has determined that the value of the Property is $24,000,000 (the “Valuation”). The OpCo Manager is basing the Valuation on an independent third-party appraisal prepared by Archstone Group that valued the Property at $27,100,000, and a valuation analysis made by the OpCo Manager based on market conditions and comparable sales. The independent third-party analyses, opinions and valuations, which were derived from the income and sales comparison approaches, were developed in conformity with the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics & Standards of Professional Practice of the Appraisal Institute, which include the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to an Investment in the Units” beginning on page 6.

 

Existing Indebtedness

 

On May 17, 2017, OpCo entered into an Amended and Restated Advancing Term Promissory Note with Androscoggin Savings Bank (the “Lender”), which provides for a loan of $15 million, bearing interest at the rate of 4.05% per annum up to April 30, 2024 at thereafter at a variable rate equal to the Prime Rate as published in The Wall Street Journal.  The loan matures on May 17, 2027.  OpCo is obligated to make monthly payments of interest and principal, with the principal payments being based on a three hundred (300) month amortization period.  All unpaid principal and interest is due and payable on the maturity date.  The loan may be prepaid at any time, subject to a prepayment premium of 3% in the third year of the loan, 2% in the fourth year of the loan and 1% thereafter until 90 days prior to the maturity date

 

The loan is secured by, among other things, a mortgage granting the Lender a first priority lien on the Property.  The loan agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for loans of this type, including limitations on indebtedness, liens and change in control.  The loan agreement also requires OpCo to maintain a pre-distribution debt service coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1.0 and a post-distribution debt service coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1.  In addition, the loan agreement requires OpCo to spend not less than three percent (3%) of its annual gross revenue on capital expenditures on the Property, including maintenance and repairs, with any amount not expended in a calendar year being held in a capital expenditure reserve.  In the event of a default by OpCo, the loan will, at the option of the Lender, becomes due and payable without notice or demand, other than an event of bankruptcy which shall cause the loan to become automatically due and payable.

 

Property Management Agreement

 

The day-to-day operations of the parking garage are managed by Standard Parking Corporation (“Standard Parking”) pursuant to the terms of a management agreement between OpCo and Standard Parking (the “Property Management Agreement”).  The Property Management Agreement automatically renews from year to year unless either party sends a 120-day prior written notice to the other party that it desires to terminate the agreement at the end of the applicable year.   The responsibilities of Standard Parking under the Property Management Agreement include, among other things:

 

· Operating and directing the operation of the parking garages as a parking facility and rendering usual and customary services incidental thereto;

 

· Routinely maintaining any parking agreement provided by Standard Parking in good operating condition;

 

· Hiring, paying, training, providing benefits for and supervising sufficient experienced and qualified personnel to render the services required by the agreement;

 

· Promoting, advertising and endeavoring to increase the volume, efficiency and quality of the services rendered;

 

· Collecting parking fees from the daily users of and monthly parkers at the parking garage and the payment of the sales tax on those gross revenues;

 

· Causing the premises to be maintained in a clean and orderly manner, consistent with the operation of a first class parking facility, including the removal of snow and ice, provided that Standard Parking is not required or authorized to make any structural, mechanical, electrical or other installations, alterations or repairs to the parking garage without OpCo’s prior written approval;

 

· Obtaining and maintaining the insurance policies required by the Property Management Agreement;

 

· Preparing and filing all necessary returns, reports and forms required by law relating to Standard Parking’s employees; and

 

· Preparing an annual budget, at least 60 days prior to the end of each year, reflecting projected operating results

 

  18  

 

 

The Property Management Agreement requires OpCo to pay Standard Parking for expenses incurred by Standard Parking relating to the performance of its duties under the agreement, all as reflected in the annual budget or as otherwise approved by OpCo, including, without limitation, salaries, wages and health insurance, license and permit fees, costs of compliance with governmental laws and regulations, costs of uniforms and other supplies, maintenance and approved repairs, utility charges, bookkeeping and administrative services, travel expenses and general public liability and crime insurance.

 

The annual management fee payable to Standard Parking for 2020 under the Property Management Agreement is $67,772, payable monthly, which fee automatically increases three percent (3%) each year. There is no cap on the maximum amount of the annual management fee payable to Standard Parking under the Property Management Agreement. In addition, OpCo is also required to pay the OpCo Manager an annual fee equal to the difference between five percent (5%) of OpCo’s annual gross income and the annual management fee payable by OpCo to Standard Parking.

 

The Property Management Agreement provides that each of OpCo and Standard Parking will indemnify the other for losses caused by the negligence of the applicable party or the failure of that party to comply with its obligation under the agreement.  The Property Management Agreement is terminable by either party upon 10 days’ prior written notice for a payment default or 30 days’ prior written notice for a non-monetary breach, in either case following notice and opportunity to cure.

 

Standard Parking is a subsidiary of SP Plus Corporation, or SP Plus, which is a publicly traded corporation that provides, among other things, professional parking management, ground transportation, facility maintenance and security services to clients across North America.  According to its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC in February 2020, SP Plus Corporation operates in 45 states (including Maine), the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and three Canadian provinces, employs 23,900 people, including 14,700 full-time and 9,200 part-time employees and manages 3,169 parking facilities.

 

Operating Strategy

 

We believe parking facilities present intriguing commercial real estate investments. Traditionally, most parking-related opportunities have not appealed to institutional investors, but parking assets’ low cost of capital and strong underlying fundamentals are generating new interest in this relatively undiscovered investment niche. In particular, we have determined that well-located, privately owned urban parking garages are attractive parking investments, especially if they serve multiple daytime and weekend demand generators. Desirable urban parking facilities are located close to theaters, restaurants, sports arenas, and hotels that complement daytime office uses.  Additionally, with the rise of co-working and open-space layouts, office buildings are becoming increasingly dense, further emphasizing the importance of parking availability. The Company believes the following characteristics make parking facilities attractive real estate investments:

 

· Reduced Volatility and Stable Income:  Parking facilities provide consistent and stable income, high cash yields and long-term revenue growth potential. They have low-recurring capital requirements compared to traditional real estate assets, reduced income volatility through market cycles and the ability to immediately react to market conditions and hedge against inflation as rates can be adjusted daily or even hourly

 

· High Barriers to Entry:  The existing supply, especially surface lots in urban areas, is being replaced by new developments despite rising demand for parking. Some parking investments are ideal covered land plays, where investors can collect modest income while waiting for the surrounding growth to approach their site, making it feasible for higher density development.

 

· Not an Actively Sourced Asset Class:   Parking assets are not frequently widely-brokered and, as a result, command increased attention when brought to market.

 

We also believe that the OpCo Manager’s operating strategy further enhances the value of the Property in the following ways:

 

  1. Real Time Pricing - while asset classes like multifamily or commercial office can generally only raise rates annually and usually between 3-5%, parking garages permit operators to increase rates monthly in response to demand. In fact, new LED price board technology linked to occupancy sensors allow garage managers to enact airline-like pricing throughout the day, increasing prices during times when the garage is near capacity, and offer discounts during off-peak hours creating efficient revenue maximization.

 

  19  

 

 

2. Licensee Income - most investors think of parking as non-guaranteed income from fully at-will clientele. While this may be the case with many garages, the Property provides a consistent revenue stream comprised of rental payments backed by creditworthy companies (“licensees”) in the form of “licenses” and higher margin transient revenue. Licensees typically require the operator to provide discounted monthly rates to procure such large guarantees, while transient parking pays full retail rate. Accordingly, OpCo believes the optimal ratio of licensee revenue to high-margin transient demand for its garages is approximately 70/30. The ratios for the Property were approximately 66/34 and 64/36 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The calculation of these ratios excludes monthly, non-license revenue. 

 

3. Excess Occupancy - while multifamily and commercial office properties can only rent their physical unit of space once per set period of time, garage space capacity is fungible because each space can (and is likely to) be rented to multiple licensees. For example, a garage may have 500 spaces available but licensed 600 spaces to three client licensees. This would seem incongruous given the traditional understanding of 100% occupancy. However, parking facilities can implement this “over selling” strategy because one of those three licensees may only be using the spaces in the evening whereas the other two licensees are predominantly daytime usage. As described on page 17, there are a total of 675 parking spaces reserved for use of specific lessees. Of the 675 spaces, 500 spaces are guaranteed, but not reserved or designated, for MMC, 75 spaces are guaranteed, but not reserved or designated, for VIA Agency, and 100 spaces are both guaranteed and designated for the Eastland Park Hotel. At no point, during the term of all three lease agreements, has any of the guaranteed spaces not been made available to the respective licensee.

 

Market Overview

 

The Property is located in downtown Portland, Maine in Cumberland County. The Property is located off of Cumberland Avenue and is 0.5 miles south of I-295 and Route 1, which are the main throughways connecting Portland to Boston, Massachusetts. Local demand drivers include Maine Medical Center (0.6 miles west), Cross Insurance Arena (0.4 miles east), Portland City Music Hall (0.3 miles east), and Monument Square (0.4 miles northeast). Additionally, Portland International Jetport is located approximately four miles west of the Property. Maine Medical Center is a non-profit hospital with 637 beds and over 6,000 staffed employees. Per the ’2018 State of Portland Economy’ report, issued by the local municipality, Portland’s economy is primarily tied to the healthcare, financial services, education, and tourism industries. According to the Maine State Government website, the largest employers in the Portland MSA are Webber Hospital Association, Pratt & Whitney Aircraft Group, supermarket chain Hannaford Bros Co. and York Hospital.

 

Within 15 minutes driving time of the Property, the total population is 71,630, with a median household income of $56,992 per year, and a per capita income of $37,332. Median income improves in downtown Portland where the Property is located. Within five minutes driving time of the Property, the total population is 6,980 with a median household income of $66,205 and a per capita income of $38,369. Of the workforce, 72% are employed by white collar jobs, and the pre-COVID-19 unemployment rate was 4.8%.

 

The Property is located in the downtown submarket of Portland. According to The Boulos Company’s 2020 Greater Portland Market Outlook report, dated as of December 1, 2019, which is publicly available at http://mainemarketoutlook.com/ (Boulos Survey), the downtown office market is the only submarket that continued to improve both average rental rates and average vacancy rates through 2019. Class A and B combined vacancy rates were 4.14% for YE 2019, compared to 4.90% for YE 2018. The YE 2019 class A vacancy rate was 0.40%, the lowest it has been since 2001. The average class A asking rent was $25.10 psf for 2019. Note that “Class A” and “Class B” buildings vary between markets. The Boulos Survey defines Class A office buildings as those that are investment-grade properties that feature a unique design with immediate access to parking. These Class A office buildings must be ADA-compliant and benefit from professional property management. The Boulos Survey defines Class B office buildings as ones that offer utilitarian space without special amenities, are of ordinary design, except for historic, renovated buildings and feature good maintenance with all floors handicapped accessible.

 

The downtown Portland submarket is also heavily dependent on the market for medical office. Per The Boulos Company, health spending accounted for 17.9% of Portland’s 2019 GDP. The Greater Portland market comprised a total of approximately 1.3 million sf of medical space as of YE 2019 with a reported vacancy rate of 1.42%, down from 1.82% as of YE 2018. There were 13 new medical office leases signed in 2019 comprising approximately 84,000 sf. Additionally, new developments in the medical office space include a $38 million planned cancer center by Central Maine Healthcare, a $59 million medical office planned by Maine Medical Center, and the continued buildout of MaineHealth’s Maine Medical Center campus.

 

  20  

 

 

The market for parking in the downtown submarket has kept pace with the strengthening office and medical markets. Per the parking survey conducted by the City of Portland in September 2020 (which is available at www.portlandmaine.gov/documentcenter/ (the “City Survey”), there are 16 parking garages in the downtown submarket, including the Property, comprising 7,623 parking spaces. The City Survey indicates an average monthly rate of $157.67, an average hourly rate of $4.30, and an average daily rate of $36.62. Of the 16 garages, six operate 24 hours, seven days a week. Per the City Survey, verified as of October 2020, 10 garages currently have a wait list for monthly parking passes. As of October 2020, the Property charges a monthly rate of $185.00, an hourly rate of $4.00 ($5.00 for the first hour), and a daily rate of $40.00.

 

Summary of OpCo Historical Financial Operating Data

 

The determination of the Property Net Operating Income (“Property NOI”) includes the income generated by the property from its operations minus operating expenses. This measure does not include expenses that are unconnected with the operation of the Property, such as capital expenditures, leasing commissions, debt service, reserves, tax impact, rental increases, disposition value and depreciation expenses. The Property NOI and OpCo Net Income / (Loss) are non-GAAP financial measurements and are provided as additional information to complement GAAP measures by providing a further understanding of operating results from management’s perspective. The reconciliation of these benchmarks to GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2019 is detailed in “Non-GAAP Financial Measurements Reconciliation.”

 

    December 31, 2019     December 31, 2018  
Revenues:                
Parking Rental Income   $ 2,453,834     $ 2,504,001  
Interest Income   $ 369     $ 407  
Effective Gross Income   $ 2,454,203     $ 2,504,408  
Expenses:                
Payroll   $ 327,978     $ 313,450  
Repairs and Maintenance   $ 261,358     $ 348,873  
Utilities   $ 13,862     $ 14,130  
Insurance   $ 33,371     $ 28,065  
Other Operating Expenses   $ 96,051     $ 74,935  
General and Administrative Expenses   $ 90,408     $ 106,581  
Management Fees   $ 325,959     $ 124,038  
Property Taxes   $ 191,835     $ 184,250  
Total Operating Expenses   $ 1,340,822     $ 1,194,322  
Property NOI   $ 1,113,381     $ 1,310,086  
Other Expenses:                
Interest Expense   $ 619,011     $ 634,518  
Depreciation   $ 399,462     $ 372,342  
Net Income   $ 94,908     $ 303,226  
Adjustments                
Depreciation   $ 399,462     $ 372,342  
Amortization of Loan Financing Fees   $ 23,068     $ 23,068  
Deferred Parking Rental Income   $ (12,767 )   $ (15,737 )
Change in Operating Assets and Liabilities:                
Accounts Receivable and other Assets   $ 49,547     $ (72,402 )
Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses and other Liabilities   $ (68,183 )   $ 57,901  
Accrued Interest   $ 404     $ 1,160  
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities   $ 486,439     $ 669,558  

 

The table above shows the Property NOI for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

  21  

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measurements Reconciliation

 

OpCo uses Property NOI and OpCo Net Income / (Loss) as key performance indicators in evaluating operations. Given the nature of its business as a real estate owner, OpCo considers these measurements as key supplemental measures of its operating performance that are not specifically defined by GAAP. OpCo believes that Property NOI and OpCo Net Income / (Loss) are useful to management and investors as starting points in measuring its operational performance because these measurements exclude various items included in the GAAP adjusted net income (loss) that do not relate to or are not indicative of its operating performance, which can make periodic and peer analyses of operating performance more difficult.

 

OpCo Business and Growth Plan

 

The OpCo Manager believes that its operating strategy will enhance the value of the Property and provide long-term cash flow to the Company. OpCo intends to do the following in order to achieve its operational strategy for growth:

 

OpCo intends to install LED price boards for dynamic pricing

 

As part of its planned capital expenditures, OpCo intends to install a new LED price board linked to occupancy sensors. This will allow the garage managers to enact airline-like pricing throughout the day, increasing prices during times when the garage is near capacity, and offering discounts during off-peak hours. This ultimately leads to an efficient revenue maximization on an hourly basis.

 

OpCo intends to sign new corporate lease agreements or offer additional monthly licenses in 2021

 

Per the lease agreement with Maine Medical Center (“MMC”), MMC has the right to reduce its number of its guaranteed spaces to 300 starting in February 2021, and its lease agreement expires in September 2021. MMC is currently constructing a 2,450-space garage for employees and patients with plans to finish the construction sometime in 2022. Part of this new garage is already open to employees of MMC. Neither the Company nor OpCo will have any interest in the new MMC parking garage. OpCo’s business plan assumes MMC will downsize in February 2021, and the Company will either sign a new lease with MMC for fewer spaces or backfill the spaces with new lessees in September 2021. The remaining 200 spaces will be offered to the public for monthly licenses or to another local company. Due to the flexibility in pricing and waitlist of over 100 people, OpCo assumes non-license market rates by September 2021 to be $205 per month.

 

OpCo will continue to manage the Property and use Standard Parking for day-to-day operations

 

Standard Parking is expected to remain the on-site management company for the Property. OpCo will leverage Standard Parking’s technology-driven solutions to further improve pricing and cost efficiencies at the Property. In addition to the LED price board, Standard Parking offers a mobile app, remote management services, hourly tracking technology, real-time facility performance analytics, and access to trained professionals with years of parking garage management experience.

 

OpCo will execute a new asset management agreement with the OpCo Manager that will cap the total management fee at 5% inclusive of Standard Parking’s management fees. The OpCo Manager will leverage its relationship with Standard Parking in order to continue to operate the Property in a manner that generates the highest value.

 

OpCo plans to finish façade replacements

 

The OpCo Manager has recently started work to replace the brick façade of the Property with metal sidings. The remaining sides of the Property are expected to be completed in the first half of 2021. Approximately $300,000 of planned capital expenditures are expected to be completed during the next several months. OpCo’s pro forma includes a significant reduction in repairs and maintenance, due to the recent capital improvements being booked as an expense item.

 

OpCo assumes certain expense items will be significantly reduced in the pro forma

 

OpCo’s business plan assumes that payroll, general and administrative, repairs and maintenance, professional fees and snow removal costs will be reduced going forward. OpCo budgeted payroll and general and administrative costs lower than what was reported in 2019 due to the new technology from SP Plus that will allow for remote management and electronic payments. This plan will drastically reduce payroll costs and overhead costs associated with a lower staff. OpCo also normalized snow removal after 2019 resulted in excessive snow removal costs above what was budgeted. Repairs and maintenance going forward will not include the one-time expense of replacing the sidings. Lastly, OpCo does not expect to pay excessive professional fees, namely legal and engineering costs, that were associated with the capital improvements completed in 2018 and 2019.

 

  22  

 

 

The OpCo Manager sees last-mile logistics and urban infill parking garages as a long-term investment

 

The longer-term intangible that the OpCo Manager believes will catapult the urban infill parking garage into an institutional core plus holding is the rapidly accelerating demand for last-mile logistics. The OpCo Manager expects that this long-term secular trend will open up a heretofore unquantified boon in demand from e-commerce companies like Amazon and Wal-Mart needing downtown depots to distribute their goods into delivery vans. For most cities, downtown warehousing is not possible. As a result, the OpCo Manager expects that the current cap rates at which parking assets can be acquired will compress significantly.

 

  23  

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, and you should consider carefully the statements made in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this offering circular that identify important factors that could cause actual outcomes to differ from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, and that could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis should be read together with the financial statements and notes thereto, included elsewhere in this offering circular.

 

Overview

 

The Company was formed on May 12, 2020 and has conducted no operations other than those related to our organization and the preparation of this offering. The Company will not conduct any business activities except for administrative functions and activities relating to monitoring the Interest. The Company has not generated any revenues and has relied on LEX Markets Corp. to provide funding for its operations to date. The Placement Agents will reimburse LEX Markets Corp. for the Company’s organization and offering expenses up to the extent of the 4% placement fee received. LEX Markets Corp. is responsible for any expenses in excess of the total placement fee. The Company’s lack of operating history makes it difficult for potential investors to evaluate the potential success of its business and to assess its future viability.

 

Assuming the successful completion of this offering and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement, all of the Company’s revenues will be comprised of distributions received from OpCo relating to the Interest.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company is dependent on the proceeds from this offering to acquire the Interest. As of the date of this offering circular, the Company’s assets are nominal and it has limited cash on hand. Over the course of 2020, LEX Markets Corp. has paid for initial organizational expenses and certain expenses related to this offering, which amounts will be reimbursed by the Placement Agents up to the extent of the 4% placement fee received. LEX Markets Corp. will continue to fund any expenses in excess of the total placement fee.

 

As indicated in the financial statements included elsewhere in this offering circular, as of May 21, 2020, the Company had $100 in cash, representing the Manager’s contribution to the Company’s initial capitalization.

 

We will be required to obtain the capital required to purchase the Interest and conduct our operations from the sale of the Units through our offering under Regulation A of the Securities Act. For information regarding the anticipated use of proceeds from this offering, see “Description of Property” and “Use of Proceeds” beginning on pages 17 and 15, respectively.

 

  24  

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

General

 

Because the Issuers are organized as limited liability companies, they do not have a “board of directors.” The Manager and the OpCo Manager perform the function of a board of directors for the Company and OpCo, respectively. Under the terms of the respective operating agreements, the Company and OpCo have agreed to limit the liability of the Manager and the OpCo Manager, respectively, and to indemnify the Manager and the OpCo Manager, respectively, against certain liabilities. The Manager will not receive any compensation for its services as the managing member of the Company.

 

Certain information regarding the executive officers of the Manager and the OpCo Manager and other significant individuals, and their positions, ages and terms of office, as applicable, are as follows:

 

Name   Position (1)   Age
Charles Follini   President   53

 

(1) The business address of each of Mr. Follini is 6 West 20th Street, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10011.

 

Charles (CJ) Follini, President. CJ Follini has more than 25 years of experience in the acquisition, development, and management of professional real estate across numerous asset classes. These include: healthcare facilities, medical office space, urban parking, media infrastructure, industrial land development, and senior housing. CJ’s career highlights include development of a 400-acre site with Rockefeller Group Properties for the expansion of their renowned International Trade Center in Mount Olive, New Jersey. In 2001, Mr. Follini created Noyack Medical Partners, LLC with the express purpose of investing in healthcare real estate. Over the last 15 years it has accumulated a $100MM+ portfolio exceeding return estimates for its investors. Earlier in his career, Mr. Follini served as President of the Gun For Hire Production Centers. He conceived, designed and renovated all of Gun For Hire’s 400,000+ square feet of digital media centers in New York, Miami, Vancouver, Toronto and Los Angeles. His New York facility earned the 1998 Crain’s Magazine Small Business Award. CJ holds a B.A. from Tufts University, a General Course Degree from London School of Economics & an Executive Management certification from Harvard Business School. CJ has also served on the boards as Chairperson of the HERE Arts Center & Chashama Arts.

 

  25  

 

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS

 

The following table cites the beneficial ownership of the Units as of the date of this offering circular for each person or group that holds more than 5% of the Units, for each executive officer and the executive officers as a group. Because the Company is organized as a limited liability company, it does not have a “board of directors.”

 

Upon the execution of the Operating Agreement at or prior to the qualification of this offering, the Manager will receive one Unit, representing a 100% of the then-outstanding Units. The Company’s voting securities consist solely of the Units.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and generally includes sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to voting securities. Affiliates of the Company and the Manager may purchase Units in this offering, but only at the same price and on the same terms as other investors in this offering. We will not reserve any portion of the Units being offered for sale in this offering for sale to any of the foregoing or any other person.

 

Title of Class   Name and Address
of Owner(1)
  Number of Units   Amount
Acquirable
  Percent of Class
Units   Noyack Medical Partners LLC   1   N/A   100%

 

(1) The business address of the Manager is 6 West 20th Street, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10011.  Mr. Follini, as the managing member of the Manager, exercises control over the Unit held by the Manager and, as a result, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the Unit.

 

  26  

 

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

General

 

The Manager is also the OpCo Manager. There may be circumstances under which OpCo wishes to take or refrain from taking certain actions that are not in the Company’s best interest. In those circumstances, the Manager may have a conflict of interest between the Company’s interests and the interests of OpCo. There is no assurance that the Manager will resolve any such conflict of interest in the Company’s favor.

 

The Manager, which is controlled by Mr. Charles Follini, has the authority to make decisions on behalf of the Company, and, in his capacity as the managing member of the OpCo Manager, Mr. Follini has the sole authority to make decisions on behalf of OpCo, regarding (1) whether to issue additional units in either entity, (2) employment decisions, including the fees payable to the Manager and the OpCo Manager, and (3) whether to enter into material transactions with third parties, subject to the approval of the “independent representative,” as described under the heading “Contribution Agreement—Actions Requiring Representative Approval.”

 

Duties to Investors

 

The Manager maintains a contractual, as opposed to a fiduciary relationship, with the Company and its investors. Accordingly, he Company and its investors will only have recourse and be able to seek remedies against the Manager to the extent it breaches its obligations pursuant to the Operating Agreement. Furthermore, the Company has agreed in the Operating Agreement to limit the liability of the Manager and to indemnify the Manager against certain liabilities. These provisions may be detrimental to investors because they restrict the remedies available to them for actions that without those limitations might constitute breaches of duty, including fiduciary duties. By purchasing the Units, investors will be treated as having consented to the provisions set forth in the Operating Agreement.

 

Furthermore, investors do not have the right to elect or remove the Manager even if the Manager commits, among other things, fraud or other criminal misconduct, unless such conduct would be deemed to be a “disqualification event” under Regulation A. See “Contribution Agreement—Management of OpCo.”

 

  27  

 

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

The Company’s investment in OpCo will be made pursuant to the terms of a Contribution Agreement to be entered into between the Company and OpCo. The following summary is not intended to be complete, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of the Contribution Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the offering statement of which this offering circular forms a part.

 

Contribution

 

Upon the completion of this offering, the Company will acquire the Interest in exchange for a capital contribution equal to the proceeds of this offering. The Interest will entitle the Company to receive a pro rata share of the profits and losses of OpCo. The amount of the pro rata share will depend on the amount of the gross proceeds of this offering. If we sell Units equal to the Total Minimum Offering Amount, we estimate that the Company’s pro rata share will be 5%. If we sell Units equal to the Total Maximum Offering Amount, we estimate that the Company’s pro rata share will be 10%.

 

The amount paid by the Company for the Interest will be used for capital expenditures, reimbursement for capital expenses already completed at the Property as follows:

 

Description   Amount  
Facade Replacement   $ 300,000  
Reimbursement Capex   $ 700,000  

 

Distributions

 

The Company will be entitled to distributions in respect of the Interest in OpCo as may be made from time to time. Such distributions will be the sole source of cash available for distributions on the Units. See “Distribution Policy” on page 16.

 

Actions Requiring Representative Approval

 

If OpCo proposes to enter into a “material related party transaction,” the OpCo Manager will retain, on behalf of OpCo, an “independent representative” to review and approve the proposed transaction. The OpCo Manager will make the determination as to whether a transaction constitutes a material related party transaction in its sole discretion. The Contribution Agreement will prohibit OpCo from engaging in any such transaction unless the transaction is approved by the independent representative. The independent representative will be selected by the OpCo Manager in its sole discretion, provided that such person must meet the “director independence” standards of the New York Stock Exchange as set forth in the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.

 

Management of OpCo

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Contribution Agreement, OpCo will agree to revise the terms of its operating agreement to provide for the restrictions on OpCo’s actions and to grant to the Company certain additional control rights, as described below:

 

OpCo will be required to make certain tax elections and certifications as specified by the Company to ensure the public transferability of the Units.

 

OpCo will be required to conduct its operations in such a manner so as permit the Company to be able to rely on the “Qualifying Income Exception” so as to avoid being treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.

 

OpCo will be required to maintain a loan-to-value ratio of debt secured by real estate, including the Property, of not greater than 75%.

 

OpCo will be required to distribute its income and submit to the oversight of an independent income distribution servicer to be selected by the Company.

 

OpCo will be prohibited from entering into any material related party transactions without the approval of an independent representative meeting the “director independence” standards of the New York Stock Exchange, who would be appointed as needed.

 

  28  

 

 

the OpCo Manager:

 

Must, at all times, be the Manager;

 

Must co-invest in the equity of OpCo; and

 

Will be automatically removed as the OpCo Manager and the Manager if it engages in any activity that would constitute a “disqualification event” under Rule 262 of Regulation A.

 

Notwithstanding the presumption in Delaware law to the contrary, the holders of the Units will be granted standing as proper plaintiff to bring a derivative action challenging OpCo’s management.

 

OpCo may not cross-collateralize OpCo’s assets to support non-OpCo loans.

 

OpCo must provide all information required for the Company to comply with its ongoing disclosure obligations under Regulation A.

 

OpCo must take all actions necessary in order for the Company to comply with its ongoing LEX Platform obligations.

 

Information Rights

 

Information Provided to the Company

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Contribution Agreement, OpCo will be required to enter an amended and restated operating agreement pursuant to which OpCo will need to provide to the Company the following information:

 

within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year and as included in the Projections (as defined below) for such year, with an explanation of any material differences between such amounts and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such year, and (iii) a statement of members’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) and audited and certified by OpCo’s independent public accountants;

 

within 45 days after the end of each of the first six months of each fiscal year of OpCo, unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such period, an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of members’ equity as of the end of such period, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP); and

 

such other information relating to the financial condition, results of operations or prospects (financial or other) of OpCo or the Property as the Company may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that OpCo will not be obligated to provide information that OpCo reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to OpCo); or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between OpCo and its counsel.

 

Information Provided to the Service Provider

 

Under the terms of the Contribution Agreement, OpCo and the Company will enter into an issuer servicing agreement with Largo Real Estate Advisors, Inc. (“Largo”), an independent service provider, pursuant to which OpCo will provide the following information to Largo in order for the service provider to ensure the Company complies with its periodic reporting obligations under Regulation A.

 

· Basic property information, such as site plans and square footage;

 

· Property financials, including pro forma operating projections, schedules of capital expenditures and operating statements;

 

· Property leasing, including copies of all leases and amendments, rent schedules, and billing models;

 

· Property operating agreements, such as service contracts, license agreements and management agreements;

 

· Third party reports, including an environmental report, appraisal and audit;

 

· Representations from the property owner, including insurance, compliance with contracts and litigation;

 

· Loan information, including the loan agreements and any outstanding balances;

 

· The property must maintain certain escrow/reserve balances;

 

· A real estate owner questionnaire;

 

· Lease amendments or departures/downsizings by certain tenants and/or subtenants;

 

· Certain capital expenditures;

 

· Capitalization events, including loan modification, refinancings or dispositions;

 

· Changes in management of any special purpose entity, property owner, property management or leasing agent;

 

· Material litigation proceedings; and

 

· Any representation made that is no longer valid and cannot be cured within 30 days.

 

If OpCo fails to provide any such information to Largo, then such failure will constitute an “event of default” under the Contribution Agreement. Upon the occurrence of any event of default under the Contribution Agreement, each holder of Units will have the right, for a period of 60 days following the expiration of the 30-day default cure period, to cause the OpCo to purchase such holder’s Units at a price per Unit equal to the purchase of such Units plus any accrued but unpaid distributions. LEX Markets LLC will pay Largo an annual fee equal to 0.15% of the value of the public float of the Units.

 

  29  

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF UNITS

 

On or prior to the time of qualification of this offering circular by the SEC, the Company will enter into the Operating Agreement. The membership interests are referred to herein as “Units.” We are offering up to 4,000 of the Units, for an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 pursuant to this offering circular. The following description of the Units is based upon the Company’s certificate of formation, the Operating Agreement, and applicable provisions of law, in each case as currently in effect. This discussion does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the certificate of formation and the Operating Agreement, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to this offering circular.

 

Upon the execution of the Operating Agreement at or prior to the qualification of this offering, the Manager will purchase one Unit, representing 100% of the outstanding Units.

 

The Company was formed for the sole purpose of acquiring the Interest. It will not conduct any business activities except for administrative services and monitoring its investment in OpCo.

 

Organization and Duration

 

The Company was formed on May 12, 2020, as a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (“DLLCA”). It will remain in existence until liquidated in accordance with the Operating Agreement.

 

Purpose and Powers

 

Under the Operating Agreement, the Company is permitted to engage in such activities as determined by the Manager that lawfully may be conducted by a limited liability company organized under Delaware law and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Company and the Manager pursuant to the Operating Agreement relating to such business activity, provided that the Manager is prohibited from engaging in certain activities without obtaining the approval of holders of a majority of the Units.

 

Manager and its Powers

 

The Company is a manager-managed limited liability company as set forth in Section 401 and Section 101 of the DLLCA. The Manager will be the manager of the Company.

 

Pursuant to the Operating Agreement, the Manager will have complete and exclusive discretion in the management and control of the Company’s affairs and business, subject to the requirement to obtain consent from the holders of the Units for certain actions, and shall possess all powers necessary, convenient or appropriate to carrying out our purposes and business, including doing all things and taking all actions necessary to carry out the terms and provisions of the Operating Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the Operating Agreement, the Manager shall have full authority in its discretion to exercise, on behalf of the Company and in the name of the Company, all rights and powers of a “manager” of a limited liability company under the DLLCA necessary or convenient to carry out the Company’s purposes. Any person not a party to the Operating Agreement dealing with the Company will be entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority of the Manager to obligate us in all respects, and to authorize the execution of any and all agreements, instruments and other writings on behalf of the Company and in its name.

 

The Manager will have sole voting power over all matters regarding the operations of the Company, except as described below under “—Voting Rights.”

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the authority of the Manager is restricted in the manner described in “Contribution Agreement--Management of OpCo” beginning on page 28.

 

  30  

 

 

Membership Interests

 

As of the date of this offering statement, there is one Unit issued and outstanding and it is held by the Manager.  The Company issued the Unit to the Manager concurrently with entering into the Operating Agreement.

 

Voting Rights

 

On each matter where the members have a right to vote, each Unit shall be entitled to and shall constitute one (1) vote, and all Units shall vote together as a single class. In determining any action or other matter to be undertaken by or on behalf of the Company, each member shall be entitled to cast a number of votes equal to the number of Units that such member holds, with the power to vote, at the time of such vote. Unless otherwise set forth in the Operating Agreement, or otherwise required by the DLLCA, the taking of any action by the Company which requires a vote of the members as set forth above shall require the receipt of votes from members holding a majority of the Units to constitute a quorum. In determining the outcome of any vote at a meeting, members that abstain or do not vote will effectively be counted as votes against such action.

 

Subject to the DLLCA, the Manager will have sole voting power over all matters, including: mergers, consolidations, acquisitions, winding up and dissolution; except, the Manager shall not have the authority to do any the following without first obtaining the prior approval or consent of holders of a majority of the Units:

 

amend, waive or fail to comply with any material provision of the Operating Agreement; or

 

lease, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets other than in our ordinary course of business.

 

An approval of holders of a majority of the Units is required for the above listed events. Units beneficially owned by the Manager shall have no voting rights.

 

Removal

 

The Manager may not be removed by the members, unless the Manager engages in conduct that would constitute a “disqualification event” under Regulation A.

 

Agreement to be Bound by the Operating Agreement

 

By purchasing a Unit, you will be admitted as a member of the Company and will be bound by the provisions of, and deemed to be a party to, the Operating Agreement. Pursuant to the Operating Agreement, each holder of Units and each person who acquires a Unit from a holder must agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Operating Agreement.

 

Member Voting

 

The Units have one vote per unit, shall vote together as a single class and that vote may be taken at a meeting or may be taken via a written consent in lieu of a meeting.

 

The Company will provide holders of Units with not less than ten (10) and no more than sixty (60) days prior notice of any meeting or any action subject to a vote of holders of Units. To constitute a quorum, at least a majority of the Units eligible to vote on such matter or such higher percentage of Units as may be required for such action must be represented in person or by proxy. At any meeting or on any matter that is to be voted on or consented to by holders of Units, the then holders of the Units, may vote in person or by proxy, and such vote may be made, and a proxy may be granted in writing, by means of electronic transmission or as otherwise permitted by applicable law. Units beneficially owned by the Manager shall have no voting rights.

 

The Company has elected to be governed by paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) of Section 212 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) and other applicable provisions of the DGCL, as though we were a Delaware corporation and as though holders of the Units were stockholders of a Delaware corporation. Such sections generally regulate proxies for any voting purposes.

 

  31  

 

 

In addition, OpCo has provided holders of Units standing as proper plaintiff to bring a derivative action challenging OpCo’s management, notwithstanding the presumption under Delaware law to the contrary. See “Contribution Agreement--Management of OpCo” beginning on page 28.

 

Member Distributions

 

The Company’s net income will be paid 100% to the holders of the Units, pro rata in proportion to the number of Units held by each member. There can be no assurance as to the timing of a distribution or that the Company will pay a distribution at all. There are no contractual restrictions on the Company’s ability to make distributions and if any are to be made in the future, such decision will be at the discretion of the Manager and will depend on our then current financial condition and other factors deemed relevant by the Manager. Under the OpCo operating agreement, OpCo is obligated to make cumulative annual distributions, including all anticipated quarterly distributions, to its members, including the Company, to cover tax liabilities. See “Distribution Policy.”

 

Put Right

 

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Contribution Agreement regarding information to be provided by OpCo to Largo, the holders of the Units will have a 60-day right to cause OpCo to repurchase their Units for a price per Unit equal to the purchase price of such Units plus any accrued but unpaid distributions. See “Contribution Agreement—Information Rights.”

 

Limited Liability

 

The liability of each member of the Company will be limited as provided in the DLLCA and as set forth in the Operating Agreement. No member of the Company will be obligated to restore by way of capital contribution or otherwise any deficits in its capital account (if such deficits occur).

 

The DLLCA provides that a member of a Delaware limited liability company who receives a distribution from such company and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the DLLCA shall be liable to the Company for the distribution for three years. Under the DLLCA, a limited liability company may not make a distribution to a member if, after the distribution, all liabilities of that company, other than liabilities to members on account of their equity interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of that company, would exceed the fair value of the assets of that Company. The fair value of property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of a company only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. Under the DLLCA, an assignee who becomes a substituted member of a company is liable for the obligations of his assignor to make contributions to that company, except the assignee is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at the time the assignee became a member and that could not be ascertained from that company’s operating agreement.

 

Exculpation and Indemnification of the Manager and Others

 

Subject to certain limitations, the Operating Agreement limits the liability of the Manager and its affiliates, any of the Company’s members, any person who is our officer and any person who serves at the request of the Manager on behalf of us as an officer director, independent representative, partner, member, stockholder or employee of such person (referred to together as the “Protected Persons” or in the singular as the “Protected Person”).

 

Exculpation

 

No Protected Person will be liable to the Company or the Manager or any other member of the Company for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or by other person with respect to the Company, including any negligent act or failure to act, except in the case of a liability resulting from such Protected Person’s own actual fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith, breach of fiduciary duty, reckless disregard of duty or any intentional and material breach of the Operating Agreement or conduct that is the subject of a criminal proceeding. With the prior consent of the Manager, any Protected Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants with respect to the Company’s affairs (including interpretations of the Operating Agreement) and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel or accountants. In determining whether a Protected Person acted with the requisite degree of care, such Protected Person shall be entitled to rely on written or oral reports, opinions, certificates and other statements of the board members, officers, employees, consultants, attorneys, accountants and professional advisors of the Company selected with reasonable care, provided, that no such Protected Person may rely upon such statements if it believed that such statements were materially false.

 

The Manager may not be liable to the Company or the members for errors in judgment or other acts or omissions not amounting to willful misconduct or gross negligence, since provision has been made in the Operating Agreement for exculpation of the Manager. Therefore, purchasers of Units have a more limited right of action than they would have absent the limitation in the Operating Agreement.

 

  32  

 

 

Indemnification

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify, hold harmless, protect and defend each Protected Person against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses incurred in investigating or defending against any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities or in enforcing a Protected Person’s right to indemnification under the Operating Agreement, and any amounts expended in respect of settlements of any claims approved by the Manager (collectively referred to herein as the “Liabilities”), to which any Protected Person may become subject:

 

by reason of any act or omission or alleged act or omission (even if negligent) arising out of or in connection with the activities of the Company; or

 

by reason of the fact that it is or was acting in connection with the activities of the Company in any capacity or that it is or was serving at the request of the Company as a partner, stockholder, member, board members, managers of the Manager, the independent representative, officer, employee, or agent of any Person; unless, such Liability results from such Protected Person’s own actual fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith, breach of fiduciary duty, reckless disregard of duty or intentional and material breach of the Operating Agreement or conduct that is subject of a criminal proceeding (where such Protected Person has reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful).

 

Any indemnification provided under the Operating Agreement is limited thereunder to the extent of the Company’s assets only. Further, insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Reimbursement of Expenses

 

The Company will reimburse (and/or advance to the extent reasonably required) each Protected Person for reasonable legal or other costs and expenses (as incurred) of such Protected Person in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending any claim, lawsuit or other proceeding relating to any Liabilities for which the Protected Person may be indemnified pursuant to the Operating Agreement and for all costs and expenses, including fees, expenses and disbursements of attorneys, reasonably incurred by such Protected Person in enforcing the indemnification provisions of the Operating Agreement, provided, that such Protected Person executes a written undertaking to repay the Company for such reimbursed or advanced costs and expenses if it is finally judicially determined that such Protected Person is not entitled to the indemnification provided by the Operating Agreement.

 

Amendment of the Operating Agreement

 

Amendments to the Operating Agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of the Manager and must be approved by a majority vote of the holders of the Units. Further, the Manager does not need consent of the Units to amend the Operating Agreement for, among others, the following actions: (i) to evidence the joinder of a new member of the Company; (ii) in connection with the transfer of Units by members; (iii) as otherwise required to reflect capital contributions, distributions and similar actions; or (iv) as necessary or appropriate, in the sole discretion of the Manager, to ensure that we will not be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for U.S. federal (and applicable state) income tax purposes.

 

Termination and Dissolution

 

The Company will continue as a limited liability company until terminated under the Operating Agreement. The Company will commence winding up upon the first to occur of the following (the “Dissolution Event”):

 

Upon the determination of the members with the approval of the Manager;

 

The Company’s and/or OpCo’s insolvency or bankruptcy;

 

The sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s and/or OpCo’s assets; or

 

The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the DLLCA.

 

The Dissolution Event shall be effective on the day on which such event occurs and immediately thereafter the Company will commence its winding up during which its affairs shall be wound up in accordance with the terms of the Operating Agreement.

 

  33  

 

 

Books and Reports

 

The Company is required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on a basis that permits the preparation of financial statements in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the U.S. For financial reporting purposes and federal income tax purposes, the Company’s fiscal year and its tax year are the calendar year.

 

Term and Removal of the Manager

 

The Operating Agreement provides that the Manager will serve as the Company’s sole Manager for an indefinite term, but the Manager will be automatically removed if the Manager ceases to serve as the sole manager of OpCo. Pursuant to the terms of the OpCo operating agreement, the OpCo Manager will be automatically removed if it engages in any activity that would constitute a “disqualifying event” under Rule 262 of Regulation A.

 

Transfer Agent

 

We intend to engage Computershare to be our transfer agent and registrar for the Units. Computershare’s address is at 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021 and its telephone number is (781) 575-2000.

 

Investment Amount Limitations

 

There is a $250 minimum purchase requirement. The maximum amount that each investor can purchase is subject to the investment threshold described under “Plan of Distribution—Investment Threshold” on page 48. We can waive the minimum or maximum purchase requirements on a case-by-case basis in our sole discretion. Subscriptions, once received, are irrevocable by the investors but can be rejected by us.

 

  34  

 

 

LEX MARKETS TRADING PLATFORM

 

General

 

LEX Markets Corp. and its broker dealer subsidiary LEX Markets LLC, through the LEX Markets Platform, seek to make commercial real estate investment liquid and accessible to investors. Independent Brokerage Solutions and LEX Markets LLC are currently the exclusive Placement Agents for this offering. The LEX Markets Platform is intended to allow users to invest in a single property and to build a portfolio of select properties through an online marketplace of individual properties. The investments will be freely tradable as there is no restriction period.

 

The LEX Markets Platform is intended to permit investors to purchase an ownership interest in a commercial real estate project on terms that would ordinarily not be available to retail investors. The LEX Market Platform is intended to enable investors to benefit from liquidity, low transaction costs and low minimum investment requirements as compared to traditional commercial real estate investments.

 

The LEX Markets Platform which will be comprised of (a) a front-end order management system (OMS) that enables users to research securities offered by LEX Markets and enter orders to buy or sell them, and (b) a matching engine that crosses buy and sell orders and reports trades to brokers for clearing and settlement and to the FINRA OTC Trade Reporting Facility. Upon approval by the SEC, the matching engine will be operated by LEX Markets LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of LEX Markets Corp., as an Alternative Trading System (ATS) in compliance with Regulation ATS.

 

OMS users must connect to the ATS via a FINRA-licensed broker dealer. OMS users can do so either by (i) opening new brokerage accounts introduced by LEX Markets LLC and its clearing firm Apex Clearing Corporation, or (ii) connecting the OMS to their pre-existing accounts at other broker dealers who are members of the LEX Markets ATS.

 

LEX Markets LLC has filed a Form ATS with the SEC for approval to operate an ATS. LEX Markets does not use blockchain or any distributed ledger technology in its ATS (instead LEX Markets LLC is using Nasdaq’s matching engine technology and will utilize DTCC’s Continuous Net Settlement to power its ATS) and accordingly hopes to avoid the delays in SEC approval that blockchain-related ATS applicants have faced.

 

In consideration for the Platform Fee, which the Company will begin paying on the first anniversary of the commencement of trading, pursuant to the terms of the LEX ATS Issuer Agreement, which is the agreement for participation in the LEX Markets Platform, LEX Markets LLC agrees to provide the Company with a comprehensive solution to assist the Company to comply with the Company’s ongoing disclosure obligations under Regulation A and, upon approval of the LEX Markets ATS, a venue tailored for secondary trading of the Units. This includes assisting the Company in engaging third-party providers for services such as legal advisory work, periodic audit services, filing and compliance services associated with state securities laws (Blue Sky), transfer agent services, and tax preparation services such as the distribution of Form K-1s to Unit holders. This summary of services provided by LEX Markets is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of the LEX ATS Issuer Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the offering statement of which this offering circular forms a part.

 

Blue Sky Requirements for Secondary Trading

 

While Regulation A preempts state Blue Sky laws with respect to initial offerings, it does not as to secondary market trading. To facilitate secondary market trading, the Company intends to rely upon the unsolicited broker transactions and manual publication exemptions available under most state Blue Sky laws. In states that do not offer unsolicited broker transaction or manual publication Blue Sky exemptions, the Company will either register as required by state law or the LEX Markets Platform will not allow primary or secondary market trading by residents of such state(s).

 

Eligibility Criteria

 

In order to be eligible to participate on the LEX Markets Platform, the Company must meet the following eligibility criteria throughout the term of participation:

 

· The Unit must have assigned CUSIP numbers and be eligible for DTC Continuous Net Settlement;

 

· The Company must engage a transfer agent approved by LEX Markets;

 

· The Company must comply with the applicable Blue Sky requirements;

 

· The Company must timely file of all continuous and other reporting requirements under the Securities Act, including without limitation, the requirements of Regulation A;

 

· The Manager must own at least 5% of the Units or an equivalent interest in the Company that is pari passu with an investment in the Units;

 

· Material related party transactions must be reviewed and approved by an ad hoc independent board member;

 

· The fiduciary duties of the Manager cannot be disclaimed;

 

· The Company must maintain a public company director and officer insurance policy with a least $3,000,000 of coverage; and

 

· The Company must not be the subject of any material enforcement proceeding brought by a regulator or criminal enforcement authority, and maintain status that prevents “bad actor” disqualification of “covered person” under Regulation A.

 

  35  

 

 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

This section is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective holders of Units who are individual citizens or residents of the United States. This section is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”) and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to change. Later changes in these authorities may cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below. We have not obtained, and do not intend to obtain, any opinion of counsel or ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this section to “us” or “we” are references to Gateway Garage Partners LLC.

 

The following section does not comment on all U.S. federal income tax matters affecting the Company or its unitholders and does not describe the application of the alternative minimum tax that may be applicable to certain unitholders. Moreover, the discussion focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or residents of the United States and has only limited application to corporations, estates, entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, trusts, nonresident aliens, U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States or other unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions, tax-exempt institutions, foreign persons (including, without limitation, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and persons eligible for the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty with the United States), individual retirement accounts (IRAs), real estate investment trusts (REITs) or mutual funds, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, U.S. persons whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar, persons holding their Units as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction, persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to the Units being taken into account in an applicable financial statement and persons deemed to sell their Units under the constructive sale provisions of the Code. In addition, the discussion only comments to a limited extent on state, local, and foreign tax consequences. Accordingly, we encourage each prospective holder of Units to consult his or her own tax advisor in analyzing the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences particular to him or her of the ownership or disposition of Units and potential changes in applicable laws.

 

Partnership Status

 

A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no U.S. federal income tax liability. Instead, each partner of a partnership is required to take into account his or her share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing his or her U.S. federal income tax liability, regardless of whether cash distributions are made by the partnership. Distributions from a partnership to a partner are generally not taxable to the partnership or the partner unless the amount of cash distributed to such partner is in excess of his or her adjusted basis in the partnership interest.

 

Section 7704 of the Code provides that publicly traded partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed as corporations. However, an exception, referred to as the “Qualifying Income Exception,” exists with respect to publicly traded partnerships of which 90% or more of the gross income for every taxable year consists of “qualifying income.” Qualifying income includes dividends, interest (other than from a financial business), real property rents, gain from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income.

 

We intend to operate such that we will meet the Qualifying Income Exception in each taxable year. We do not expect to seek a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel as to our status for U.S. federal income tax purposes or whether our operations will generate qualifying income under Section 7704 of the Code.

 

If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as if we had transferred all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for stock in that corporation, and then distributed that stock to the unitholders in liquidation of their interests in us. This deemed contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to unitholders and us so long as we, at that time, do not have liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets. Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

  36  

 

 

If we were treated as an association taxable as a corporation in any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to meet the Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on our tax return rather than being passed through to our unitholders, and our net income would be taxed to us at the corporate rate. In addition, any distribution made to a unitholder would be treated as taxable dividend income, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, or, in the absence of earnings and profits, a nontaxable return of capital, to the extent of the unitholder’s tax basis in his Units, or taxable capital gain, after the unitholder’s tax basis in his Units is reduced to zero. Accordingly, taxation as a corporation could result in a reduction in a unitholder’s cash flow and after-tax return and thus would likely result in a reduction of the value of the Units.

 

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership

 

Flow-through of Taxable Income

 

Subject to the discussion below under “—Entity-Level Collections,” we will not pay any U.S. federal income tax. Instead, each unitholder will be required to report on his or her income tax return his or her share of our income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether corresponding cash distributions are made. Consequently, we may allocate income to a unitholder even if he or she has not received a cash distribution. Each unitholder will be required to include in income his or her allocable share of our income, gains, losses and deductions for our taxable year ending with or within his or her taxable year.

 

Treatment of Distributions

 

Cash distributions made by us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to him or her for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of such unitholder’s tax basis in his or her Units immediately before the distribution. Cash distributions made by us to a unitholder in an amount in excess of his or her tax basis generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of the Units, taxable in accordance with the rules described under “—Disposition of Units” below.

 

Adjusted Tax Basis of Units

 

A unitholder’s initial tax basis in his or her Units generally will be the amount such unitholder paid for the Units plus his or her share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis generally will be increased by such unitholder’s share of our income and by any increases in such unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities. That basis generally will be decreased, but not below zero, by distributions to such unitholder from us, by such unitholder’s share of our losses, by any decreases in such unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities and by such unitholder’s share of our expenditures that are not deductible in computing taxable income and that are not required to be capitalized. A unitholder generally will have a share, based on such unitholder’s share of profits, of our nonrecourse liabilities. See “—Disposition of Units” on page 40.

 

Restrictions on Deductibility of Losses

 

A unitholder may deduct its allocable share of our losses (if any) for U.S. federal income tax purposes only to the extent of such unitholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Units it is treated as holding at the end of the taxable year in which the losses occur. If the recognition of a unitholder’s allocable share of our losses would reduce its adjusted tax basis for its Units below zero, the recognition of such losses by such unitholder would be deferred to subsequent taxable years and will be allowed if and when such unitholder has sufficient tax basis so that such losses would not reduce such unitholder’s adjusted tax basis below zero. In addition, the “at-risk” rules and the limitations on “passive activity losses” and “excess business losses” could further limit the deductibility of losses allocable to a unitholder.

 

Limitations on Interest Deductions

 

Our ability to deduct interest paid or accrued on indebtedness properly allocable to a trade or business, “business interest,” will be limited to an amount equal to the sum of (i) our business interest income during the taxable year and (ii) 50% of our adjusted taxable income for such taxable year. Should our ability to deduct business interest be limited, the amount of taxable income allocated to our unitholders in the taxable year in which the limitation is in effect may increase. However, in certain circumstances, a unitholder may be able to use a portion of a business interest deduction subject to this limitation in future taxable years. Prospective unitholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the impact of this business interest deduction limitation on an investment in the Units.

 

  37  

 

 

In addition, the deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayer’s “investment interest expense” is generally limited to the amount of that taxpayer’s “net investment income.” Investment interest expense includes:

 

interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for investment;

 

our interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and

 

the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to portfolio income.

 

The computation of a unitholder’s investment interest expense will take into account interest on any margin account borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a Unit. Net investment income includes gross income from property held for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than interest, directly connected with the production of investment income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the disposition of property held for investment or (if applicable) qualified dividend income. The IRS has indicated that the net passive income earned by a publicly traded partnership will be treated as investment income to its unitholders. In addition, the unitholder’s share of our portfolio income will be treated as investment income.

 

Entity-Level Collections

 

If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any U.S. federal, state, local or foreign income tax on behalf of any unitholder or any former unitholder, we are authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That payment, if made, may be treated as a distribution of cash to the unitholder on whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment is made on behalf of a person whose identity cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to amend the Operating Agreement in the manner necessary to maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of Units and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these distributions, the priority and characterization of distributions otherwise applicable under the Operating Agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payment by us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax on behalf of an individual unitholder in which event the unitholder would be required to file a claim in order to obtain a credit or refund.

 

Allocation of Items of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction

 

In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated among our unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us. If we have a net loss for the entire year, that loss will be allocated to the unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us, as adjusted for certain items in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

Section 706 of the Code provides that items of partnership income and deduction must be allocated between transferors and transferees of shares. We will apply certain assumptions and conventions in an attempt to comply with applicable rules and to report income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to unitholders in a manner that reflects such unitholders’ beneficial shares of our items. These conventions are designed to more closely align the receipt of cash and the allocation of income between unitholders of Units, but these assumptions and conventions may not conform with all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. If the IRS successfully challenges our conventions, our items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit may be reallocated among the unitholders to the possible detriment of certain unitholders. The Manager is authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferors and transferees (as well as among unitholders whose interests otherwise could vary during a taxable period).

 

Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of Units, we may adopt depreciation, amortization, and other tax accounting positions that may not comply with all aspects of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could adversely affect the allocations of tax items to unitholders and could have a negative impact on the value of Units or result in audits of and adjustments to unitholders’ tax returns.

 

Tax Rates

 

Currently, the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income of individuals is 37%, and the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains (generally, capital gains on certain assets held for more than twelve months) of individuals is 20%. Such rates are subject to change by new legislation at any time.

 

  38  

 

 

In addition, a 3.8% Medicare tax, or NIIT, is imposed on certain net investment income earned by individuals, estates and trusts. For these purposes, net investment income generally includes a unitholder’s allocable share of our income and gain realized by a unitholder from a sale of Units. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) the unitholder’s net investment income or (ii) the amount by which the unitholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case). In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income over the dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket applicable to an estate or trust begins for such taxable year. Treasury Regulations have been issued that provide guidance regarding the NIIT. Prospective unitholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the impact of the NIIT on an investment in the Units.

 

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, and ending on or before December 31, 2025, a non-corporate unitholder may be entitled to a deduction of up to 20% of its “qualified publicly traded partnership income” attributable to us. For purposes of this deduction, a unitholder’s “qualified publicly traded partnership income” attributable to us is equal to the sum of:

 

the net amount of such unitholder’s allocable share of certain of our income, gain, deduction and loss (generally excluding certain items related to our investment activities, including capital gains and dividends, which are subject to a U.S. federal income tax rate of 20%); and

 

any gain recognized by such unitholder on the disposition of his or her Units to the extent such gain is attributable to certain assets subject to ordinary income or loss treatment under Section 751, including depreciation recapture and “inventory items” we own.

 

Prospective unitholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of this deduction and its interaction with the overall deduction for “qualified business income.”

 

Section 754 Election

 

The Manager intends to make the election permitted by Section 754 of the Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS. The election generally permits us to adjust a Unit purchaser’s tax basis in our assets under Section 743(b) of the Code to reflect his or her purchase price. This election does not apply with respect to a person who purchases Units directly from us. The Section 743(b) adjustment belongs to the purchaser and not to other unitholders.

 

A Section 754 election is advantageous if the transferee’s tax basis in his or her Units is higher than the Units’ share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of the election, the transferee would have, among other items, a greater amount of depreciation and depletion deductions and his or her share of any gain on a sale of our assets would be less.

 

The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are complex and, if such an election is made, such calculations will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the value of our assets and other matters. We cannot assure you that the determinations we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that any deductions resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed altogether.

 

Tax Treatment of Operations

 

Taxable Year

 

We use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income such unitholder’s share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending within his or her taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and who disposes of all of such unitholder’s Units following the close of our taxable year but before the close of such unitholder’s taxable year must include such unitholder’s share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in income for his or her taxable year, meaning that such unitholder will be required to include in income for such taxable year his or her share of more than twelve months of our income, gain, loss and deduction.

 

Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization

 

The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The U.S. federal income tax burden associated with the difference between the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis immediately prior to an offering will generally be borne by our unitholders holding interests in us prior to any such offering. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Allocation of Items of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.”

 

  39  

 

 

To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depreciation and cost recovery methods, including bonus depreciation to the extent available, that will result in the largest deductions being taken in the early years after assets subject to these allowances are placed in service. Please read “—Allocation of Items of Income, gain, Loss and Deduction.” Property we subsequently acquire or construct may be depreciated using accelerated methods permitted by the Code.

 

The costs we incur in selling the Units (called “syndication expenses”) must be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. There are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us. The underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated as syndication expenses. In addition, some or all of the Platform Fee payable by the Company to LEX Markets will be capitalized and cannot be deducted currently.

 

Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties

 

The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of Units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative fair market values, and the initial tax bases, of our assets. Although we may from time to time consult with professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates and determinations of basis are subject to challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of fair market value or determinations of basis are later found to be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or deduction previously reported by unitholders might change, and unitholders might be required to adjust their tax liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to those adjustments.

 

Disposition of Units

 

Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of Units equal to the difference between the amount realized and the unitholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Units sold. A unitholder’s amount realized will be measured by the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other property received plus his or her share, if any, of our nonrecourse liabilities. Because the amount realized includes a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of Units could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from the sale.

 

Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder, other than a “dealer,” on the sale or exchange of a Unit will generally be taxable as capital gain or loss. Capital gain recognized by an individual on the sale of Units held for more than twelve months will generally be taxed at the U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains. However, a portion of this gain or loss, which may be substantial, will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under Section 751 of the Code to the extent attributable to assets giving rise to “unrealized receivables,” including potential recapture items such as depreciation recapture, or to “inventory items” we own. In addition, any unrecaptured Section 1250 amounts will be subject to a tax rate in excess of the long-term capital gain rate. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized receivables and inventory items may exceed net taxable gain realized upon the sale of a Unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized upon the sale of a Unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of Units. Capital losses may offset capital gains and no more than $3,000 of ordinary income, in the case of individuals, and may only be used to offset capital gains in the case of corporations. Ordinary income recognized by a unitholder on disposition of the Units may be reduced by such unitholder’s deduction for qualified business income. Both ordinary income and capital gain recognized on a sale of units may be subject to the NIIT in certain circumstances. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Tax Rates.”

 

Unitholders who purchase the Units in separate transactions must maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those Units. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of the Units held by such unitholders, a portion of the aggregate tax basis of all Units must be allocated to the Units sold. Unitholders who purchase the Units at different times and intend to sell all or a portion of the Units within a year of their most recent purchase are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of certain “split holding period” rules to them and the treatment of any gain or loss as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss. For example, a selling unitholder may use the actual holding period of the portion of its transferred Units, provided such Units are divided into identifiable Units with ascertainable holding periods, the selling unitholder can identify the portion of the Units transferred, and the unitholder elects to use the identification method for all sales or exchanges of the Units.

 

Tax-Exempt Organizations and Foreign Investors

 

General

 

Ownership of Units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt organizations, non-resident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign persons raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below to a limited extent, may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. If you are a tax-exempt entity or a foreign person, you should consult your tax advisor before investing in the Units.

 

  40  

 

 

Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from U.S. federal income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, are subject to U.S. federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. Items of our income allocated to a unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization may be treated as unrelated business taxable income that may be taxable to it.

 

A regulated investment company or “mutual fund” is required to derive 90% or more of its gross income from interest, dividends and gains from the sale of stocks or securities or foreign currency or specified related sources. It is not anticipated that any significant amount of our gross income will include that type of income.

 

Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates that own units (“foreign unitholders”) may be considered to be engaged in business in the United States because of the ownership of Units. As a consequence, they may be required to file U.S. federal tax returns to report their share of our items of income, gain, loss or deduction and pay U.S. federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, our distributions to foreign unitholders will generally be subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective tax rate. Each foreign unitholder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to our transfer agent on a Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require us to change these procedures.

 

In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns Units may be treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular U.S. federal income tax, on its share of our earnings and profits, as adjusted for changes in the foreign corporation’s “U.S. net equity,” that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a “qualified resident.” This type of unitholder is also subject to special information reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Code.

 

Sale of a Unit

 

A foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a Unit will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized from the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the foreign unitholder. Gain on the sale or disposition of a Unit will be treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business to the extent that a foreign unitholder would recognize gain effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business upon the hypothetical sale of our assets at fair market value on the date of the sale or exchange of that Unit. Such gain shall be reduced by certain amounts treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business attributable to certain real property interests.

 

Under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, a foreign unitholder (other than certain “qualified foreign pension funds” (or an entity all of the interests of which are held by such a qualified foreign pension fund), which generally are entities or arrangements that are established and regulated by foreign law to provide retirement or other pension benefits to employees, do not have a single participant or beneficiary that is entitled to more than 5% of the assets or income of the entity or arrangement and are subject to certain preferential tax treatment under the laws of the applicable foreign country), generally will be subject to a 15% U.S. federal withholding tax upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of a Unit if (i) he or she owned (directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules) more than 5% of the class of such Unit at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50% or more of the fair market value of all of our assets consisted of U.S. real property interests at any time during the shorter of the period during which such unitholder held the Units or the five-year period ending on the date of disposition. In general, a U.S. real property interest does not include any interest in a domestically-controlled qualified investment entity. If more than 50% of our assets consist of U.S. real property interests, foreign unitholders may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of their Units.

 

Upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of a Unit by a foreign unitholder, the transferee is generally required to withhold 10% of the amount realized on such sale, exchange or other disposition if any portion of the gain on such sale, exchange or other disposition would be treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. If the transferee fails to satisfy this withholding requirement, we will be required to deduct and withhold such amount (plus interest) from future distributions to the transferee. Because the “amount realized” would include a unitholder’s share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if any, 10% of the amount realized could exceed the total cash purchase price for such disposed Units. Due to this fact, our inability to match transferors and transferees of Units and other uncertainty surrounding the application of these withholding rules, the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the IRS have currently suspended these rules for transfers of certain publicly traded partnership interests, including transfers of the Units, until regulations or other guidance has been issued. It is unclear when such regulations or other guidance will be issued.

 

  41  

 

 

Additional withholding requirements may also affect certain foreign unitholders. Please read “—Administrative Matters—Additional Withholding Requirements” and “—Administrative Matters —Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.”

 

Administrative Matters

 

Information Returns and Audit Procedures

 

We intend to furnish to each unitholder, as soon as reasonably practicable after the close of each calendar year, specific tax information, including a Schedule K-1, which describes such unitholder’s share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our preceding taxable year. However, unitholders may not receive this tax information prior to when tax return filings become due and may need to file for extensions or file based on estimates. In preparing this information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholder’s share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure you that those positions will yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of the IRS. We cannot assure prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court that those positions are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS could negatively affect the value of the Units.

 

The IRS may audit our U.S. federal income tax information returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each unitholder to adjust a prior year’s tax liability, and possibly may result in an audit of his return. Any audit of a unitholder’s return could result in adjustments not related to our returns as well as those related to our returns.

 

Entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally are treated as separate entities for purposes of U.S. federal tax audits, judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the partners.

 

A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the treatment of any item on his U.S. federal income tax return that is not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return. Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.

 

If the IRS makes audit adjustments to our income tax returns, it may assess and collect any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustment directly from us. Similarly, if the IRS makes audit adjustments to income tax returns filed by an entity in which we are a member or a partner, it may assess and collect any taxes (including penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustment directly from such entity. If, as a result of any such audit adjustment, we are required to make payments of taxes, penalties and interest, our cash available for distribution to our unitholders might be substantially reduced.

 

Additionally, we are required to designate a person with a substantial presence in the United States as the partnership representative (“Partnership Representative”). The Partnership Representative will have the sole authority to act on our behalf for purposes of, among other things, U.S. federal income tax audits and judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS. If we do not make such a designation, the IRS can select any person as the Partnership Representative. We currently anticipate that we will designate the Manager as our Partnership Representative. With respect to any period in which any non-individual is the Partnership Representative, the Manager will cause us to appoint an individual eligible to be a designated individual through whom the Partnership Representative will act (the “Designated Individual”). Any actions taken by us or by the Partnership Representative or the Designated Individual on our behalf with respect to, among other things, U.S. federal income tax audits and judicial review of administrative adjustments by the IRS, will be binding on us and all of our unitholders.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

If we are required to withhold any U.S. tax on distributions made to any unitholder, we will pay such withheld amount to the IRS. Amounts withheld generally will be reported annually to the IRS and to the unitholders by the applicable withholding agent. Distributions made to a unitholder that is a “United States person” as defined in the Code may be subject to backup withholding, unless such unitholder provides the appropriate documentation certifying that, among other things, its taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) is correct, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Such unitholder should use an IRS Form W-9 for this purpose. If such unitholder does not provide its correct TIN and other required information or an adequate basis for exemption, payments made to such unitholder will be subject to backup withholding (currently, at a rate of 24%) and such unitholder may be subject to a penalty imposed by the IRS. Exempt unitholders (including, among others, all corporations) are not subject to these information reporting and backup withholding requirements, provided that, if required, they properly demonstrate their eligibility for exemption. In order for a foreign unitholder to avoid backup withholding, such unitholder should submit the appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, attesting to such unitholder’s foreign status. The failure of such a foreign unitholder to provide the appropriate IRS Form W-8 may result in backup withholding on some or all of the payments made to such unitholder. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a unitholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished by such unitholder on a timely basis to the IRS.

 

  42  

 

 

If you do not timely provide us with IRS Form W-8 or IRS Form W-9, as applicable, or such form is not properly completed, we may become subject to U.S. backup withholding taxes in excess of what would have been imposed had we received certifications from all unitholders. Such excess U.S. backup withholding taxes may be treated by us as an expense that will be borne by all unitholders on a pro rata basis (where we are or may be unable to cost efficiently allocate any such excess withholding tax cost specifically to the unitholders that failed to timely provide the proper U.S. tax certifications).

 

Additional Withholding Requirements

 

Withholding taxes may apply to certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined in the Code) and certain other foreign entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on interest, dividends and other fixed or determinable annual or periodical gains, profits and income from sources within the United States (“FDAP Income”) paid to a foreign financial institution or to a “non-financial foreign entity,” (as specially defined in the Code) unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting, (ii) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in clause (i) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to noncompliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these requirements may be subject to different rules.

 

Thus, to the extent we have FDAP Income on or after January 1, 2019 that is not treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (please read “—Tax-Exempt Organizations and Foreign Investors”), unitholders who are foreign financial institutions or certain other foreign entities, or persons that hold their Units through such foreign entities, may be subject to withholding on distributions they receive from us, or their distributive share of our income, pursuant to the rules described above.

 

Prospective unitholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential application of these withholding provisions to their investment in the Units.

 

Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to furnish to us:

 

  the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the beneficial owner and the nominee;

 

  whether the beneficial owner is:

 

  a person that is not a U.S. person;

 

  a foreign government, an international organization or any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or

 

  a tax-exempt entity;

 

  the amount and description of Units held, acquired or transferred for the beneficial owner; and

 

  specific information including the dates of acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from dispositions.

 

Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish additional information, including whether they are U.S. persons and specific information on Units they acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty is imposed by the Code for failure to report that information to us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of the Units with the information furnished to us.

 

  43  

 

 

Reportable Transactions

 

If the U.S. federal tax rules relating to “reportable transactions” are applicable to us (or any of the transactions undertaken by us), unitholders that are required to file U.S. federal income tax returns (and, in some cases, certain direct and indirect interest holders of certain unitholders) would be required to disclose to the IRS information relating to us and our transactions, and to retain certain documents and other records related thereto. Although we do not believe that the purchase of the Units is a reportable transaction, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position. In addition, an interest in us could become a reportable transaction for unitholders in the future, for example if we generate certain types of losses that exceed prescribed thresholds or if certain other events occur. It is also possible that a transaction undertaken by us will be a reportable transaction for unitholders. Substantial penalties may be imposed on taxpayers who fail to comply with these laws.

 

In addition, other tax laws impose substantial excise taxes and additional reporting requirements and penalties on certain tax-exempt investors (and, in some cases, the managers of tax-exempt investors) that are, directly or in some cases indirectly, parties to certain types of reportable transactions.

 

Recent Legislative Developments

 

The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in the Units may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any time. For example, from time to time, members of Congress and the President propose and consider substantive changes to the existing U.S. federal income tax laws that affect publicly traded partnerships, including the elimination of partnership tax treatment for publicly traded partnerships.

 

Any modifications to the U.S. federal income tax laws or interpretations thereof may or may not be retroactively applied and could make it more difficult or impossible to meet the exception for us to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Please read “—Partnership Status.” We are unable to predict whether any such changes will ultimately be enacted. However, it is possible that a change in law could affect us, and any such changes could negatively impact the value of an investment in the Units.

 

State, Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations

 

The foregoing discussion does not address the U.S. state and local or foreign tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Units. Unitholders may be subject to certain U.S. state and local and foreign taxation, and tax return filing requirements, in the jurisdictions of our activities or investments. Unitholders may not receive the relevant tax information prior to when tax return filings become due and may need to file for extensions. Some of the jurisdictions may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident of the jurisdiction. Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less than a particular unitholder’s income tax liability to the jurisdiction, generally does not relieve a nonresident unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return. Amounts withheld will be treated as if distributed to unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed by us. Please read “—Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership—Entity-Level Collections.”

 

It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the legal and tax consequences, under the U.S. federal laws and the laws of pertinent states, localities and foreign jurisdictions, of his or her investment in us. Accordingly, each prospective unitholder is urged to consult his or her own tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. Further, it is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all state, local and foreign, as well as U.S. federal tax returns, that may be required.

 

  44  

 

 

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

 

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), is a broad statutory framework that governs most U.S. retirement and other U.S. employee benefit plans. ERISA and the rules and regulations of the Department of Labor (the “DOL”) under ERISA contain provisions that should be considered by fiduciaries of employee benefit plans subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA (“ERISA Plans”) and their legal advisors. In particular, a fiduciary of an ERISA Plan should consider whether an investment in the Units (or, in the case of a participant-directed defined contribution plan (a “Participant-Directed Plan”), making the Units available for investment under the Participant-Directed Plan) satisfies the requirements set forth in Part 4 of Title I of ERISA, including the requirements that (1) the investment satisfy the prudence and diversification standards of ERISA, (2) the investment be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the ERISA Plan, (3) the investment be permissible under the terms of the ERISA Plan’s investment policies and governing instruments and (4) the investment does not give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

In determining whether an investment in the Units (or making the Units available as an investment option under a Participant-Directed Plan) is prudent for ERISA purposes, a fiduciary of an ERISA Plan should consider all relevant facts and circumstances including, without limitation, possible limitations on the transferability of the Units, whether the investment provides sufficient liquidity in light of the foreseeable needs of the ERISA Plan (or the participant account in a Participant-Directed Plan), and whether the investment is reasonably designed, as part of the ERISA Plan’s portfolio, to further the ERISA Plan’s purposes, taking into consideration the risk of loss and the opportunity for gain (or other return) associated with the investment. It should be noted that neither the Manager nor any of its affiliates has any responsibility for developing any overall investment strategy for any ERISA Plan (or the participant account in a Participant-Directed Plan) or for advising any ERISA Plan (or participant in a Participant-Directed Plan) as to the advisability or prudence of an investment in us. Rather, it is the obligation of the appropriate fiduciary for each ERISA Plan (or participant in a Participant-Directed Plan) to consider whether an investment in the Units by the ERISA Plan (or making such Units available for investment under a Participant-Directed Plan in which event it is the obligation of the participant to consider whether an investment in the Units is advisable), when judged in light of the overall portfolio of the ERISA Plan, will meet the prudence, diversification and other applicable requirements of ERISA.

 

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA Plan, as well as those plans that are not subject to ERISA but that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code, such as individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and non-ERISA Keogh plans (collectively with ERISA Plans, “Plans”), and certain persons (referred to as “parties in interest” for purposes of ERISA or “disqualified persons” for purposes of the Code) having certain relationships to Plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption is applicable to the transaction. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to non-deductible excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code, and the transaction might have to be rescinded. In addition, a fiduciary who causes an ERISA Plan to engage in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be personally liable for any resultant loss incurred by the ERISA Plan and may be subject to other potential remedies.

 

A Plan that proposes to invest in the Units (or to make the Units available for investment under a Participant-Directed Plan) may already maintain a relationship with the Manager or one or more of its affiliates, as a result of which the Manager or such affiliate may be a “party in interest” under ERISA or a “disqualified person” under the Code, with respect to such Plan (e.g., if the Manager or such affiliate provides investment management, investment advisory or other services to that Plan). ERISA (and the Code) prohibits plan assets from being used for the benefit of a party in interest (or disqualified person). This prohibition is not triggered by “incidental” benefits to a party in interest (or disqualified person) that result from a transaction involving the Plan that is motivated solely by the interests of the Plan. ERISA (and the Code) also prohibits a fiduciary from using its position to cause the Plan to make an investment from which the fiduciary, its affiliates or certain parties in which it has an interest would receive a fee or other consideration or benefit. In this circumstance, Plans that propose to invest in the Units should consult with their counsel to determine whether an investment in the Units would result in a transaction that is prohibited by ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

If our assets were considered to be assets of a Plan (referred to herein as “Plan Assets”), our management might be deemed to be fiduciaries of the investing Plan. In this event, the operation of the Company could become subject to the restrictions of the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of Title I of ERISA and/or the prohibited transaction rules of Section 4975 of the Code.

 

The DOL has promulgated a final regulation under ERISA, 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101 (as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, the “Plan Assets Regulation”), that provides guidelines as to whether, and under what circumstances, the underlying assets of an entity will be deemed to constitute Plan Assets for purposes of applying the fiduciary requirements of Title I of ERISA (including the prohibited transaction rules of Section 406 of ERISA) and the prohibited transaction provisions of Code Section 4975.

 

  45  

 

 

Under the Plan Assets Regulation, the assets of an entity in which a Plan or IRA makes an equity investment will generally be deemed to be assets of such Plan or IRA unless the entity satisfies one of the exceptions to this general rule. Generally, the exceptions require that the investment in the entity be one of the following:

 

  · in securities issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act;

 

  · in “publicly offered securities,” defined generally as interests that are “freely transferable,” “widely held” and registered with the SEC;

 

  · in an “operating company” which includes “venture capital operating companies” and “real estate operating companies;” or

 

  · in which equity participation by “benefit plan investors” is not significant.

 

The Units will constitute an “equity interest” for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation, and the Units may not constitute “publicly offered securities” for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation. In addition, the Units will not be issued by a registered investment company.

 

The 25% Limit

 

Under the Plan Assets Regulation, and assuming no other exemption applies, an entity’s assets would be deemed to include “plan assets” subject to ERISA on any date if, immediately after the most recent acquisition of any equity interest in the entity, 25% or more of the value of any class of equity interests in the entity is held by “benefit plan investors” (the “25% Limit”). For purposes of this determination, the value of equity interests held by a person (other than a benefit plan investor) that has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the entity or that provides investment advice for a fee with respect to such assets (or any affiliate of such a person) is disregarded. The term “benefit plan investor” is defined in the Plan Assets Regulation as (a) any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (b) any plan that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code and (c) any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan’s investment in the entity (to the extent of such plan’s investment in the entity). Thus, our assets would not be considered to be “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA so long as the 25% Limit is not exceeded.

 

Operating Companies

 

Under the Plan Assets Regulation, an entity is an “operating company” if it is primarily engaged, directly or through a majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries, in the production or sale of a product or service other than the investment of capital. In addition, the Plan Assets Regulation provides that the term operating company includes an entity qualifying as a real estate operating company (“REOC”) or a venture capital operating company (“VCOC”). An entity is a REOC if: (i) on its “initial valuation date and on at least one day within each annual valuation period,” at least 50% of the entity’s assets, valued at cost (other than short-term investments pending long-term commitment or distribution to investors) are invested in real estate that is managed or developed and with respect to which such entity has the right to substantially participate directly in management or development activities; and (ii) such entity in the ordinary course of its business is engaged directly in the management and development of real estate during the period from its initial valuation date through the last day of the first annual valuation period, and during each 12-month period thereafter. The “initial valuation date” is the date on which an entity first makes an investment that is not a short-term investment of funds pending long-term commitment. An entity’s “annual valuation period” is a pre-established period not exceeding 90 days in duration, which begins no later than the anniversary of the entity’s initial valuation date. Certain examples in the Plan Assets Regulation clarify that the management and development activities of an entity seeking to qualify as a REOC may be carried out by independent contractors (including, in the case of a partnership, affiliates of the general partner) under the supervision of the entity. An entity will qualify as a VCOC if (i) on its initial valuation date and on at least one day during each annual valuation period, at least 50% of the entity’s assets, valued at cost, consist of “venture capital investments,” and (ii) the entity, in the ordinary course of business, actually exercises management rights with respect to one or more of its venture capital investments. The Plan Assets Regulation defines the term “venture capital investments” as investments in an operating company (other than a VCOC, but including a REOC) with respect to which the investor obtains management rights.

 

  46  

 

 

We intend to operate the Company in a manner that either will enable us to qualify as a VCOC (or a REOC) or to meet such other exception as may be available to prevent our assets from being treated as assets of any investing Plan for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation, such as by not exceeding the 25% Limit. Accordingly, we believe, on the basis of the Plan Assets Regulation, that our underlying assets should not constitute “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA. However, no assurance can be given that this will be the case. Under the Operating Agreement, the Manager will have the power to take certain actions to avoid having the assets of the Company characterized as “plan assets,” including the right to cause a member that is a benefit plan investor to withdraw with respect to all or part of its Units.

 

If our assets are deemed to constitute “plan assets” under ERISA, certain of the transactions in which we might normally engage could constitute a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. In such circumstances, in our sole discretion, we may void or undo any such prohibited transaction, and we may require each investor that is a benefit plan investor to redeem their Units upon terms that we consider appropriate.

 

Prospective investors that are subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA and/or Code Section 4975 should consult with their counsel and advisors as to the provisions of Title I of ERISA and/or Code Section 4975 relevant to an investment in the Units.

 

As discussed above, although IRAs and non-ERISA Keogh plans are not subject to ERISA, they are subject to the provisions of Section 4975 of the Code, prohibiting transactions with “disqualified persons” and investments and transactions involving fiduciary conflicts. A prohibited transaction or conflict of interest could arise if the fiduciary making the decision to invest has a personal interest in or affiliation with the Company or any of our affiliates. In the case of an IRA, a prohibited transaction or conflict of interest that involves the beneficiary of the IRA could result in disqualification of the IRA. A fiduciary for an IRA who has any personal interest in or affiliation with the Company or any of our affiliates, should consult with his or her tax and legal advisors regarding the impact such interest may have on an investment in the Units with assets of the IRA.

 

Units sold by us may be purchased or owned by investors who are investing Plan assets. Our acceptance of an investment by a Plan should not be considered to be a determination or representation by us or any of our respective affiliates that such an investment is appropriate for a Plan. In consultation with its advisors, each prospective Plan investor should carefully consider whether an investment in the Units is appropriate for, and permissible under, the terms of the Plan’s governing documents.

 

Governmental plans, foreign plans and most church plans, while not subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA or the provisions of Code Section 4975, may nevertheless be subject to local, foreign, state or other federal laws that are substantially similar to the foregoing provisions of ERISA and the Code. Fiduciaries of any such plans should consult with their counsel and advisors before deciding to invest in the Units.

 

  47  

 

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Independent Brokerage Solutions LLC, formerly known as SDDco Brokerage Advisors LLC, and LEX Markets LLC (the “Placement Agents”), will act as our placement agents in connection with the offering of the Units pursuant to engagement letter agreements (as amended, the “Engagement Agreements”), the form of which has been filed as Exhibits 1.1 and 1.2 to the offering statement of which this offering circular forms a part. The Placement Agents are not obligated to purchase any Units or sell a specific amount of Units, but will use its commercially reasonable “best efforts” to solicit purchases of the Units. Subscriptions will be made either through the LEX Markets Platform or by completing manual Subscription Agreements, and payment will be made into escrow. The subscription funds paid by investors as part of the subscription process will be held in either (i) a non-interest bearing escrow account at Apex Clearing Corporation (“Apex”) for retail investors or institutional investors holding or opening accounts at Apex or (ii) a non-interest bearing escrow account at Signature Bank, a New York state-chartered bank, or similar institution, for investors not holding or opening accounts at Apex and who are investing $100,000 or more and, in either case, will not be commingled with any other funds and will not be released, unless and until there is a closing of the offering.

 

The Placement Agents have advised us that they propose to offer the Units to the public at the initial public offering price on the cover page of this offering circular. OpCo has agreed to pay the Placement Agents a placement fee equal to 4% of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Units in this offering. The Placement Agents have agreed to pay the expenses of this offering, other than the placement fee, up to the extent of the 4% placement fee received. LEX Markets Corp. is responsible for any expenses in excess of the total placement fee. OpCo also has agreed to indemnify the Placement Agents for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act. The Company is not obligated to reimburse the Placement Agents for any of the offering expenses. As a result, this is a “no load” offering, and the investors will not be required to pay any organization or offering expenses. The actual compensation payable to the Placement Agents will depend on the total amount of Units sold in this offering.

 

Unless sooner withdrawn or canceled by either us or the Placement Agents, this offering will continue until (i) a date mutually acceptable to the Company and the Placement Agents after which the Total Minimum Offering Amount is sold or (ii) August 31, 2021. The Placement Agents have agreed to comply with the provisions of SEC Rule 15c2-4 as to all funds provided by you for the purchase of the Units. Those funds will be deposited by you into the escrow accounts described above, where they will stay until a closing or cancellation of this offering. On the closing date for this offering, the funds in your escrow account will be delivered to the Company. If we do not receive subscriptions for the Total Minimum Offering Amount by the Termination Date, we will cancel this offering and return all subscription amounts, without interest. We reserve the right, in our discretion, to accept or reject orders for the Units, in whole or in part.

 

Online Subscriptions and Escrow Agreements

 

LEX Markets LLC operates the LEX Markets Platform located at www.LEX-markets.com. Through the LEX Markets Platform, investors can, once they establish an account, browse and screen potential property investments, view details of an investment and sign contractual documents online. After the qualification by the SEC of the offering statement of which this offering circular is a part, this offering will be conducted through the facilities of LEX Markets Platform through which investors will receive, review, execute and deliver subscription agreements electronically as well as make payment of the purchase price for their Units in the form of wire transfer into one of the escrow accounts described below to held until the closing date of this offering. The subscription funds paid by investors as part of the subscription process will be held in either (i) a non-interest bearing escrow account at Apex for retail investors or institutional investors holding or opening accounts at Apex or (ii) a non-interest-bearing escrow account at Signature Bank or a similar institution for investors not holding or opening accounts at Apex and who are investing $100,000 or more, and, in either case, will not be commingled with any other funds and will not be released, unless and until there is a closing of the offering. The Placement Agents will not be responsible for collecting or holding investor funds.

 

Investment Threshold

 

Generally, no sale may be made to you in this offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov. In addition, we must have reasonable grounds to believe, on the basis of information received, either directly or indirectly, from each investor concerning such investor’s investment objectives, other investments, financial situation and needs, and any other information know by us that: (1) the investors is or will be in a financial position appropriate for it to realize to a significant extent the benefits of the Units as described in this offering circular, (2) the investor has a fair market net worth sufficient to sustain the risk inherent in acquiring the Units, including the complete loss of the investment and the lack of liquidity for the Units and (3) an investment in the Units is otherwise suitable for the investor.

 

  48  

 

 

Procedures for Subscribing

 

Investors wishing to subscribe for Units in this offering should:

 

Go to https://www.Lex-markets.com/and click on the “Invest Now” button and follow the procedures as described.

 

1. Electronically receive, review, execute and deliver to us a subscription agreement; and either:

 

2a. Open a new account with LEX Markets LLC and fund that account as instructed via ACH; or

 

2b. If you are investing $100,000 or more and you already hold an account at another U.S. brokerage firm, complete the portion of the subscription agreement identifying your brokerage firm and account and wire funds to the escrow account at Signature Bank specified in the subscription agreement...

 

We will not accept any money until the SEC declares this offering circular qualified.

 

You will be required to represent and warrant in your subscription agreement that you are an accredited investor as defined under Rule 501 of Regulation D or that your investment in the Units does not exceed 10% of your net worth or annual income, whichever is greater, if you are a natural person, or 10% of your revenues or net assets, whichever is greater, calculated as of your most recent fiscal year if you are a non-natural person. By completing and executing your subscription agreement you will also acknowledge and represent that you have received a copy of this offering circular, you are purchasing the Units for your own account and that your rights and responsibilities regarding your Units will be governed by the Operating Agreement and Certificate of Formation, each filed as an exhibit to the offering circular. Purchasers of the Units in this offering and subsequent purchasers will be deemed to become party to the Operating Agreement, a copy of the amended and restated form of which is filed as Exhibit 2.3 hereto.

 

Right to Reject Subscriptions. After you have agreed to the subscription agreement and placed the funds required under the subscription agreement in the specified account, we have the right to review and accept or reject your subscription in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason. No funds will be provided to us from your account from rejected subscriptions.

 

Acceptance of Subscriptions. Upon our acceptance of a subscription agreement, subject to having achieved the Total Minimum Offering Amount threshold, we will issue the Units subscribed for at closing. Once you submit the subscription agreement and it is accepted, you may not revoke or change your subscription or request your subscription funds. All accepted subscription agreements are irrevocable.

 

Under Rule 251 of Regulation A, non-accredited, non-natural investors are subject to the investment limitation and may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchaser’s revenue or net assets (as of the purchaser’s most recent fiscal year end). A non-accredited, natural person may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchaser’s annual income or net worth (please see below on how to calculate your net worth).

 

For the purposes of calculating your net worth, it is defined as the difference between total assets and total liabilities. This calculation must exclude the value of your primary residence and may exclude any indebtedness secured by your primary residence (up to an amount equal to the value of your primary residence). In the case of fiduciary accounts, net worth and/or income suitability requirements may be satisfied by the beneficiary of the account or by the fiduciary, if the fiduciary directly or indirectly provides funds for the purchase of the Units.

 

In order to purchase Units and prior to the acceptance of any funds from an investor, an investor will be required to represent, to our satisfaction, that he or she is either an accredited investor or is in compliance with the 10% of net worth or annual income limitation on investment in this offering.

 

  49  

 

 

Advertising, Sales and other Promotional Materials

 

In addition to this offering circular, subject to limitations imposed by applicable securities laws, we expect to use additional advertising, sales and other promotional materials in connection with this offering. These materials may include information relating to this offering, the past performance of the Issuers, property brochures, articles and publications concerning real estate, or public advertisements and audio-visual materials, in each case only as authorized by us. In addition, the sales material may contain certain quotes from various publications without obtaining the consent of the author or the publication for use of the quoted material in the sales material. Although these materials will not contain information in conflict with the information provided by this offering circular and will be prepared with a view to presenting a balanced discussion of risk and reward with respect to the Units, these materials will not give a complete understanding of this offering, us or the Units and are not to be considered part of this offering circular. This offering is made only by means of this offering circular, and prospective investors must read and rely on the information provided in this offering circular in connection with their decision to invest in the Units.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the Units offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Winston & Strawn LLP.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The financial statements of Gateway Garage Partners LLC as of May 21, 2020 and the related notes to the financial statements have been included in this offering circular with the Independent Auditors’ Report of Baker Tilly US, LLP (formerly known as Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP), independent certified public accountants, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The balance sheet of 181 High Street LLC as of December 31, 2019, and related statements of operations, changes in member’s equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes to the financial statements have been included in this offering circular with the Independent Auditors’ Report of Baker Tilly US, LLP (formerly known as Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP), independent certified public accountants, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

  50  

 

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC

 

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

 

Financial Statements

 

May 21, 2020

 

(With Independent Auditors’ Report Thereon)

 

 

 

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC

 

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

 

Table of Contents

 

May 21, 2020

 

    Page
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT   F-2
     
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    
     
Balance Sheet   F-3
Notes to the Balance Sheet   F-4

 

  F-1  

 

 

 

 

Independent Auditors’ Report

 

To the Member of

Gateway Garage Partners LLC

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Gateway Garage Partners LLC (a Delaware Limited Liability Company) as of May 21, 2020 and the related notes to the balance sheet (financial statement).

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statement

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of this financial statement in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statement that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditors’ Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statement in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the financial statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Gateway Garage Partners LLC as of May 21, 2020, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

 

Tysons, Virginia

May 27, 2020

 

Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP trading as Baker Tilly is a member of the global network of Baker Tilly International Ltd., the members of which are separate and independent legal entities. © 2018 Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP

 

  F-2  

 

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC

Balance Sheet

 

    As of  
    May 21, 2020  
ASSETS        
Cash   $ 100  
Total Assets   $ 100  
         
MEMBER’S EQUITY        
Common units; unlimited units authorized; 1 unit issued and outstanding   $ 100  
Total Member’s Equity   $ 100  
Total Liabilities and Member’s Equity   $ 100  

 

See accompanying notes to the balance sheet

 

  F-3  

 

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC

 

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

 

Notes to the Balance Sheet

 

May 21, 2020

 

1. Formation and Organization

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC (the “Company”) was formed on May 12, 2020 as a Delaware Limited Liability Company and intends to qualify as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Company was organized for the sole purpose of acquiring a membership interest in 181 High Street LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OpCo”). OpCo’s sole asset is a 208,375 square foot parking garage containing 649 parking spaces located at 181 High Street, Portland, Maine, (the “Property”). The Company is managed by Noyack Medical Partners LLC (the “Manager”), which is also the manager of OpCo.

 

As of May 21, 2020, the Company has not begun operations.

 

The Company intends to file an offering statement on Form 1-A with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) with respect to an offering (the “Offering”) of limited liability company units, or Units, for an initial offering price of $250.00 per Unit. A maximum of $5,458,000 of Units may be sold to the public in the initial offering, once qualified. As of May 21, 2020, the Company has issued one Unit to the Manager, for a purchase price of $100. The Company will remain in existence until liquidated in accordance with the terms of its Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Operating Agreement”).

 

The Offering is intended to qualify as a “Tier 2” offering pursuant to Regulation A promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

 

The Company’s fiscal year end is December 31st.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying balance sheet and related notes of the Company have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting and conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and Article 8 of Regulation S-X of the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

  F-4  

 

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC

 

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

 

Notes to the Balance Sheet

 

May 21, 2020

 

Estimates

 

The preparation of the balance sheet in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the balance sheet and accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

 

Cash

 

Cash may at times exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance limit of $250,000 per institution. The Company mitigates credit risk by placing cash with major financial institutions.

 

Organizational and Offering Costs

 

Organizational and Offering costs of the Company are being paid on behalf of the Company by LEX Markets Corp., which will be reimbursed by SDDco Brokerage Advisors LLC, or the Placement Agents, up to the extent of the 4% placement fee received. LEX Markets Corp. is responsible for any expenses in excess of the total placement fee. These organizational and offering costs include all expenses to be paid by the Company in connection with the formation of the Company and the qualification of the Offering. The offering expenses also includes the distribution of Units, including, without limitation, expenses for printing, and amending offering statements or supplementing offering circulars, mailing and distributing costs, telephones, internet and other telecommunications costs, charges of experts and fees, expenses and taxes related to the filing and qualification of the sale of shares under U.S. federal and state laws, including taxes and fees and accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. OpCo has agreed to pay the Placement Agents a fee equal to 4% of the gross proceeds of the Units sold in the Offering.

 

This Offering is being made on a “best efforts” basis, which means that no one is committed to purchasing any shares in the offering. OpCo has engaged the Placement Agents to act as the exclusive placement agent in connection with the offering. The Placement Agents are not obligated to purchase any shares or sell a specific number of Units, but will use its commercially reasonable “best efforts” to solicit purchases of the Units.

 

Trading Market

 

In connection with this Offering, the Company intends to seek to have its Units admitted to trading on an “alternative trading system” or, ATS, maintained by LEX Markets LLC. (the “Platform”) once all applicable regulatory approvals have been received for the platform. However, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for the Units will be established or, if established, maintained. As a result, the liquidity of the Units may be limited.

 

  F-5  

 

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC

 

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

 

Notes to the Balance Sheet

 

May 21, 2020

 

LEX Markets Corp. and its subsidiary broker dealer LEX Markets LLC through the Platform located at www.LEX-Markets.com seek to provide an opportunity to investors to become equity holders in companies that own real estate properties. Through the Platform, investors can browse and screen potential property investments, view details of an investment and indicate interests in Units online. After the qualification by the SEC, the Offering will be conducted through the facilities of the Platform, whereby investors will receive, review, execute and deliver subscription agreements electronically. The Company will pay LEX Markets LLC an annual platform fee equal to 1.0% of the value of the public float of Units, based on the average price per share over the last 90 calendar days of the immediately preceding calendar year (the “ATS Fee”).

 

Taxable Income

 

Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that publicly traded partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed as corporations. However, an exception, referred to as the “Qualifying Income Exception,” exists with respect to publicly traded partnerships of which 90% or more of the gross income for every taxable year consists of “qualifying income.” Qualifying income includes dividends, interest (other than from a financial business), real property rents, gain from the sale of real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise constitutes qualifying income.

 

The Company intends to operate such that it will meet the Qualifying Income Exception in each taxable year and expects not to pay any U.S. federal income tax.

 

3. Related Party Transactions

 

Ownership

 

C.J. Follini is the sole member of each of OpCo and the Manager. As of May 21, 2020, the Company has issued one Unit to the Manager for a purchase price of $100. The Company intends to acquire an interest in OpCo pursuant to the terms of a contribution agreement that will entitle the Company to receive up to a 49% share of the profits and losses of OpCo.

 

  F-6  

 

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC

 

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

 

Notes to the Balance Sheet

 

May 21, 2020

 

Management

 

The Company is organized as a limited liability company that does not have a board of directors. The Manager performs the function of a board of directors. Pursuant to the Operating Agreement, the Manager will have complete and exclusive discretion in the management and control of the Company’s affairs and business, subject to the requirement to obtain consent for certain actions, and shall possess all powers necessary, convenient or appropriate to carrying out the Company’s purposes and business, including doing all things and taking all actions necessary to carry out the terms and provisions of each of the foregoing agreements.

 

The Manager will not receive any compensation for its services as the managing member of the Company. However, upon successful closing of the Offering, OpCo will enter into an agreement with the OpCo Manager, who is also the Manager, to perform asset management duties for OpCo. OpCo is expected to pay the OpCo Manager an asset management fee equal to 2.0% of the annual gross income of OpCo, subject to a 5% cap on the aggregate consideration payable to the property manager and the OpCo Manager.

 

4. Subsequent Events

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 27, 2020, the date the financial statement was available to be issued.

 

  F-7  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

 

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Financial Statements

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

(With Independent Auditors’ Report Thereon)

 

  F-8  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Table of Contents

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

    Page
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT   F-10
     
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    
     
Balance Sheets   F-11
Statements of Operations   F-12
Statements of Member’s Deficit   F-13
Statements of Cash Flows   F-14
Notes to Financial Statements   F-15-F-21

 

  F-9  

 

 

Independent Auditors’ Report

 

To the Member of
181 High Street LLC

 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of 181 High Street LLC (a Maine Limited Liability Company), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, member’s deficit and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditors’ Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 181 High Street LLC as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

 

Tysons, Virginia

May 14, 2020

 

  F-10  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Balance Sheets

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

    2019     2018  
Assets:                
Real estate, net   $ 8,324,891     $ 8,618,446  
Cash     123,674       135,256  
Restricted cash     84,829       134,352  
Accounts receivable and other assets     135,675       185,222  
Deferred parking receivable     12,488       7,729  
Due from affiliate     2,050       2,050  
                 
Total assets   $ 8,683,607     $ 9,083,055  
                 
Liabilities and member’s deficit                
                 
Liabilities:                
Mortgage note payable, net   $ 14,118,417     $ 14,542,893  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     50,835       119,018  
Accrued interest     40,228       39,824  
Deferred parking rental income     330,330       338,338  
                 
Total liabilities     14,539,810       15,040,073  
                 
Commitments and contingencies                
                 
Member’s deficit     (5,856,203 )     (5,957,018 )
                 
Total liabilities and member’s deficit   $ 8,683,607     $ 9,083,055  

 

  F-11  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

    2019     2018  
Revenues:                
Parking rental income   $ 2,453,834     $ 2,504,001  
Interest income     369       407  
                 
Total revenues     2,454,203       2,504,408  
                 
Expenses:                
Payroll     327,978       313,450  
Repairs and maintenance     261,358       348,873  
Utilities     13,862       14,130  
Insurance     33,371       28,065  
Other operating expenses     96,051       74,935  
General and administrative expenses     90,408       106,581  
Management fees     325,959       124,038  
Property taxes     191,835       184,250  
Interest expense     619,011       634,518  
Depreciation     399,462       372,342  
                 
Total expenses     2,359,295       2,201,182  
                 
Net income   $ 94,908     $ 303,226  

 

  F-12  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Statements of Member’s Deficit

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

Member’s deficit - January 1, 2018   $ (5,955,244 )
         
Distributions     (305,000 )
         
Net income     303,226  
         
Member’s deficit - December 31, 2018     (5,957,018 )
         
Contributions     105,907  
         
Distributions     (100,000 )
         
Net income     94,908  
         
Member’s deficit - December 31, 2019   $ (5,856,203 )

 

  F-13  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

    2019     2018  
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net income   $ 94,908     $ 303,226  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                
Depreciation     399,462       372,342  
Amortization of loan financing fees     23,068       23,068  
Deferred parking rental income     (12,767 )     (15,737 )
Change in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable and other assets     49,547       (72,402 )
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     (68,183 )     57,901  
Accrued interest     404       1,160  
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities     486,439       669,558  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Additions to real estate     -       (261,770 )
                 
Cash used in investing activities     -       (261,770 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Repayment of mortgage note payable     (447,544 )     (208,585 )
Distributions     (100,000 )     (305,000 )
                 
Cash used in financing activities     (547,544 )     (513,585 )
                 
Net change in cash and restricted cash     (61,105 )     (105,797 )
                 
Cash and restricted cash at beginning of year     269,608       375,405  
                 
Cash and restricted cash at end of year   $ 208,503     $ 269,608  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:                
Cash paid for interest   $ 595,539     $ 610,290  
                 
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:                
Contribution of building improvements   $ 105,907     $ -  

 

  F-14  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

NOTE 1ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

181 High Street LLC (the “Company”) was formed on February 15, 2008 as a Maine limited liability company. The term of the Company shall continue indefinitely, unless the Company is earlier dissolved by the occurrence of events more fully described in the agreement.

 

The purpose of the Company is to acquire and operate a garage located at 181 High Street, Portland Maine (the “Property”). The Property is a five-story parking garage containing approximately 650 parking spaces.

 

Income, losses and distributions from the Company are allocated 100% to its member.

 

A member of a limited liability company is not liable for debts, obligations, or other liabilities of the limited liability company by reason of being such a member.

 

The Company’s operations and financial performance are subject to certain business risks and uncertainties that include changes in economic conditions, rapid changes in the real estate market, and competition for parking garages in the local marketplace, among others.

 

NOTE 2SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Application of these estimates and assumptions requires the exercise of judgment as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Restricted Cash

 

At various times during the year, the Company has maintained cash balances in excess of federally insured limits. The Company believes it mitigates this risk by banking with major financial institutions.

 

Restricted cash consists of monies restricted for the benefit of the Company’s lender under the terms of the debt agreement. Such reserves are for capital expenditures and real estate taxes. In addition, certain cash from the operation of the Property must be directed to accounts controlled by the loan servicer.

 

  F-15  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Continued)

 

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Cash and Restricted Cash (Continued)

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and restricted cash within the balance sheets to the sum of the corresponding amounts within the statements of cash flows reported as of December 31:

 

    2019     2018     2017  
Cash   $ 123,674     $ 135,256     $ 101,790  
Restricted cash     84,829       134,352       273,615  
Cash and restricted cash   $ 208,503     $ 269,608     $ 375,405  

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable are stated at the amount management expects to collect from outstanding balances. Management provides for probable uncollectible amounts through a charge to earnings and a credit to an allowance for doubtful accounts based on its assessment of the current status of individual accounts. Balances that are still outstanding after management has used reasonable collection efforts are written-off through a charge to the allowance and a credit to accounts receivable. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company considers accounts receivable to be fully collectible.

 

Accounting for Real Estate

 

Real estate is recognized at cost less accumulated depreciation. Betterments, major renovations and certain costs directly related to the improvement of real estate are capitalized. Maintenance and repair expenses are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Depreciation of an asset begins when it is available for use and is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives. Range of useful lives for depreciable assets are as follows:

 

Category   Term
Building   39 years
Building improvements   7 - 15 years

 

The Company reviews its owned real estate for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If impairment indicators are present, the evaluation may include estimating and reviewing anticipated future undiscounted cash flows to be derived from the asset. Estimating future cash flows is highly Property, which may include parking rental income from current leases in-place and projected

 

  F-16  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Continued)

 

NOTE 2SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Accounting for Real Estate (Continued)

 

future leases, estimated capital expenditures, and an estimate of proceeds to be realized upon sale of the Property. If such cash flows are less than the asset’s net carrying value, an impairment charge is recognized to earnings to the extent by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value. The Company’s estimates could differ materially from actual results. The Company did not recognize any impairment losses on long lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

Deferred Costs

 

The Company defers costs incurred associated with the issuance of its debt obligations. Deferred financing costs are presented as deductions from the carrying value of the related debt obligation in the balance sheets and are amortized as a component of interest expense using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method, over the terms of the respective financing agreements.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company’s revenues are primarily derived from parking rental income, including long-term leases, monthly rentals, and transient customers, which fall under the scope of Leases (Topic 840). The Company recognizes the effects of any scheduled rent increases, rent abatements and prepayments on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. This requires that parking rental income be recognized in equal annual amounts over the term of the lease. Deferred parking receivable and deferred parking rental income represent the cumulative effect of straight-lining leases and are computed as the difference between income accrued on a straight line basis and contractual parking rental payments.

 

Advertising

 

Advertising and promotion costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising and promotion expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $408 and $320, respectively, and are recognized as a component of operating expenses on the statements of operations.

 

Income Taxes

 

No provision or benefit for income tax has been included in these financial statements because taxable income or loss passes through to, and is reportable by, the member.

 

  F-17  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Continued)

 

NOTE 2SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Income Taxes (Continued)

 

The tax positions of the Company are assessed to determine whether a tax position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit with a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority. The Company has assessed the federal and state tax positions and has concluded that there are no material uncertain tax liabilities to be recognized or disclosed.

 

New Accounting Pronouncement

 

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued ASU 2016-02, as amended, Leases (Topic 842). Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02 requires all lessees to record a lease liability at lease inception, with a corresponding right of use asset, except for short-term leases. Lessor accounting will not be fundamentally changed. Additionally, ASU 2016-02 requires that the Company capitalize, as initial direct costs, only those costs that are incurred due to the execution of a lease. ASU 2016-02 is effective for the Company’s financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2021. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of Topic 842 on its financial statements.

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. This guidance requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash. As a result, restricted cash will be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statements of cash flows. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2019 retrospectively to January 1, 2018. The change in presentation does not have a material impact on the financial statements.

 

NOTE 3 REAL ESTATE

 

Real estate, net consisted of the following as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

Land   $ 1,001,912     $ 1,001,912  
Building     9,017,220       9,017,220  
Building improvements     1,624,114       1,518,207  
                 
Total real estate     11,643,246       11,537,339  
                 
Less accumulated depreciation     (3,318,355 )     (2,918,893 )
                 
Real estate, net   $ 8,324,891     $ 8,618,446  

 

  F-18  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Continued)

 

NOTE 3 REAL ESTATE (Continued)

 

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $399,462 and $372,342, respectively.

 

NOTE 4 MORTGAGE NOTE PAYABLE

 

On May 17, 2017 the Company obtained a mortgage loan in the amount of $15,000,000 (the “Mortgage”) which matures on May 17, 2027 (the “Maturity Date”). The Mortgage bears interest at 4.05% per annum calculated on a 360-day year through April 30, 2024. Beginning on May 1, 2024 until the Maturity Date, interest on the principal balance shall accrue at a variable rate equal to the Prime Rate, as defined, adjusting on the first day of each month. The Mortgage required monthly payments of interest-only through May 2018 and then monthly payments of principal and interest in an amount sufficient to amortize the principal balance over 300 months through April 17, 2027, with all remaining unpaid principal and interest due on the Maturity Date. The Mortgage is secured by the Property. The Company may prepay the Mortgage, in whole or in part, subject to certain prepayment penalties as defined by the Mortgage. The Company is subject to certain covenants in accordance with the Mortgage, including the maintenance of minimum pre- and post-distribution debt service coverage ratios, which the Company was in compliance with as of December 31, 2019.

 

The annual estimated principal payments required by the Mortgage for each of the next five years and in the aggregate thereafter are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,        
2020   $ 461,804  
2021     484,445  
2022     504,717  
2023     525,836  
2024     546,421  
Thereafter     11,763,402  
         
    $ 14,286,625  

 

The components of deferred financing costs as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are summarized as follows and are presented as deductions from the loan payable:

 

Deferred financing costs   $ 228,762     $ 228,762  
Less accumulated amortization     (60,554 )     (37,486 )
                 
Deferred financing costs, net   $ 168,208     $ 191,276  

 

Amortization expense totaled $23,068 for each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

  F-19  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Continued)

 

NOTE 5LEASES

 

Future minimum rentals to be received under non-cancelable operating leases in effect at December 31, 2019 for each of the succeeding five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,        
2020   $ 1,125,029  
2021     663,180  
2022     231,425  
2023     234,768  
2024     120,000  
Thereafter     4,350,000  
    $ 6,724,402  

 

The preceding future minimum rental payments do not include option or renewal periods.

 

The table below summarizes parking rental income from lessees each accounting for more than 10% of total parking rental income for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

    Year Ended December 31,      
    2019     2018     Lease
Lessee   Dollars     Percent     Dollars     Percent     Termination Date
Standard Parking   $ 904,140       37 %   $ 1,124,660       45 %   See Note 7
Maine Medical Center     902,500       37 %     760,101       30 %   March 31, 2061
Westin Hotel     521,006       21 %     523,405       21 %   September 30, 2021

 

NOTE 6RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Asset Management Fees

 

The Company engaged Noyack Medical Partners (“Noyack”), a related party affiliated through common ownership, to provide asset management services and consulting services with respect to the oversight of the Property. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred asset management fees of $260,000 and $60,000, respectively. Unpaid asset management fees amounted to $10,000 and $0 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and are included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities on the balance sheets.

 

  F-20  

 

 

181 High Street LLC

(A Maine Limited Liability Company)

 

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Continued)

 

NOTE 7COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

    The Company engaged Standard Parking Corporation (“Standard Parking”) as operator and manager of the Property. Standard Parking earns a monthly management fee of $5,537 as of December 31, 2019 which automatically renews each April and increases by 3%, as provided. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred management fees of $65,959 and $64,038, respectively.

 

The extent of the impact of the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) outbreak on the operational and financial performance of the Company’s parking garage will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak, related stay-at-home orders, and travel advisories and restrictions, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. If demand for the parking garage is impacted for an extended period, results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

 

NOTE 8SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 14, 2020, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

  F-21  

 

 

PART III – EXHIBITS

 

Item 16. Index to Exhibits and Item 17. Description of Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
1.1   Engagement Letter with Independent Brokerage Solutions LLC
1.2   Engagement Letter with LEX Markets LLC
2.1   Certificate of Formation for Gateway Garage Partners LLC
2.2   Certificate of Formation for 181 High Street LLC
2.3   Form of Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for Gateway Garage Partners LLC
2.4   Form of Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for 181 High Street LLC
4.1   Form of Subscription Agreement
6.1   Form of Contribution Agreement
6.2   Form of Issuer Servicing Agreement
6.3   Maine Medical Center License Agreement
6.4   Eastland Park Hotel Parking Agreement
6.5   Property Management Agreement
11.1   Consent of Baker Tilly US, LLP (formerly known as Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP)
11.2   Consent of Winston & Strawn LLP (included in Exhibit 12.1)
12.1   Opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP
13.1   Testing the Waters materials

 

  III-1  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this offering statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on October 16, 2020.

 

  GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS, LLC
   
  By: /s/ Charles Follini
  Name: Charles Follini
  Title: President

 

 

  181 HIGH STREET LLC
   
  By: /s/ Charles Follini
  Name: Charles Follini
  Title:  President

 

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Charles Follini his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-qualification amendments) to this offering statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to this offering statement or any such amendment under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

 

This offering statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ Charles Follini   President     October 16, 2020
Charles Follini        

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

 

October 15, 2020

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

6 West 20th Street, 5th Floor

New York, NY 10011

Attention: CJ Follini

 

Re:       Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This amended and restated letter agreement, together with the Annex I (Additional Provisions), the Annex II (Indemnification Provisions), and Annex III (Platform Terms) attached hereto (collectively, this “Agreement”) confirms the agreement by and between Independent Brokerage Solutions LLC, f/k/a SDDco Brokerage Advisors LLC, Member: FINRA/SIPC, a New York limited liability company (“IndeBrokers”), and 181 HIGH STREET LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively with the Issuer (as described in Section 6 below), the “Company”), as follows. This letter agreement replaces and supersedes the Engagement Letter by and among SDDco Brokerage Advisors LLC, LEX Markets Corp. and 181 High Street LLC, dated as of January 28, 2020.

 

1. Engagement. The Company hereby engages IndeBrokers to act as the Company’s co-financial advisor, co-selling agent, and co-arranger in connection with one or more potential Financings (as defined below). It is acknowledged that the Company is concurrently engaging LEX Markets LLC, Member: FINRA/SIPC (“LEX Markets”), as co-financial advisor, co-selling agent, and co-arranger in connection with the Financing pursuant to the LEX Markets Engagement Letter.

 

As used in this Agreement, the term “IndeBrokers” will be deemed to refer to and include each of IndeBrokers and its respective affiliates, each of their respective controlling persons (within the meaning of the US federal securities laws), stockholders, members, directors, officers, managers, employees, consultants, legal counsel, and agents, and each of their respective heirs, successors, and assigns.

 

2. Services. IndeBrokers hereby accepts the engagement and agrees to assist the Company with respect to the following, to the extent requested by the Company and appropriate under the circumstances:

 

(a) Review and analysis of the business, financial condition and prospects of the Company; and

 

(b) In connection with any Financing, (i) review of the current capital markets environment and potential financing alternatives for the Company; (ii) assist the Company in the preparation and implementation of a marketing plan with respect to the proposed Financing, including a list of the prospective investors (“Investors”) to be contacted by IndeBrokers; (iii) assist the Company in the preparation of marketing materials, including the Offering Materials (as defined in the Annex I (Additional Provisions) attached hereto), concerning the Company and the Financing, for distribution and presentation to prospective Investors; (iv) assist the Company in distributing marketing materials to Investors and in coordinating prospective Investors’ due diligence investigations; (v) assist the Company in structuring the Financing, including providing advice regarding various structuring alternatives and potential financial terms for the Financing; (vi) identification and solicitation of, and the review of proposals received from, Investors with respect to the Financing; and (vii) assist the Company in negotiation of the terms of the Financing and coordination of the consummation of the Financing.

 

3. Compensation. In consideration of IndeBrokers’ services pursuant to this Agreement, the Company agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, to IndeBrokers the following compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

  

(a) Financing Fees. A cash fee, payable by the Company (“no load” to purchasers of Securities) upon consummation of any Financing and equal to the sum of the following amounts (collectively, a “Financing Fee”):

 

a. 4.0% of the first $25,000,000 in aggregate gross proceeds in any Financing (as defined below); and

 

b. 4.0% of any aggregate gross proceeds between $25,000,000 and $50,000,000 in any Financing.

 

It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that a separate Financing Fee will be paid to IndeBrokers with respect to each Financing in the event of consummation of more than one Financing. The Financing Fees cover expenses incurred by the Company for third-party services associated with the Financing, including without limitation, placement fee, expenses related to state securities law (Blue Sky) compliance, and fees for third-party service providers engaged by the Company, such as issuer’s legal counsel, independent auditors, securities custodian, clearing broker, and transfer agent.

 

(b) Platform Fees. The Issuer will enter into a separate Platform Agreement with LEX Markets that will contain the material terms set forth in the attached Annex III.

 

4. Expenses. In the event that this Agreement is terminated by the Company prior to the consummation of any Financing, within five (5) calendar days of such termination, the Company will reimburse, or cause to be reimbursed, IndeBrokers for all documented out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by IndeBrokers in connection with the rendering of its services under this Agreement including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel and due diligence expenses.

 

5. Term and Termination. IndeBrokers’ engagement hereunder may be terminated at any time by either IndeBrokers or the Company upon written notice of termination to the other party, without liability or continuing obligation on the part of the Company or IndeBrokers except as expressly provided herein. In all cases Section 4 through and including Section 11, and the Annex I (Additional Provisions) and the Annex II (Indemnification Provisions) attached hereto, will survive any termination of IndeBrokers’ engagement hereunder. Any notice, consent or waiver required or permitted to be given under this Agreement, shall be in writing and be deemed to be given when delivered by hand or received via registered mail, postage prepaid, or by nationally recognized overnight courier service addressed to the party to receive such notice at the respective addresses set forth first above.

 

6. Definitions. For purposes hereof:

 

(a) The term “Issuer” refers to the special purpose vehicle to be formed by the Company for the purpose of (i) acquiring membership interest in the Company, and (ii) either by itself or together with the Company, as co-issuer, issuing Issuer’s Securities in connection with the Financing

 

(b) The term “LEX Markets Engagement Letter” refers to that certain letter agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and between the Company and LEX Markets.

 

(c) The term “Financing” means one or a series of public or private offering transactions (whether related or unrelated and whether effected within or outside of the United States), including a potential qualified primary offering under Regulation A, in which the Company, either directly or through one or more subsidiaries, affiliates or special purpose or holding vehicles, issues any Securities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

(d) The term “Regulation A” means Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(e) The term “Securities” means common stock, straight or convertible preferred stock, limited liability company interests, convertible debt, other equity interests or equity instruments or any other equity-linked securities of any kind, hybrid capital and/or options, warrants or other rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

 

(f) The term “Transaction” means any Financing.

 

(g) The term “Transaction Counterparty” includes any Investor, any person or entity acting together with another Transaction Counterparty, and any entity formed by a Transaction Counterparty, and any person or entity acting together with a Transaction Counterparty or their respective affiliates (within the meaning of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), in each case in connection with or for the purposes of entering into a Transaction.

 

7. Additional Agreements. The provisions set forth in the Annex I (Additional Provisions) and the Annex II (Indemnification Provisions) and Annex III (Platform Terms) attached hereto are incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

8. CERTAIN ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.

 

(a) THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT INDEBROKERS WILL ACT SOLELY AS THE COMPANY’S SELLING AGENT AND ARRANGER IN CONNECTION WITH ANY FINANCING AND THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED COMMITMENT OR UNDERTAKING ON THE PART OF INDEBROKERS AND/OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES TO UNDERWRITE, PROVIDE, OR PLACE ALL OR ANY PART OF ANY FINANCING AND DOES NOT ENSURE OR GUARANTEE THE SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF ANY FINANCING OR ANY PORTION THEREOF. THE COMPANY FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH COMMITMENT WITH RESPECT TO A FINANCING (IF, AS AND WHEN PROVIDED) WOULD BE SUBJECT TO VARIOUS CONDITIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF DUE DILIGENCE, RECEIPT OF INTERNAL APPROVALS, MARKET CONDITIONS, AND THE EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF MUTUALLY ACCEPTABLE DEFINITIVE DOCUMENTATION FOR THE RELEVANT TRANSACTION.

 

9. Notice. Each party shall deliver all notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers, and other communications under this Agreement (each, a “Notice”) in writing and addressed to the other party at its address set out below (or to any other address that the receiving party may designate from time to time in accordance with this section). Each party shall deliver all Notices by personal delivery, nationally recognized overnight courier (with all fees prepaid), or email (with confirmation of transmission), or certified or registered mail (in each case, return receipt requested, postage prepaid). Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Notice is effective only (a) upon receipt by the receiving party and (b) if the party giving the Notice has complied with the requirements of this Section 9.

 

If to the Company:

 

  181 HIGH STREET LLC,
  6 West 20th Street, 5th Floor,
  New York, NY 10011
  Attention: CJ Follini
  Email:  XXXXXX@XXX.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

If to IndeBrokers:

 

  Independent Brokerage Solutions LLC
  485 Madison Ave 15th Floor
  New York, NY 10022
  Attn: Bryon H. Lyons
  Email: BLyons@IndeBrokers.com

 

10. JURY TRIAL WAIVER. EACH OF INDEBROKERS AND THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES (ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ON BEHALF OF ITS RESPECTIVE EQUITY HOLDERS AND CREDITORS) ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY TRANSACTION).

 

11. Governing Law. This Agreement and all controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto will be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, other than any principle of conflicts of laws thereof which would result in the applicable of the laws of another jurisdiction to this Agreement or any controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto.

 

13. Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties hereto, any number of counterparts of this Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto, each of which will be an original instrument and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by e-mail, portable document format (.pdf) or facsimile transmission will constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

 

13. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the LEX Markets Engagement Letter, and all the respective attachments, exhibits and schedules, constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations, and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter.

 

✶ ✶ ✶ ✶

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

We are delighted to accept this engagement and look forward to working with you on this important assignment. Please confirm that the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding by signing in the space provided below and returning to us a duplicate of this Agreement. 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Independent Brokerage Solutions LLC
   
  By:            
   

Name: Bryon H. Lyons

    Title: CEO

Accepted and agreed to as of the date first written above:

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

 

By:

   
 

Name:

 
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

ANNEX I

 

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the meanings ascribed thereto in the amended and restated letter agreement, dated as of October 15, 2020 (as amended from time to time), by and between 181 HIGH STREET LLC, and Independent Brokerage Solutions LLC, f/k/a SDDco Brokerage Advisors LLC, Member: FINRA/SIPC, a New York limited liability company (“IndeBrokers”).

 

A. During the period of IndeBrokers’ engagement hereunder, the Company will furnish or arrange to have furnished to IndeBrokers’ all information concerning the Company, any Transaction and, to the extent within the Company’s control, any Transaction Counterparty that IndeBrokers reasonably deems appropriate for purposes of this engagement and will provide IndeBrokers with access to the Company’s and, to the extent within the Company’s control, any such Transaction Counterparty’s respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees, financial advisors, legal counsel, consultants, independent accountants, actuaries, appraisers and other advisors and agents (collectively with respect to each of the foregoing, its “Representatives”). In addition, the Company agrees promptly to advise IndeBrokers of any material event or change in the business, affairs and/or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company, and to the extent within the Company’s knowledge, any Transaction Counterparty that occurs during the term of this Agreement.

 

The Company represents and warrants that all information (i) made available by the Company or its Representatives to IndeBrokers or to any Transaction Counterparty, (ii) contained in any placement memorandum, offering circular, prospectus or similar disclosure document and/or posted on any electronic data-room in connection with any Transaction (as amended and supplemented from time to time, any “Offering Materials”) or (iii) contained in any filing by the Company with any governmental or regulatory agency or commission or any rating agency (each of the foregoing, an “Agency”) with respect to any Transaction in all such cases will, at all times during the period of the engagement of IndeBrokers hereunder, be true, complete and correct in all material respects and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which such statements are made, not misleading. The Company further represents and warrants that any financial projections, other estimates and other forward-looking information furnished by the Company or its Representatives to IndeBrokers, any Transaction Counterparty and/or any Agency, or contained in any Offering Materials, will have been prepared in good faith, will be based upon assumptions that, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, are reasonable and will reflect the best then-currently available estimates and judgments of such furnishing party as to the expected future performance of the business or entity referred to therein.

 

B. The Company acknowledges, agrees and confirms that the Company will be solely responsible for the contents of any Offering Materials and that, in providing its services pursuant to this Agreement, IndeBrokers: (i) is and will be entitled to rely upon and assume the accuracy, completeness and reasonableness of all information furnished by the Company, any Transaction Counterparty and their respective Representatives, or available from reputable public sources, data suppliers and other third parties; (ii) does not and will not assume responsibility, obligation or liability for the accuracy, completeness, reasonableness or achievability of any such information; (iii) will have no responsibility or obligation to independently verify such information or to conduct any independent evaluation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities (including any contingent, derivative or off-balance sheet assets and liabilities) of the Company, any Transaction Counterparty or any other party; (iv) will assume that all financial projections, synergy estimates, other estimates and other forward-looking information that may be furnished by or discussed with the Company, any Transaction Counterparty and their respective Representatives will have been reasonably prepared and reflect the best then-currently available estimates and judgments of the Company’s management as to the expected future performance of the relevant business or entity and the realization of any such synergies; (v) will express no independent view, opinion, representation, guaranty or warranty regarding the reasonableness or achievability of any such financial projections, synergy estimates, other estimates and other forward-looking information or the assumptions upon which they are based; and (vi) will have no responsibility or obligation to evaluate the solvency of the Company, any Transaction Counterparty or any other party under any relevant law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or similar matters. IndeBrokers’ provision of services pursuant to this Agreement is subject to the completion of a satisfactory due diligence investigation of the Company. The Company further acknowledges and agrees that IndeBrokers’ role in connection with any due diligence investigation will be limited solely to performing such review as it will deem necessary to support its own financial advice and analyses and will not be on behalf of the Company or any other person or entity.

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

C. The Company hereby authorizes IndeBrokers to use and distribute Offering Materials and other information and documents provided by the Company or its Representatives pursuant to this Agreement to solicit prospective Transaction Counterparties. The Company agrees that, until the termination of this Agreement, the Company will not initiate, solicit, or (except through IndeBrokers) enter into any discussions or negotiations with any potential Transaction Counterparties or other third parties (including without limitation financial institutions, consultants, brokers, finders, placement agents, underwriters or similar parties) in connection with any Transaction. In the event that, during the period of the engagement of IndeBrokers hereunder, the Company or any of its Representatives is contacted by or on behalf of any party concerning a potential Transaction, the Company will promptly so inform IndeBrokers so that IndeBrokers can evaluate such party and its interest and assist the Company in any subsequent discussions. The Company will also disclose to IndeBrokers any discussions, negotiations, or inquiries with respect to the Company and/or any Transaction that have occurred during the one year period prior to the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company will keep confidential and will not disclose or distribute to any person or entity (other than its Representatives) the Offering Materials or any other materials related to any Transaction, or otherwise advertise to or solicit Transaction Counterparties with respect to any Transaction, without IndeBrokers’ consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, IndeBrokers consents to the Company’s engagement of LEX Markets in connection with the Financings.

 

D. All advice (written or oral) provided by IndeBrokers in connection with its engagement hereunder (i) is intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company’s Board of Directors (or any other such similar governing body and, in any event, solely in its capacity as such), (ii) is not and will not be deemed to constitute a recommendation to the Company’s Board of Directors (or any similar governing body) or the Company with respect to any Transaction or any other matter and (iii) is not intended for the benefit and use by, and with respect to any Transaction will not constitute any recommendation to, the Company’s affiliates and related persons and entities (including, without limitation, any investment funds and portfolio companies owned in whole or in part or advised or managed by the Company or its affiliates and any controlling or non-controlling stockholder(s), member(s), employee(s) or other controlling or non-controlling financially interested person or entity with respect to the Company or its affiliates). The Company agrees that, notwithstanding any expiration or termination of IndeBrokers’ engagement hereunder, no such advice provided by IndeBrokers will be used or relied upon for any other purpose or by any other person or entity, be disclosed publicly or made available to third parties or be reproduced, disseminated, quoted from or referred to at any time, in any manner or for any purpose, nor will any public references to IndeBrokers be made by the Company, in each case without IndeBrokers’ prior written consent.

 

E. In connection with any Financing, the Company represents, warrants and agrees that:

 

(i)   Neither the Company nor any person or entity acting on its behalf will, directly or indirectly (except through IndeBrokers, LEX Markets, and/or their respective affiliates), sell or offer, or attempt or offer to dispose of, or solicit any offer to buy, or otherwise approach or negotiate with respect to, any Securities, or any securities of the same or similar class as such Securities, or take any other action so as to cause the offer and sale of the Securities to fail to be entitled to exemption from the registration requirements of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) afforded by Regulation A thereunder.

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

(ii)   None of the Company and its affiliates, nor any person or entity acting on its or their behalf, has made or caused to be made (and will not make or cause to be made) any offers or sales of securities of the same or a similar class as the Securities that would be integrated with the Transaction, and no such offers or sales are currently being made or contemplated (in each case, whether pursuant to outstanding warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities, acquisition agreements or otherwise). As used in this Agreement, the terms “offer” and “sale” have the meanings specified in Section 2(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

 

(iii)   The Company shall make in a timely manner all filings and provide in a timely manner all notices with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or any state securities law with respect to the offering and sale of the Securities as may be required by the Securities Act and will promptly furnish to IndeBrokers copies thereof (to the extent not available on EDGAR). The Company will, where required, qualify the Securities and the offer and sale of the Securities under the “blue sky” laws or other securities laws of each jurisdiction in which any offers or sales of the Securities may take place.

 

(iv)   Each sale of Securities to a Transaction Counterparty in any Financing will be evidenced by a subscription agreement (“Subscription Agreement”) between the Company and such Transaction Counterparty, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to IndeBrokers and/or its affiliates and containing customary representations, warranties, covenants, indemnification provisions and closing conditions. All representations, warranties, or agreements made or given by the Company to any purchaser of Securities and by any purchaser of Securities to the Company also will extend for the benefit of IndeBrokers and/or its affiliates as the selling agent. Any opinion or opinions of the Company’s legal counsel, any letter or letters of accountants and any certificates of the Company’s officers that are delivered to any purchaser of Securities also will be addressed to IndeBrokers and/or its affiliates as selling agent or will state that IndeBrokers and/or its affiliates will be entitled to rely upon such document to the same extent as if it had been addressed to IndeBrokers and/or its affiliates.

 

(v)   The Company agrees promptly from time to time to take such actions as IndeBrokers and/or its affiliates may reasonably request in connection with marketing the Securities, including but not limited to registration or qualification of the Securities for offering and sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as IndeBrokers and/or its affiliates may reasonably request. Any applicable filings will be prepared by the Company’s legal counsel, whose fees and disbursements in connection therewith will be for the account of the Company.

 

It is understood that the Company shall have the right, in its discretion, to reject any offer received by IndeBrokers to purchase Securities, as a whole or in part, and any such rejection shall not be deemed a breach of the Company’s agreements contained herein.

 

F. The Company hereby acknowledges that IndeBrokers and its affiliates engage or may engage in a wide range of financial services activities for their own accounts and the accounts of customers, including but not limited to asset and investment management, investment banking, corporate finance, mergers and acquisitions, restructuring, merchant banking, fixed income and equity sales, trading and research, derivatives, foreign exchange and futures. In the ordinary course of these activities, IndeBrokers or its affiliates may (i) provide such financial services to any Interested Party (as defined below), for which services IndeBrokers or certain of its affiliates has received, and may receive, compensation and (ii) directly or indirectly, hold long or short positions, trade and otherwise conduct such activities in or with respect to certain debt or equity securities, bank debt and derivative products of or relating to any Interested Party. In particular, certain of IndeBrokers’ affiliates and accounts managed by such affiliates may arrange or participate in financing for or by the Company or any Transaction Counterparty in connection with any Transaction. Furthermore, IndeBrokers or its affiliates and its or their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives and agents may have investments in any Interested Party.

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

For purposes hereof, the term “Interested Party” includes, without limitation, the Company, each Transaction Counterparty, each other participant in any Transaction and each of their respective affiliates.

 

At any given time, IndeBrokers and/or its affiliates may be engaged by one or more entities that may be competitors with, or otherwise adverse to, the Company in connection with matters unrelated to any Transaction. As a result, it is possible that IndeBrokers may from time to time be involved in one or more capacities that, directly or indirectly, may be or may be perceived as being adverse to the interests of the Company in the context of a potential Transaction or otherwise. Moreover, IndeBrokers and/or its affiliates may, in the course of other client relationships, have or in the future acquire or come into possession of information material to the interests of the Company in the context of a potential or actual Transaction or otherwise which, by virtue of such other client relationships, IndeBrokers is not or will not be at liberty to disclose.

 

The Company understands and acknowledges that IndeBrokers and/or its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, representatives, and/or agents may participate as a principal in connection with any Transaction. The Company hereby expressly acknowledges the benefits to the Company of IndeBrokers’ and/or such parties’ activities in this regard and waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against IndeBrokers and/or its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, representatives and/or agents with respect to any actual or perceived conflict of interest that may result from IndeBrokers and/or such parties’ activities in this regard.

 

G. IndeBrokers does not provide accounting, tax, or legal advice. The Company should consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and is responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and IndeBrokers has no responsibility or liability to the Company with respect such matters.

 

H. The Company agrees that IndeBrokers may, at any time after the public announcement of any proposed or definitive Transaction, (i) publicize (whether in the form of a so-called “tombstone,” case study or otherwise) its involvement in such Transaction in customary investment banking pitch books, other client-oriented marketing materials (including e-mail blasts), IndeBrokers’ or any of its affiliates websites and certain other customary media (including, without limitation, newspapers, periodicals, annual reports and other publicly-disseminated marketing materials) and (ii) include the Company’s name and logo and a description of IndeBrokers role in connection with such publicity; provided, however, that IndeBrokers will not disclose any information regarding such Transaction which is not already in the public domain (except that, in any event, IndeBrokers may disclose its involvement in connection with such Transaction). If requested by IndeBrokers, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to include a mutually acceptable reference to IndeBrokers and its role as the Company’s financial advisor or selling agent and arranger, as the case may be, in connection with such Transaction in any press release or other public announcement which may be issued in connection with the matters described in this Agreement.

 

I. To help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law of the United States requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or entity with whom they do business as a condition to doing such business. Accordingly, the Company will provide IndeBrokers upon request with certain identifying information or documents sufficient to verify the Company’s identity, including a government-issued identification number (e.g., a US taxpayer identification number) and certain other information or documents necessary to verify the Company’s identity (e.g., a certificate of incorporation, a government-issued business license, a partnership agreement or a trust instrument) and the identity of certain individual beneficial owners (e.g., 25% owners, executive officers and other mangers with significant control), including social security numbers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

J. The Company represents, to the best of its knowledge, that none of (i) the Company, (ii) any person or entity controlling or controlled by the Company, (iii) any person or entity having a beneficial ownership interest in the Company and (iv) any person or entity for whom the Company acts as an agent or nominee is (x) a country, territory, individual or entity named on the US Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) list, (y) a person or entity prohibited under the programs administered by OFAC (“OFAC Programs”) or according to other US government regulatory or enforcement agencies or (z) a country, territory, individual or entity named on another international sanctions list. The Company further represents that, to the best of its knowledge, none of the proceeds of any Transaction will be derived from or used for any purpose prohibited under the OFAC Programs or other international sanctions programs.

 

K. Notwithstanding any agreement or representation, written or oral, by either the Company or IndeBrokers in connection with any Transaction, the Company and its Representatives will have no obligation to IndeBrokers to maintain the confidentiality of the tax treatment and tax structure of any Transaction or any materials of any kind (including opinions or other analyses) that are provided to the Company relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. As required by US Department of Treasury regulations, IndeBrokers hereby informs the Company that (i) any discussion of federal tax issues contained or referred to in any materials prepared by IndeBrokers in connection with its engagement hereunder is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed under the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) such discussion is written to support the promotion or marketing of the matters addressed therein.

 

L. Each of the Company and IndeBrokers irrevocably (i) submits to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan and/or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “Proceeding”), (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (iii) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (iv) agrees that such courts will have exclusive jurisdiction over any claims in any Proceeding, (v) agrees not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts and (vi) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or venue that is otherwise improper. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party may enforce any judgement of any of the above-referenced courts in any other court with otherwise applicable jurisdiction.

 

M. The Company acknowledges and agrees that IndeBrokers will act under this Agreement as an independent contractor with obligations solely to the Company and is not being retained hereunder to advise the Company as to the underlying business and/or financial decision to consummate any Transaction or with respect to any related financing, derivative or other transaction. Nothing in this Agreement or the nature of IndeBrokers’ financial advisory services will be deemed to create a fiduciary or agency relationship between (i) IndeBrokers and (ii) the Company or its affiliates and related persons and entities (including, without limitation, any investment funds and portfolio companies owned in whole or in part or advised or managed by the Company or its affiliates and any controlling or non-controlling stockholder(s), member(s), creditor, employee or other controlling or non-controlling financially interested person or entity with respect to the Company or its affiliates) in connection with any Transaction or otherwise. The Company acknowledges that IndeBrokers is not the agent of and is not authorized to bind the Company with respect to any action or decision. Other than as set forth in the Annex II (Indemnification Provisions) attached hereto or with respect to the Covered Persons (as defined below), nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer upon any other person or entity (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing parties’ respective affiliates, related persons and entities) any rights or remedies hereunder or related hereto. The Company agrees that IndeBrokers and its affiliates, each of its and their controlling persons (within the meaning of the US federal securities laws), stockholders, members, directors, officers, managers, employees, consultants, legal counsel, representatives and agents and each of its and their respective heirs, successors and assigns (all of the foregoing, “Covered Persons”) will not have any liability (including without limitation, liability for any losses, claims, damages, obligations, penalties, judgments, awards, liabilities, costs, expenses or disbursements) in contract, tort or otherwise to the Company or to any person or entity claiming through the Company or in the Company’s right in connection with the engagement of IndeBrokers pursuant to this Agreement, the matters contemplated hereby or any financing or other Transaction or any conduct in connection therewith, except where such liability is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) to have resulted primarily and directly from the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Covered Person. The Company further agrees that IndeBrokers will have no responsibility for any act or omission by any of the Company’s other Representatives.

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

N. Each of the Company and IndeBrokers hereby represents and warrants to the other as follows: (i) it has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and perform its respective obligations hereunder; and (ii) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on its part, has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding agreement of each, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

O. The Company hereby further represents and warrants that no person or entity other than IndeBrokers and LEX Markets is, as a result of any action by or on behalf of the Company, entitled to compensation for services as a finder, broker, placement agent, or investment banker in connection with any Transaction.

 

P. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties, and other statements of the Company and IndeBrokers, as set forth in this Agreement (including this Annex I and Annex II (Indemnification Provisions)) or made by or on behalf of the Company or IndeBrokers, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement (including this Annex I and Annex II (Indemnification Provisions)), shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of the Company or IndeBrokers, or any of their respective affiliates, or any controlling person thereof or of any such affiliate, or any director, officer, employee, representative or agent of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities and termination of this Agreement.

 

Q. This Agreement (including this Annex I and the Annex II (Indemnification Provisions) and the Annex III (Platform Terms) attached hereto) embody the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and IndeBrokers with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

R. The provisions of this Agreement may not be waived, modified, amended, or supplemented except in writing executed by the Company and IndeBrokers.

 

S. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The Company shall not assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of IndeBrokers.

 

T. If any term, provision, covenant, or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

 

✶ ✶ ✶ ✶

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 


ANNEX II

 

INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS

 

Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the meanings ascribed thereto in the amended and restated letter agreement, dated as of October 15, 2020 (as amended from time to time), by and between 181 HIGH STREET LLC and Independent Brokerage Solutions LLC, f/k/a SDDco Brokerage Advisors LLC, Member: FINRA/SIPC, a New York limited liability company (“IndeBrokers”).

 

As used in these Indemnification Provisions, the term “IndeBrokers” will be deemed to refer to and include each of IndeBrokers and its affiliates, and each of their respective controlling persons (within the meaning of the US federal securities laws), stockholders, members, directors, officers, managers, employees, consultants, legal counsel, representatives and agents, and each of the respective heirs, successors, and assigns of each of the foregoing.

 

The Company hereby agrees to (a) indemnify and hold harmless IndeBrokers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, obligations, penalties, judgments, awards and other liabilities (whether direct, joint and several, or otherwise) as and when incurred by IndeBrokers (collectively, “Liabilities”) and (b) fully reimburse IndeBrokers for any and all fees, costs, expenses, and disbursements (in all such cases, whether legal or otherwise) as and when incurred by IndeBrokers (collectively, “Expenses”), including but not limited to those of investigating, preparing for (including, without limitation, preparing, reviewing, or furnishing documents), participating in, defending against, or giving testimony with respect to any private, regulatory, self-regulatory, or governmental requests, inquiries, investigations, actions, claims, interrogatories, subpoenas, suits, litigation, proceedings, or injunctions, whether or not in connection with any threatened or actual litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution process and whether or not IndeBrokers is a direct party thereto (collectively, “Actions”), in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) whether directly or indirectly caused by, relating to, based upon, arising out of, or in connection with any of the following: (1) any advice or services requested of, or rendered, or to be rendered by, IndeBrokers pursuant to this Agreement, (2) any actions or inactions by IndeBrokers with respect to this Agreement, (3) any financing or other transaction or (4) the determination and enforcement by IndeBrokers of its rights pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, these Indemnification Provisions); provided, however, such indemnification agreement will not apply to any portion of any such Liability or Expense that is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) to have resulted primarily and directly from the fraud, gross negligence, or willful misconduct of IndeBrokers.

  

If any Action is commenced as to which IndeBrokers proposes to demand indemnification hereunder, it will notify the Company with reasonable promptness; provided, however, that any failure by IndeBrokers to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from its obligations hereunder. IndeBrokers will have the right to retain legal counsel of its own choice to represent it, and the Company will pay the Expenses of such legal counsel; and such legal counsel will, to the extent it believes consistent with its professional responsibilities, cooperate with the Company and any legal counsel designated by the Company. The Company will be liable for any settlement of any claim against IndeBrokers made with the Company’s written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned. The Company will not, without the prior written consent of IndeBrokers, (a) settle or compromise any claim, (b) permit a default or (c) consent to any settlement or other such agreement or the entry of any judgment, in all of the foregoing cases, in connection with or related to any Action with respect to which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not IndeBrokers is an actual or potential party to such Action).

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

IndeBrokers, on the other hand, will contribute to the Liabilities and Expenses to which the indemnified persons may be subject (a) in accordance with the relative benefits received (or anticipated to be received) by the Company, on the one hand, and IndeBrokers, on the other hand, in connection with IndeBrokers’ engagement hereunder or (b) if the allocation provided by clause (a) immediately above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (a), but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and IndeBrokers, on the other hand, in connection with the statements, acts or omissions which resulted in such Liabilities and Expenses. The Company agrees for purposes of this paragraph that the relative benefits to the Company and IndeBrokers of any contemplated financing or other transaction (whether or not closed) will be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total value paid, received, or issued or contemplated to be paid, received or issued to or by the Company and its stockholders, creditors, or contract counterparties in connection with such financing or other transaction bears to the fees paid or payable to IndeBrokers pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, IndeBrokers will not be obligated to contribute any amount pursuant to this paragraph that exceeds the amount of fees previously received by IndeBrokers pursuant to this Agreement. Each of the Company and IndeBrokers hereby agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this paragraph were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method which does not take into account the considerations referred to in this paragraph.

 

The Company’s indemnification, contribution, reimbursement, and other obligations pursuant to these Indemnification Provisions will be in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have, at common law or otherwise, to IndeBrokers and will be binding on the Company’s successors and assigns. These Indemnification Provisions will (a) apply to IndeBrokers’ engagement pursuant to this Agreement, any activities or actions of IndeBrokers relating to such engagement occurring prior to the date of this Agreement and any subsequent modification of or amendment to this Agreement and (b) remain in full force and effect following consummation of any Transaction and any termination or expiration of IndeBrokers’ engagement pursuant to this Agreement.

  

✶ ✶ ✶ ✶

 

 

 

 

 

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

Amended and Restated Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

ANNEX III

 

PLATFORM TERMS

 

Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the meanings ascribed thereto in the amended and restated letter agreement, dated as of October 15, 2020 (as amended from time to time), by and between 181 HIGH STREET LLC and Independent Brokerage Solutions LLC, f/k/a SDDco Brokerage Advisors LLC, Member: FINRA/SIPC, a New York limited liability company (“IndeBrokers”)..

 

Concurrently with the consummation of a Transaction, Issuer will enter into a Platform Agreement with LEX Markets that will contain the following material terms:

 

Services provided by LEX Markets: ●        Inclusion of Issuer’s Securities on the LEX Markets Platform
   
Services provided by third parties arranged by LEX Markets:

●        Ongoing legal services for Reg A reporting

●        Ongoing auditing services

 

●        Ongoing Blue Sky compliance

 

●        Ongoing Transfer Agent services

 

●        Ongoing servicing of income distribution

 

●        Issuance of K-1s to public unitholders

 

●        Public company D&O insurance

 

Annual Fee: ●        1% of year end public float (90 days trailing)
   
Term:

●        2-year initial term, 1-year auto renewals

 

●         Early breakup fee

 

Ongoing Eligibility Criteria:

●        Timely filing of Reg A reporting & 10b-17 notices

 

●        Timely issuance of OpCo K-1

 

●        >90% Qualifying Income under IRC 7704

 

●        Maximum indebtedness covenant

 

●        Significant Manager co-investment at same seniority as public unitholders

 

●        Independent review and approval of related party transactions

 

●        Fiduciary duties of Manager cannot be disclaimed

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 1.2

 

 

25 West 39th Street, 8th floor, New York, NY 10018

LEX-Markets.com

212-655-9816

 

October 15, 2020

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

6 West 20th Street, 5th Floor,

New York, NY 10011

Attention: CJ Follini

 

Re:       Engagement Letter

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter agreement, together with the Annex I (Additional Provisions), the Annex II (Indemnification Provisions), and Annex III (Platform Terms) attached hereto (collectively, this “Agreement”) confirms the agreement by and between LEX Markets LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Member: FINRA/SIPC, and 181 High Street LLC, a Maine limited liability company (“Sponsor,” and collectively with the Issuer (as described in Section 6 below), the “Company”), as follows:

 

1) Engagement. The Company hereby engages LEX Markets to act as the Company’s co-financial advisor, co-selling agent and co-arranger in connection with one or more potential Financings (as defined below). It is acknowledged that the Company has concurrently engaged Independent Brokerage Advisors LLC, Member: FINRA/SIPC (“IndeBrokers”), as co-financial advisor, co-selling agent and co-arranger in connection with the Financing pursuant the IndeBrokers Engagement Letter.

 

As used in this Agreement, the term “LEX Markets” will be deemed to refer to and include LEX Markets LLC, and its respective affiliates, controlling persons (within the meaning of the US federal securities laws), stockholders, members, directors, officers, managers, employees, consultants, legal counsel, and agents, and each of their respective heirs, successors, and assigns.

 

2) Services. LEX Markets hereby accepts the engagement and agrees to assist the Company with respect to the following, to the extent requested by the Company and appropriate under the circumstances:

 

a) Review and analysis of the business, financial condition and prospects of the Company; and

 

b) In connection with any Financing, (i) review of the current capital markets environment and potential financing alternatives for the Company; (ii) assist the Company in the preparation and implementation of a marketing plan with respect to the proposed Financing, including a list of the prospective investors (“Investors”) to be contacted by LEX Markets; (iii) assist the Company in the preparation of marketing materials, including the Offering Materials (as defined in the Annex I (Additional Provisions) attached hereto), concerning the Company and the Financing, for distribution and presentation to prospective Investors; (iv) assist the Company in distributing marketing materials to Investors and in coordinating prospective Investors’ due diligence investigations; (v) assist the Company in structuring the Financing, including providing advice regarding various structuring alternatives and potential financial terms for the Financing; (vi) identification and solicitation of, and the review of proposals received from, Investors with respect to the Financing; and (vii) assist the Company in negotiation of the terms of the Financing and coordination of the consummation of the Financing.

 

     

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

3) Compensation. In consideration of LEX Markets’ services pursuant to this Agreement, the Sponsor agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, to LEX Markets the following compensation:

 

a) Due Diligence Fee. No additional Due Diligence Fee will be owed by the Company to LEX Markets. LEX Markets will be compensated for its work out of the Due Diligence Fee paid by the Company to IndeBrokers pursuant to and in accordance with the IndeBrokers Engagement Letter and any related agreements thereto.

 

b) Financing Fees. No additional Financing Fee will be owed by the Company to LEX Markets. LEX Markets will be compensated for its work out of the Financing Fee paid by the Company to IndeBrokers pursuant to the IndeBrokers Engagement Letter and any related agreements thereto.

 

c) Platform Fees. The Issuer will enter into a separate Platform Agreement with LEX Markets that will contain the material terms set forth in the attached Annex III.

 

4) Expenses. In the event that this Agreement is terminated by the Company prior to the consummation of any Financing, within five (5) calendar days of such termination, the Company will reimburse, or cause to be reimbursed, LEX Markets for all documented out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by LEX Markets in connection with the rendering of its services under this Agreement including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel and due diligence expenses.

 

5) Term and Termination. LEX Markets’ engagement hereunder may be terminated at any time by either LEX Markets or the Company upon written notice of termination to the other party, without liability or continuing obligation on the part of the Company or LEX Markets except as expressly provided herein. In all cases Section 4 through and including Section 11, and the Annex I (Additional Provisions) and the Annex II (Indemnification Provisions) attached hereto, will survive any termination of LEX Markets’ engagement hereunder.

 

6) Definitions. For purposes hereof:

 

(a) The term “IndeBrokers Engagement Letter” refers to that certain amended and restated engagement letter agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and between the Company and IndeBrokers.

 

(b) The term “Issuer” refers to the special purpose vehicle to be formed by the Sponsor for the purpose of (i) acquiring membership interest in the Sponsor, and (ii) either by itself or together with the Sponsor, as co-issuer, issuing Issuer’s Securities in connection with the Financing.

 

(c) The term “Financing” means one or a series of public or private offering transactions (whether related or unrelated and whether effected within or outside of the United States), including a potential qualified primary offering under Regulation A, in which the Company enters into a contribution agreement on terms satisfactory to LEX Markets, with the Issuer.

 

(d) The term “Regulation A” means Regulation A promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(e) The term “Securities” means common stock, straight or convertible preferred stock, limited liability company interests, convertible debt, other equity interests or equity instruments or any other equity-linked securities of any kind, hybrid capital and/or options, warrants or other rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

 

     2
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

(f) The term “Transaction” means any Financing.

 

(g) The term “Transaction Counterparty” includes any Investor, any person or entity acting together with another Transaction Counterparty, and any entity formed by a Transaction Counterparty, and any person or entity acting together with a Transaction Counterparty or their respective affiliates (within the meaning of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), in each case in connection with or for the purposes of entering into a Transaction.

 

7) Additional Agreements. The provisions set forth in the Annex I (Additional Provisions) and the Annex II (Indemnification Provisions) and Annex III (Platform Terms) attached hereto are incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

8) CERTAIN ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.

 

(a) THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT LEX MARKETS WILL ACT SOLELY AS THE COMPANY’S SELLING AGENT AND ARRANGER IN CONNECTION WITH ANY FINANCING AND THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED COMMITMENT OR UNDERTAKING ON THE PART OF LEX MARKETS AND/OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES TO UNDERWRITE, PROVIDE OR PLACE ALL OR ANY PART OF ANY FINANCING AND DOES NOT ENSURE OR GUARANTEE THE SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF ANY FINANCING OR ANY PORTION THEREOF. THE COMPANY FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH COMMITMENT WITH RESPECT TO A FINANCING (IF, AS AND WHEN PROVIDED) WOULD BE SUBJECT TO VARIOUS CONDITIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF DUE DILIGENCE, RECEIPT OF INTERNAL APPROVALS, MARKET CONDITIONS AND THE EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF MUTUALLY ACCEPTABLE DEFINITIVE DOCUMENTATION FOR THE RELEVANT TRANSACTION.

 

9) Notice. Each party shall deliver all notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers, and other communications under this Agreement (each, a “Notice”) in writing and addressed to the other party at its address set out below (or to any other address that the receiving party may designate from time to time in accordance with this section). Each party shall deliver all Notices by personal delivery, nationally recognized overnight courier (with all fees prepaid), or email (with confirmation of transmission), or certified or registered mail (in each case, return receipt requested, postage prepaid). Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Notice is effective only (a) upon receipt by the receiving party and (b) if the party giving the Notice has complied with the requirements of this Section 9.

 

(b) If to the Company:

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC,

6 West 20th Street, 5th Floor,

New York, NY 10011

Attention: CJ Follini

 

     3
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

(c) If to LEX Markets:

 

25 West 39th Street, 8th Floor,

New York, NY 10018
(212) 655-9816;

legal@lex-markets.com

Attn.: Jamshaid Khan, General Counsel

 

10) JURY TRIAL WAIVER. EACH OF LEX MARKETS AND THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES (ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ON BEHALF OF ITS RESPECTIVE EQUITY HOLDERS AND CREDITORS) ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY TRANSACTION).

 

11) Governing Law. This Agreement and all controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto will be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, other than any principle of conflicts of laws thereof which would result in the applicable of the laws of another jurisdiction to this Agreement or any controversies arising hereunder or relating hereto.

 

12) Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties hereto, any number of counterparts of this Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto, each of which will be an original instrument and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by e-mail, portable document format (.pdf) or facsimile transmission will constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

 

13) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the IndeBrokers Engagement Letter, and all the respective attachments, exhibits and schedules, constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations, and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter.

 

✶   ✶   ✶   ✶

 

     4
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

We are delighted to accept this engagement and look forward to working with you on this important assignment. Please confirm that the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding by signing in the space provided below and returning to us a duplicate of this Agreement.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  LEX Markets LLC
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Accepted and agreed to as of the date first written above:  
                                     
[_________________________]  
            
By:                                           
Name:    
Title:    

 

     5
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

ANNEX I

 

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the meanings ascribed thereto in the letter agreement, dated as of October 15, 2020 (as amended from time to time), by and between 181 High Street LLC and LEX Markets LLC (“LEX Markets”). References to the “Company” shall be deemed to refer to, and include, the Issuer.

 

1)   During the period of LEX Markets’ engagement hereunder, the Company will furnish or arrange to have furnished to LEX Markets’ all information concerning the Company, any Transaction and, to the extent within the Company’s control, any Transaction Counterparty that LEX Markets reasonably deems appropriate for purposes of this engagement and will provide LEX Markets with access to the Company’s and, to the extent within the Company’s control, any such Transaction Counterparty’s respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees, financial advisors, legal counsel, consultants, independent accountants, actuaries, appraisers and other advisors and agents (collectively with respect to each of the foregoing, its “Representatives”). In addition, the Company agrees promptly to advise LEX Markets of any material event or change in the business, affairs and/or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company, and to the extent within the Company’s knowledge, any Transaction Counterparty that occurs during the term of this Agreement.

 

2)   The Company represents and warrants that all information (i) made available by the Company or its Representatives to LEX Markets or to any Transaction Counterparty, (ii) contained in any placement memorandum, offering circular, prospectus or similar disclosure document and/or posted on any electronic data-room in connection with any Transaction (as amended and supplemented from time to time, any “Offering Materials”) or (iii) contained in any filing by the Company with any governmental or regulatory agency or commission or any rating agency (each of the foregoing, an “Agency”) with respect to any Transaction in all such cases will, at all times during the period of the engagement of LEX Markets hereunder, be true, complete and correct in all material respects and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which such statements are made, not misleading. The Company further represents and warrants that any financial projections, other estimates and other forward-looking information furnished by the Company or its Representatives to LEX Markets, any Transaction Counterparty and/or any Agency, or contained in any Offering Materials, will have been prepared in good faith, will be based upon assumptions that, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, are reasonable and will reflect the best then-currently available estimates and judgments of such furnishing party as to the expected future performance of the business or entity referred to therein.

 

     6
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

3)   The Company acknowledges, agrees and confirms that the Company will be solely responsible for the contents of any Offering Materials and that, in providing its services pursuant to this Agreement, LEX Markets: (i) is and will be entitled to rely upon and assume the accuracy, completeness and reasonableness of all information furnished by the Company, any Transaction Counterparty and their respective Representatives, or available from reputable public sources, data suppliers and other third parties; (ii) does not and will not assume responsibility, obligation or liability for the accuracy, completeness, reasonableness or achievability of any such information; (iii) will have no responsibility or obligation to independently verify such information or to conduct any independent evaluation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities (including any contingent, derivative or off-balance sheet assets and liabilities) of the Company, any Transaction Counterparty or any other party; (iv) will assume that all financial projections, synergy estimates, other estimates and other forward-looking information that may be furnished by or discussed with the Company, any Transaction Counterparty and their respective Representatives will have been reasonably prepared and reflect the best then-currently available estimates and judgments of the Company’s management as to the expected future performance of the relevant business or entity and the realization of any such synergies; (v) will express no independent view, opinion, representation, guaranty or warranty regarding the reasonableness or achievability of any such financial projections, synergy estimates, other estimates and other forward-looking information or the assumptions upon which they are based; and (vi) will have no responsibility or obligation to evaluate the solvency of the Company, any Transaction Counterparty or any other party under any relevant law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or similar matters. LEX Markets’ provision of services pursuant to this Agreement is subject to the completion of a satisfactory due diligence investigation of the Company. The Company further acknowledges and agrees that LEX Markets’ role in connection with any due diligence investigation will be limited solely to performing such review as it will deem necessary to support its own financial advice and analyses and will not be on behalf of the Company or any other person or entity.

 

4)   The Company hereby authorizes LEX Markets to use and distribute Offering Materials and other information and documents provided by the Company or its Representatives pursuant to this Agreement to solicit prospective Transaction Counterparties. The Company agrees that, until the termination of this Agreement, the Company will not initiate, solicit or (except through LEX Markets) enter into any discussions or negotiations with any potential Transaction Counterparties or other third parties (including without limitation financial institutions, consultants, brokers, finders, placement agents, underwriters or similar parties) in connection with any Transaction. In the event that, during the period of the engagement of LEX Markets hereunder, the Company or any of its Representatives is contacted by or on behalf of any party concerning a potential Transaction, the Company will promptly so inform LEX Markets so that LEX Markets can evaluate such party and its interest and assist the Company in any subsequent discussions. The Company will also disclose to LEX Markets any discussions, negotiations or inquiries with respect to the Company and/or any Transaction that have occurred during the one-year period prior to the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company will keep confidential and will not disclose or distribute to any person or entity (other than its Representatives) the Offering Materials or any other materials related to any Transaction, or otherwise advertise to or solicit Transaction Counterparties with respect to any Transaction, without LEX Markets’ consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, LEX Markets consents to the Company’s engagement of IndeBrokers in connection with the Financings.

 

5)   All advice (written or oral) provided by LEX Markets in connection with its engagement hereunder (i) is intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company’s Board of Directors (or any other such similar governing body and, in any event, solely in its capacity as such), (ii) is not and will not be deemed to constitute a recommendation to the Company’s Board of Directors (or any similar governing body) or the Company with respect to any Transaction or any other matter and (iii) is not intended for the benefit and use by, and with respect to any Transaction will not constitute any recommendation to, the Company’s affiliates and related persons and entities (including, without limitation, any investment funds and portfolio companies owned in whole or in part or advised or managed by the Company or its affiliates and any controlling or non-controlling stockholder(s), member(s), employee(s) or other controlling or non-controlling financially interested person or entity with respect to the Company or its affiliates). The Company agrees that, notwithstanding any expiration or termination of LEX Markets’ engagement hereunder, no such advice provided by LEX Markets will be used or relied upon for any other purpose or by any other person or entity, be disclosed publicly or made available to third parties or be reproduced, disseminated, quoted from or referred to at any time, in any manner or for any purpose, nor will any public references to LEX Markets be made by the Company, in each case without LEX Markets’ prior written consent.

 

     7
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

6)   In connection with any Financing, the Company represents, warrants and agrees that:

 

a) Neither the Company nor any person or entity acting on its behalf will, directly or indirectly (except through LEX Markets and/or its affiliates), sell or offer, or attempt or offer to dispose of, or solicit any offer to buy, or otherwise approach or negotiate with respect to, any Securities, or any securities of the same or similar class as such Securities, or take any other action so as to cause the offer and sale of the Securities to fail to be entitled to exemption(s) from the registration requirements of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), including Regulation A thereunder.

 

b) None of the Company and its affiliates, nor any person or entity acting on its or their behalf, has made or caused to be made (and will not make or cause to be made) any offers or sales of securities of the same or a similar class as the Securities that would be integrated with the Transaction, and no such offers or sales are currently being made or contemplated (in each case, whether pursuant to outstanding warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities, acquisition agreements or otherwise). As used in this Agreement, the terms “offer” and “sale” have the meanings specified in Section 2(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

 

c) The Company shall make in a timely manner all filings and provide in a timely manner all notices with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or any state securities law with respect to the offering and sale of the Securities as may be required by the Securities Act and will promptly furnish to LEX Markets copies thereof (to the extent not available on EDGAR). The Company will, where required, qualify the Securities and the offer and sale of the Securities under the “blue sky” laws or other securities laws of each jurisdiction in which any offers or sales of the Securities may take place.

 

d) Each sale of Securities to a Transaction Counterparty in any Financing will be evidenced by a subscription agreement (“Subscription Agreement”) between the Company and such Transaction Counterparty, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to LEX Markets and/or its affiliates and containing customary representations, warranties, covenants, indemnification provisions and closing conditions. All representations, warranties or agreements made or given by the Company to any purchaser of Securities and by any purchaser of Securities to the Company also will extend for the benefit of LEX Markets and/or its affiliates as the selling agent. Any opinion or opinions of the Company’s legal counsel, any letter or letters of accountants and any certificates of the Company’s officers that are delivered to any purchaser of Securities also will be addressed to LEX Markets and/or its affiliates as selling agent or will state that LEX Markets and/or its affiliates will be entitled to rely upon such document to the same extent as if it had been addressed to LEX Markets and/or its affiliates.

 

e) The Company agrees promptly from time to time to take such actions as LEX Markets and/or its affiliates may reasonably request in connection with marketing the Securities, including but not limited to registration or qualification of the Securities for offering and sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as LEX Markets and/or its affiliates may reasonably request. Any applicable filings will be prepared by the Company’s legal counsel, whose fees and disbursements in connection therewith will be for the account of the Company.

 

     8
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

7) It is understood that the Company shall have the right, in its discretion, to reject any offer received by LEX Markets to purchase Securities, as a whole or in part, and any such rejection shall not be deemed a breach of the Company’s agreements contained herein.

 

8) The Company hereby acknowledges that:

 

a) LEX Markets and its affiliates engage or may engage in a wide range of financial services activities for their own accounts and the accounts of customers, including but not limited to asset and investment management, investment banking, corporate finance, mergers and acquisitions, restructuring, merchant banking, fixed income and equity sales, trading and research, derivatives, foreign exchange and futures. In the ordinary course of these activities, LEX Markets or its affiliates may (i) provide such financial services to any Interested Party (as defined below), for which services LEX Markets or certain of its affiliates has received, and may receive, compensation and (ii) directly or indirectly, hold long or short positions, trade and otherwise conduct such activities in or with respect to certain debt or equity securities, bank debt and derivative products of or relating to any Interested Party. In particular, certain of LEX Markets’ affiliates and accounts managed by such affiliates may arrange or participate in financing for or by the Company or any Transaction Counterparty in connection with any Transaction. Furthermore, LEX Markets or its affiliates and its or their respective directors, officers, employees, representatives and agents may have investments in any Interested Party. For purposes hereof, the term “Interested Party” includes, without limitation, the Company, each Transaction Counterparty, each other participant in any Transaction and each of their respective affiliates.

 

b) At any given time, LEX Markets and/or its affiliates may be engaged by one or more entities that may be competitors with, or otherwise adverse to, the Company in connection with matters unrelated to any Transaction. As a result, it is possible that LEX Markets may from time to time be involved in one or more capacities that, directly or indirectly, may be or may be perceived as being adverse to the interests of the Company in the context of a potential Transaction or otherwise. Moreover, LEX Markets and/or its affiliates may, in the course of other client relationships, have or in the future acquire or come into possession of information material to the interests of the Company in the context of a potential or actual Transaction or otherwise which, by virtue of such other client relationships, LEX Markets is not or will not be at liberty to disclose.

 

c) LEX Markets and/or its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, representatives and/or agents may participate as a principal in connection with any Transaction. The Company hereby expressly acknowledges the benefits to the Company of LEX Markets’ and/or such parties’ activities in this regard and waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against LEX Markets and/or its affiliates, directors, officers, employees, representatives and/or agents with respect to any actual or perceived conflict of interest that may result from LEX Markets and/or such parties’ activities in this regard.

 

d) LEX Markets does not provide accounting, tax or legal advice. The Company should consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and is responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and LEX Markets has no responsibility or liability to the Company with respect such matters.

 

     9
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

9) The Company agrees that LEX Markets may, at any time after the public announcement of any proposed or definitive Transaction, (i) publicize (whether in the form of a so-called “tombstone,” case study or otherwise) its involvement in such Transaction in customary investment banking pitch books, other client-oriented marketing materials (including e-mail blasts), LEX Markets’ or any of its affiliates websites and certain other customary media (including, without limitation, newspapers, periodicals, annual reports and other publicly-disseminated marketing materials) and (ii) include the Company’s name and logo and a description of LEX Markets role in connection with such publicity; provided, however, that LEX Markets will not disclose any information regarding such Transaction which is not already in the public domain (except that, in any event, LEX Markets may disclose its involvement in connection with such Transaction). If requested by LEX Markets, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to include a mutually acceptable reference to LEX Markets and its role as the Company’s financial advisor or selling agent and arranger, as the case may be, in connection with such Transaction in any press release or other public announcement which may be issued in connection with the matters described in this Agreement.

 

10) To help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law of the United States requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or entity with whom they do business as a condition to doing such business. Accordingly, the Company will provide LEX Markets upon request with certain identifying information or documents sufficient to verify the Company’s identity, including a government-issued identification number (e.g., a US taxpayer identification number) and certain other information or documents necessary to verify the Company’s identity (e.g., a certificate of incorporation, a government-issued business license, a partnership agreement or a trust instrument) and the identity of certain individual beneficial owners (e.g., 25% owners, executive officers and other mangers with significant control), including social security numbers.

 

11) The Company represents, to the best of its knowledge, that none of (i) the Company, (ii) any person or entity controlling or controlled by the Company, (iii) any person or entity having a beneficial ownership interest in the Company and (iv) any person or entity for whom the Company acts as an agent or nominee is (x) a country, territory, individual or entity named on the US Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) list, (y) a person or entity prohibited under the programs administered by OFAC (“OFAC Programs”) or according to other US government regulatory or enforcement agencies or (z) a country, territory, individual or entity named on another international sanctions list. The Company further represents that, to the best of its knowledge, none of the proceeds of any Transaction will be derived from or used for any purpose prohibited under the OFAC Programs or other international sanctions programs.

 

12) Notwithstanding any agreement or representation, written or oral, by either the Company or LEX Markets in connection with any Transaction, the Company and its Representatives will have no obligation to LEX Markets to maintain the confidentiality of the tax treatment and tax structure of any Transaction or any materials of any kind (including opinions or other analyses) that are provided to the Company relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. As required by US Department of Treasury regulations, LEX Markets hereby informs the Company that (i) any discussion of federal tax issues contained or referred to in any materials prepared by LEX Markets in connection with its engagement hereunder is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed under the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) such discussion is written to support the promotion or marketing of the matters addressed therein.

 

     10
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

13) Each of the Company and LEX Markets irrevocably (i) submits to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan and/or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “Proceeding”), (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (iii) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (iv) agrees that such courts will have exclusive jurisdiction over any claims in any Proceeding, (v) agrees not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts and (vi) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or venue that is otherwise improper. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party may enforce any judgement of any of the above-referenced courts in any other court with otherwise applicable jurisdiction.

 

14) The Company acknowledges and agrees that LEX Markets will act under this Agreement as an independent contractor with obligations solely to the Company and is not being retained hereunder to advise the Company as to the underlying business and/or financial decision to consummate any Transaction or with respect to any related financing, derivative or other transaction. Nothing in this Agreement or the nature of LEX Markets’ financial advisory services will be deemed to create a fiduciary or agency relationship between (i) LEX Markets and (ii) the Company or its affiliates and related persons and entities (including, without limitation, any investment funds and portfolio companies owned in whole or in part or advised or managed by the Company or its affiliates and any controlling or non-controlling stockholder(s), member(s), creditor, employee or other controlling or non-controlling financially interested person or entity with respect to the Company or its affiliates) in connection with any Transaction or otherwise. The Company acknowledges that LEX Markets is not the agent of and is not authorized to bind the Company with respect to any action or decision. Other than as set forth in the Annex II (Indemnification Provisions) attached hereto or with respect to the Covered Persons (as defined below), nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer upon any other person or entity (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing parties’ respective affiliates, related persons and entities) any rights or remedies hereunder or related hereto. The Company agrees that LEX Markets and its affiliates, each of its and their controlling persons (within the meaning of the US federal securities laws), stockholders, members, directors, officers, managers, employees, consultants, legal counsel, representatives and agents and each of its and their respective heirs, successors and assigns (all of the foregoing, “Covered Persons”) will not have any liability (including without limitation, liability for any losses, claims, damages, obligations, penalties, judgments, awards, liabilities, costs, expenses or disbursements) in contract, tort or otherwise to the Company or to any person or entity claiming through the Company or in the Company’s right in connection with the engagement of LEX Markets pursuant to this Agreement, the matters contemplated hereby or any financing or other Transaction or any conduct in connection therewith, except where such liability is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) to have resulted primarily and directly from the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Covered Person. The Company further agrees that LEX Markets will have no responsibility for any act or omission by any of the Company’s other Representatives.

 

15) Each of the Company and LEX Markets hereby represents and warrants to the other as follows: (i) it has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and perform its respective obligations hereunder; and (ii) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on its part, has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding agreement of each, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

     11
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

16) The Company hereby further represents and warrants that no person or entity other than LEX Markets is, as a result of any action by or on behalf of the Company, entitled to compensation for services as a finder, broker, placement agent, or investment banker in connection with any Transaction.

 

17) The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and LEX Markets, as set forth in this Agreement (including this Annex I and Annex II (Indemnification Provisions)) or made by or on behalf of the Company or LEX Markets, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement (including this Annex I and Annex II (Indemnification Provisions)), shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of the Company or LEX Markets, or any of their respective affiliates, or any controlling person thereof or of any such affiliate, or any director, officer, employee, representative or agent of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities and termination of this Agreement.

 

18) This Agreement (including this Annex I and the Annex II (Indemnification Provisions) and the Annex III (Platform Terms) attached hereto) embody the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and LEX Markets with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

19) The provisions of this Agreement may not be waived, modified, amended or supplemented except in writing executed by the Company and LEX Markets.

 

20) This Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The Company shall not assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of LEX Markets.

 

21) If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

 

         

 

     12
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

ANNEX II

 

INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS

 

Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the meanings ascribed thereto in the letter agreement, dated as of October 15, 2020 (as amended from time to time), between 181 High Street LLC and LEX Markets LLC (“LEX Markets”).

 

1)    As used in these Indemnification Provisions, the term “LEX Markets” will be deemed to refer to and include LEX Markets LLC, and each of its respective controlling persons (within the meaning of the US federal securities laws), stockholders, members, directors, officers, managers, employees, consultants, legal counsel, representatives and agents, and its heirs, successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.

 

2)    The Company hereby agrees to (a) indemnify and hold harmless LEX Markets, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, obligations, penalties, judgments, awards and other liabilities (whether direct, joint and several or otherwise) as and when incurred by LEX Markets (collectively, “Liabilities”) and (b) fully reimburse LEX Markets for any and all fees, costs, expenses and disbursements (in all such cases, whether legal or otherwise) as and when incurred by LEX Markets (collectively, “Expenses”), including but not limited to those of investigating, preparing for (including, without limitation, preparing, reviewing or furnishing documents), participating in, defending against or giving testimony with respect to any private, regulatory, self-regulatory or governmental requests, inquiries, investigations, actions, claims, interrogatories, subpoenas, suits, litigation, proceedings or injunctions, whether or not in connection with any threatened or actual litigation, arbitration or other dispute resolution process and whether or not LEX Markets is a direct party thereto (collectively, “Actions”), in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) whether directly or indirectly caused by, relating to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any of the following: (1) any advice or services requested of, or rendered or to be rendered by, LEX Markets pursuant to this Agreement, (2) any actions or inactions by LEX Markets with respect to this Agreement, (3) any financing or other transaction or (4) the determination and enforcement by LEX Markets of its rights pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, these Indemnification Provisions); provided, however, such indemnification agreement will not apply to any portion of any such Liability or Expense that is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) to have resulted primarily and directly from the fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of LEX Markets.

 

3)    If any Action is commenced as to which LEX Markets proposes to demand indemnification hereunder, it will notify the Company with reasonable promptness; provided, however, that any failure by LEX Markets to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from its obligations hereunder. LEX Markets will have the right to retain legal counsel of its own choice to represent it, and the Company will pay the Expenses of such legal counsel; and such legal counsel will, to the extent it believes consistent with its professional responsibilities, cooperate with the Company and any legal counsel designated by the Company. The Company will be liable for any settlement of any claim against LEX Markets made with the Company’s written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. The Company will not, without the prior written consent of LEX Markets, (a) settle or compromise any claim, (b) permit a default or (c) consent to any settlement or other such agreement or the entry of any judgment, in all of the foregoing cases, in connection with or related to any Action with respect to which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not LEX Markets is an actual or potential party to such Action).

 

     13
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

4)   In order to provide for just and equitable contribution, if a claim for indemnification pursuant to these Indemnification Provisions is made but it is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) that such indemnification is unavailable, in whole or in part, for any reason, even though the express provisions hereof provide for indemnification in such case, then the Company, on the one hand, and LEX Markets, on the other hand, will contribute to the Liabilities and Expenses to which the indemnified persons may be subject (a) in accordance with the relative benefits received (or anticipated to be received) by the Company, on the one hand, and LEX Markets, on the other hand, in connection with LEX Markets’ engagement hereunder or (b) if the allocation provided by clause (a) immediately above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (a), but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and LEX Markets, on the other hand, in connection with the statements, acts or omissions which resulted in such Liabilities and Expenses. The Company agrees for purposes of this paragraph that the relative benefits to the Company and LEX Markets of any contemplated financing or other transaction (whether or not closed) will be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total value paid, received or issued or contemplated to be paid, received or issued to or by the Company and its stockholders, creditors or contract counterparties in connection with such financing or other transaction bears to the fees paid or payable to LEX Markets pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, LEX Markets will not be obligated to contribute any amount pursuant to this paragraph that exceeds the amount of fees previously received by LEX Markets pursuant to this Agreement. Each of the Company and LEX Markets hereby agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this paragraph were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method which does not take into account the considerations referred to in this paragraph.

 

5)   The Company’s indemnification, contribution, reimbursement and other obligations pursuant to these Indemnification Provisions will be in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have, at common law or otherwise, to LEX Markets and will be binding on the Company’s successors and assigns. These Indemnification Provisions will (a) apply to LEX Markets’ engagement pursuant to this Agreement, any activities or actions of LEX Markets relating to such engagement occurring prior to the date of this Agreement and any subsequent modification of or amendment to this Agreement and (b) remain in full force and effect following consummation of any Transaction and any termination or expiration of LEX Markets’ engagement pursuant to this Agreement.

 

✶   ✶      

 

     14
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

ANNEX III

 

PLATFORM TERMS

 

Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the meanings ascribed thereto in the letter agreement, dated as of October 15, 2020 (as amended from time to time), among 181 High Street LLC and LEX Markets LLC ( “LEX Markets”).

 

Concurrently with the consummation of a Transaction, Issuer will enter into a Platform Agreement with LEX Markets that will contain the following material terms:

 

Services provided by LEX Markets: ●     Inclusion of Issuer’s Securities on the LEX Markets Platform
   
Services provided by third parties arranged by LEX Markets:

●       Ongoing legal services for Reg A reporting

 

●       Ongoing auditing services

 

●       Ongoing Blue Sky compliance

 

●       Ongoing Transfer Agent services

 

●       Ongoing servicing of income distribution

 

●       Issuance of K-1s to public unitholders

 

●       Public company D&O insurance

 

   
Annual Fee: ●     1% of year end public float (90 days trailing)
   
Term:

●       2-year initial term, 1-year auto renewals

 

●       Early breakup fee

 

     15
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

181 High Street LLC

Engagement Letter

October 15, 2020

 

Ongoing Eligibility Criteria:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ongoing compliance with Reg A bad actor restrictions

 

Timely filing of Reg A reporting & dividend record date notices

 

Timely issuance of OpCo K-1

 

>90% Qualifying Income under IRC 7704

 

Tax elections to ensure fungibility of traded units

 

Maximum indebtedness covenant

 

Prohibition on cross-collateralization of assets

 

Significant Manager co-investment in the Company at same seniority as public unitholders

 

Independent review and approval of related party transactions

 

Restrictions on disclaimers of Manager Fiduciary duties

 

Manager of Company must concurrently serve as Manager of Issuer

 

Income/Dividend distribution to be monitored by independent servicer

 

     16
    LEX Markets LLC    

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.1

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC

 

This Certificate of Formation of GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC (the “LLC”), is being duly executed and filed by Kenneth Betts as an authorized person to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. § 18-101, et seq.).

 

FIRST. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC.

 

SECOND. The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

THIRD. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the LLC in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of the 12th day of May, 2020.

 

  /s/ Kenneth Betts
  Kenneth Betts
  Authorized Person

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.2

 

State of Maine

 

 

Department of the Secretary of State

 

I, the Secretary of State of Maine, certify that according to the provisions of the Constitution and Laws of the State of Maine, the Department of the Secretary of State is the legal custodian of the Great Seal of the State of Maine which is hereunto affixed and of the reports of formation, amendment and cancellation of articles of organization of limited liability companies and annual reports filed by the same.

 

I further certify that 181 HIGH STREET LLC is a duly formed limited liability company under the laws of the State of Maine and that the date of formation is February 15, 2008.

 

I further certify that said limited liability company has filed annual reports due to this Department, and that no action is now pending by or on behalf of the State of Maine to forfeit the articles of organization and that according to the records in the Department of the Secretary of State, said limited liability company is a legally existing limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Maine at the present time.

 

  In testimony whereof, I have caused the Great Seal of the State of Maine to be hereunto affixed. Given under my hand at Augusta, Maine, this seventeenth day of May 2017.
 
 
 
/s/ Matthew Dunlap
Matthew Dunlap
Secretary of State

 

Authentication: 5140-351 - 1 -

 

 

Exhibit 2.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC

 

Dated as of ________ __, 2020

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS 1
Section 1.1 Definitions 1
Section 1.2 Construction 3
ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION 4
Section 2.1 Formation 4
Section 2.2 Name 4
Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices 4
Section 2.4 Purposes 4
Section 2.5 Qualification in Other Jurisdictions 4
Section 2.6 Powers 4
Section 2.7 Power of Attorney 4
Section 2.8 Term 5
Section 2.9 Certificate of Formation 6
ARTICLE III MEMBERS AND UNITS 6
Section 3.1 Members 6
Section 3.2 Authorization to Issue Units 6
Section 3.3 Certificates 7
Section 3.4 Record Holders 7
Section 3.5 Registration and Transfer of Units 7
Section 3.6 Agreements 8
ARTICLE IV DISTRIBUTIONS AND REDEMPTIONS 8
Section 4.1 Distributions to Record Holders 8
Section 4.2 Payment of Taxes 8
Section 4.3 Absence of Certain Other Rights 8
ARTICLE V MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS 9
Section 5.1 Power and Authority of the Manager 9
Section 5.2 Term and Withdrawal of the Manager 11
Section 5.3 Determinations by the Manager 11
Section 5.4 Exculpation, Indemnification, Advances and Insurance 11
Section 5.5 Duties of the Manager and its Officers and Managers 13
Section 5.6 Outside Activities 14
Section 5.7 Reliance by Third Parties 14
Section 5.8 Reimbursement of Expenses 14
ARTICLE VI BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS 14
Section 6.1 Records and Accounting 14
Section 6.2 Fiscal Year 14
Section 6.3 Reports 14

 

i 

 

 

ARTICLE VII TAX MATTERS 15
Section 7.1 Allocations 15
Section 7.2 Tax Status and Returns 18
ARTICLE VIII DISSOLUTION, TERMINATION AND LIQUIDATION 19
Section 8.1 Dissolution and Termination 19
Section 8.2 Liquidator 19
Section 8.3 Liquidation of the Company 19
Section 8.4 Cancellation of Certificate of Formation 20
Section 8.5 Return of Contributions 20
Section 8.6 Waiver of Partition 20
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT 20
Section 9.1 General 20
Section 9.2 Super-Majority Amendments 20
Section 9.3 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the Manager 21
Section 9.4 Certain Amendment Requirements 22
ARTICLE X MEMBERS’ VOTING POWERS AND MEETING 22
Section 10.1 Voting 22
Section 10.2 Voting Powers 22
Section 10.3 Meetings 22
Section 10.4 Record Dates 22
Section 10.5 Quorum and Required Vote 22
Section 10.6 Action by Written Consent 23
Section 10.7 Proxies 23
ARTICLE XI GENERAL PROVISIONS 23
Section 11.1 Addresses and Notices 23
Section 11.2 Further Action 23
Section 11.3 Binding Effect 23
Section 11.4 Integration 23
Section 11.5 Creditors 23
Section 11.6 Waiver 23
Section 11.7 Counterparts 24
Section 11.8 Applicable Law 24
Section 11.9 Invalidity of Provisions 24
Section 11.10 Consent of Members 24
Section 11.11 Facsimile and Electronic Signatures 24

 

ii 

 

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNER LLC, is dated as of ___________, 2020. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in ‎Section 1.1.

 

WHEREAS, the Company was formed under the Delaware Act pursuant to a certificate of formation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 12, 2020;

 

WHEREAS, the Original Agreement was entered into effective May 12, 2020; and

 

WHEREAS, the Initial Member has authorized and approved an amendment and restatement of the Original Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Original Agreement of the Company is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1           Definitions. The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

 

Additional Member” means a Person admitted as a Member of the Company as a result of an issuance of Units to such Person by the Company.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Person in question. As used herein, the term “Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Gateway Garage Partners LLC, as it may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the District of Columbia shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

 

Capital Account” means, with respect to each Member, the capital account maintained for such Member in accordance with Code Section 704(b) and Treasury Regulations sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2.

 

Capital Contribution” means with respect to any Member, the amount of cash and the initial gross fair market value (as determined by the Manager in its good faith discretion) of any other property contributed or deemed contributed to the capital of the Company by or on behalf of such Member, reduced by the amount of any liability assumed by the Company relating to such property and any liability to which such property is subject.

 

Certificate” means a certificate in such form as may be adopted by the Manager and issued by the Company, evidencing ownership of one or more Units.

 

Certificate of Formation” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in ‎Section 2.9, as such Certificate of Formation may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

 

  1  

 

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Company” means Gateway Garage Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successors thereto.

 

Delaware Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. Section 18-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

 

DGCL” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, 8 Del. C. Section 101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Expenses and Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 5.4(a).

 

Governmental Entity” means any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau or instrumentality, domestic or foreign and any subdivision thereof.

 

Indemnified Person” means (a) any Person who is or was an officer of the Company, if any, (b) the Manager, together with its officers, directors, members and managers, (c) the Sponsor, together with its officers, directors, shareholders and Affiliates, (d) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Company as an officer, director, member, manager, partner, tax matters partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person (including any Subsidiary); provided, that a Person shall not be an Indemnified Person by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, and (e) any Person the Manager designates as an “Indemnified Person” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Independent Representative” means an individual, appointed by the Manager from time to time to address indemnification matters under Section 5.4, who meets the “director independence” standards of the New York Stock Exchange as set forth in the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.

 

Initial Member” means Noyack Medical Partners LLC, a Maine limited liability company.

 

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

LEX Markets Platform” means the online investment platform located at [to come] which is owned and operated by LEX Markets LLC.

 

Liquidator” means one or more Persons selected by the Manager to perform the functions described in ‎Section 8.2 as liquidating trustee of the Company, as applicable, within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

 

Manager” means Noyack Medical Partners LLC, a Maine limited liability company.

 

Member” means each member of the Company, including, unless the context otherwise requires, the Initial Member, each Substitute Member and each Additional Member.

 

Offering” means the offering of Units by the Company pursuant to the Offering Statement.

 

  2  

 

 

Offering Statement” means the offering statement on Form 1-A (File No. [_____]) filed by the Company with the Commission on [_____], 2020, and the offering circular filed pursuant to Rule 253(g)(2) of the Securities Act on [_____], 2020, pursuant to which the Company has qualified for sale a maximum of $5,458,000 of its Units under Regulation A of the Securities Act, as such offering statement may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or such other offering statements that the Company may qualify or register under the Securities Act from time to time.

 

Original Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Outstanding” means, with respect to Units, all Units that are issued by the Company and reflected as Outstanding on the Company’s books and records as of the date of determination.

 

Partnership Audit Provisions” means Code Sections 6221 through 6241, as they may be amended, and including any Treasury Regulations or other administrative guidance promulgated by the IRS thereunder or successor provisions and any comparable provision of non-U.S. or U.S. state or local law.

 

Percentage Interest” means, at the time of determination, the applicable Member’s Capital Contribution divided by the aggregate amount of all Capital Contributions made by all Members (without reference to any distribution to Members in return of their Capital Contributions).

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, Governmental Entity or other entity.

 

Record Date” means the date established by the Manager, in its discretion, for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Members or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Members or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

 

Record Holder” or “holder” means with respect to any Units, the Person in whose name such Units are registered on the books of the Company (or on the books of any Transfer Agent, if applicable) as of the opening of business on a particular Business Day.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Substitute Member” means a Person who is admitted as a Member of the Company as a result of a transfer of Units to such Person.

 

transfer” means, with respect to a Unit, a transaction by which the Record Holder of a Unit assigns such Unit to another Person who is or becomes a Member, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.

 

Transfer Agent” means, with respect to the Units, such bank, trust company or other Person (including the Company or one of its Affiliates) as shall be appointed from time to time by the Company to act as registrar and transfer agent for the Units; provided that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for the Units, the Company shall act in such capacity.

 

Treasury Regulations” means the U.S. federal income tax regulations, including temporary (but not proposed) regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations are amended from time to time.

 

“Unit” means the measure of a Member’s capital interest in the Company as a member, expressed in units.

 

U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

 

Section 1.2           Construction. Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; and (c) the term “include” or “includes” means includes, without limitation, and “including” means including, without limitation.

 

  3  

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

ORGANIZATION

 

Section 2.1           Formation. The Company has been formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act.

 

Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of the Members and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Company shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Units shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes and a Member has no interest in specific Company property.

 

Section 2.2           Name. The name of the Company shall be “Gateway Garage Partners LLC”. The words “Limited Liability Company,” “LLC,” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Company’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The business of the Company may be conducted under any other name or names, as determined by the Manager. The Manager may change the name of the Company at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Members of such change in the next regular communication to the Members.

 

Section 2.3           Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices. Unless and until changed by the Manager, the address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801, and the name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the Company shall be located at 6 West 20th Street, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10011 or such other place as the Manager may from time to time designate by notice to the Members. The Company may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 2.4           Purposes. The purposes of the Company shall be to (a) promote, conduct or engage in, directly or indirectly, any business, purpose or activity that lawfully may be conducted by a limited liability company organized pursuant to the Delaware Act, (b) acquire, hold and dispose of an interest in 181 High Street LLC, a Maine limited liability company (“181 High Street”), and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Company with respect to such interest, and (c) conduct any and all activities related or incidental to the foregoing purposes.

 

Section 2.5           Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. The Manager may cause the Company to be qualified or registered in any jurisdiction in which the Company transacts business and shall be authorized to execute, deliver and file any certificates and documents necessary to effect such qualification or registration.

 

Section 2.6           Powers. The Company shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary and appropriate for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes described in ‎Section 2.4.

 

Section 2.7           Power of Attorney. Each Member hereby constitutes and appoints the Manager and, if a Liquidator shall have been selected pursuant to ‎Section 8.2, the Liquidator (and any successor to the Liquidator by merger, transfer, assignment, election or otherwise) and each of their authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, as his true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name, place and stead, to:

 

  4  

 

 

(a)          execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices:

 

(i)          all certificates, documents and other instruments (including this Agreement and the Certificate of Formation and all amendments or restatements hereof or thereof) that the Manager (or the Liquidator) determines to be necessary or appropriate to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Company as a limited liability company in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business or own property;

 

(ii)         all certificates, documents and other instruments that the Manager or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect, in accordance with its terms, any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement;

 

(iii)        all certificates, documents and other instruments (including conveyances and a certificate of cancellation) that the Manager (or the Liquidator) determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution, liquidation and/or termination of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and

 

(iv)        all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Member pursuant to, or in connection with other events described in, Article IIIArticle IV or ‎Article VIII;

 

(b)          execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other instruments that the Manager (or the Liquidator) determines to be necessary or appropriate to (i) make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by the Members hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or (ii) effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement; provided, that when required by Section 9.2 or any other provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of the Members or of the Members of any class or series, if any, required to take any action, the Manager (or the Liquidator) may exercise the power of attorney made in this Section 2.7(b) only after the necessary vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action of the Members or of the Members of such class or series, as applicable.

 

Nothing contained in this ‎ Section 2.7 shall be construed as authorizing the Manager (or the Liquidator) to amend, change or modify this Agreement except in accordance with Article IX or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(c)          The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, not be affected by the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination of any Member and the transfer of all or any portion of such Member’s Units and shall extend to such Member’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Member hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the Manager (or the Liquidator) acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Member, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the Manager (or the Liquidator) taken in good faith under such power of attorney in accordance with ‎this Section 2.7. Each Member shall execute and deliver to the Manager (or the Liquidator) within 15 days after receipt of the request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the Manager (or the Liquidator) determines to be necessary or appropriate to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Company.

 

Section 2.8           Term. The term of the Company commenced on the day on which the Certificate of Formation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act. The term of the Company shall be perpetual, unless and until it is dissolved or terminated in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Delaware Act.

 

  5  

 

 

Section 2.9           Certificate of Formation. The Certificate of Formation has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act, such filing being hereby confirmed, ratified and approved in all respects. The Manager shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that it determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited liability company in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Company may elect to do business or own property. To the extent that the Manager determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the Manager shall direct the appropriate officers to file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Formation and do all things to maintain the Company as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Company may elect to do business or own property, and any such officer so directed shall be an “authorized person” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Act for purposes of filing any such certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Company shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Formation, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Member.

 

ARTICLE III

 

MEMBERS AND UNITS

 

Section 3.1           Members.

 

(a)          A Person shall be admitted as a Member and shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement if such Person purchases or otherwise lawfully acquires any Unit and becomes the Record Holder of such Unit in accordance with the provisions of Article III and Article IV  hereof. A Person may become a Record Holder without the consent or approval of any of the Members. A Person may not become a Member without acquiring a Unit.

 

(b)          The name and mailing address of each Member shall be listed on the books and records of the Company maintained for such purpose by the Company (or the Transfer Agent, if any). The Manager shall update the books and records of the Company from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as applicable).

 

(c)          Except as otherwise provided in the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member.

 

(d)          Members shall not have any right to resign from the Company; provided, that when a transferee of a Member’s Units becomes a Record Holder of such Units, such transferring Member shall cease to be a Member of the Company with respect to the Units so transferred.

 

(e)          Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement: (i) no Member shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon dissolution or termination of the Company may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement; (ii) no Member shall have priority over any other Member either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to distributions; (iii) no interest shall be paid by the Company on Capital Contributions; and (iv) no Member, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation or management of the business of the Company, transact any business in the Company’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Company by reason of being a Member.

 

(f)           Except as may be otherwise agreed between the Company, on the one hand, and a Member, on the other hand, any Member shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Company. Neither the Company nor any of the other Members shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any such business interests or activities of any Member.

 

Section 3.2           Authorization to Issue Units. The Company shall have the right to issue up to ____ Units at the price per Unit as set forth in the Offering Statement. Each Unit shall have the rights and be governed by the provisions set forth in this Agreement. The Units shall not entitle any Member to any preemptive, preferential or similar rights with respect to the issuance of Units.

 

  6  

 

 

Section 3.3           Certificates.

 

(a)          Upon the issuance of Units by the Company to any Person, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, issue one or more Certificates in the name of such Person evidencing the number of such Units being so issued. Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the Manager. No Certificate representing Units shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent, if any. Any or all of the signatures required on the Certificate may be by facsimile or other electronic communication. If the Manager or Transfer Agent who shall have signed or whose facsimile or other electronic signature shall have been placed upon any such Certificate shall have ceased to be the Manager or Transfer Agent before such Certificate is issued by the Company, such Certificate may nevertheless be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such Person were the Manager or Transfer Agent at the date of issue. Certificates shall be consecutively numbered and shall be entered on the books and records of the Company as they are issued and shall exhibit the holder’s name and number of Units.

 

(b)          If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, if any, or to the Company, the Manager on behalf of the Company shall execute, and the Transfer Agent, if any, shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number of Units as the Certificate so surrendered. The Manager on behalf of the Company shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued if the Record Holder of the Certificate: (i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen; (ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the Company has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim; (iii) if requested by the Company, delivers to the Company a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the Company may direct to indemnify the Company and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and (iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Company. If a Member fails to notify the Company within a reasonable time after he or she has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Units represented by the Certificate is registered before the Company or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Member shall be precluded from making any claim against the Company or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate. As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 3.2, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

 

Section 3.4           Record Holders. The Company shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the owner of a Unit and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Unit on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Company shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation or guideline. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Units, as between the Company on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person shall be the Record Holder of such Units.

 

Section 3.5           Registration and Transfer of Units.

 

(a)          The Company shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Company a register that will provide for the registration and transfer of Units. The Transfer Agent may, in the discretion of the Manager or as otherwise required by the Exchange Act, be appointed registrar and transfer agent for the purpose of registering Units and transfers of such Units as herein provided. Upon surrender of a Certificate, if any, for registration of transfer of any Units evidenced by a Certificate, the Manager shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent, if any, shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the Record Holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number of Units as were evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered, provided that a transferor shall provide the address, facsimile number and email address for each such transferee as contemplated by Section 11.1.

 

(b)          The Company shall not recognize any transfer of Units until the Certificates evidencing such Units, if any, are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the Company for such transfer; provided, that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto.

 

  7  

 

 

(c)          In the event that the Units are not evidenced by a Certificate, the Company shall not recognize any transfer of Units until it has received written documentation that the Transfer Agent, in its sole discretion, determines is sufficient to evidence the transfer of such Units.

 

(d)          By acceptance of the transfer of any Unit, each transferee of a Unit (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Units for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Company as a Substitute Member with respect to the Units so transferred to such transferee when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Company, (ii) shall be deemed to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) shall become the Record Holder of the Units so transferred, (iv) grants powers of attorney to the Manager and any Liquidator of the Company, as specified herein, and (v) makes the consents and waivers contained in this Agreement. The transfer of any Units and the admission of any new Member shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

 

Section 3.6           Agreements. The rights of all Members and the terms of all Units are subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

DISTRIBUTIONS AND REDEMPTIONS

 

Section 4.1           Distributions to Record Holders.

 

(a)          Subject to the applicable provisions of the Delaware Act and except as otherwise provided herein, the Manager may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, declare, make and pay distributions of cash to the Members.  Distributions shall be paid to the holders of Units on an equal per-Unit basis as of the Record Date selected by the Manager.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to any Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Delaware Act or other applicable law.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding Section 4.1(a), in the event of the termination and liquidation of the Company, all distributions shall be made in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, ‎Section 8.3(a).

 

(c)          Each distribution in respect of any Units of the Company shall be paid by the Company, directly or through its Transfer Agent, if any, or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Units as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Company’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

 

Section 4.2           Payment of Taxes. If any person exchanging a Certificate representing Units wants the Company to issue a certificate in a different name than the registered name on the old certificate, or if any person wants the Company to change the name of the Record Holder for a Unit or Units, that person must pay any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of the certificate in another name, or by reason of the change to the Company register, or establish, to the satisfaction of the Company or its agent, that the tax has been paid or is not applicable.

 

Section 4.3           Absence of Certain Other Rights. Holders of Units shall have no conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption or appraisal rights, no pre-emptive rights to subscribe for any securities of the Company and no preferential rights to distributions.

 

  8  

 

 

Section 4.4           Withholding.

 

(a)          The Manager is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Company to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code.

 

(b)          If the Company is required by law to pay any tax that is specifically attributable to any Member (or direct or indirect shareholder, member, or other owner of such Member), including withholding taxes, state unincorporated business taxes, and payments required to be made by the Company in connection with the Partnership Audit Provisions, then such Member shall indemnify and reimburse the Company for such tax (and any related interest and penalties). The Company may offset distributions and other amounts which any Member is otherwise entitled to receive under this Agreement against a Member’s indemnification obligations under this Section 4.4(b) and, to the extent offset, such amount shall for all purposes of this Agreement (other than as necessary to properly maintain Capital Accounts or to properly determine the allocations of the Company’s items of income, gain, loss, and deductions) be treated as distributed or otherwise paid to such Member. A Member’s obligation to pay or indemnify for a tax (and related interest and penalties) shall survive the Member selling or otherwise disposing of its interest in the Company and the termination, dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Company. Any indemnity or payment pursuant to this Section 4.4(b) shall not be a Capital Contribution but shall to the extent necessary to properly maintain Capital Accounts, increase a Member’s Capital Account.

 

ARTICLE V

 

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

 

Section 5.1           Power and Authority of the Manager. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the power to direct the management, operation and policies of the Company shall be vested in the Manager. The Manager shall have the power to delegate any or all of its rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company to such officers, employees, Affiliates, agents and representatives of the Manager or the Company as it may deem appropriate. The Manager and its officers and directors shall constitute “managers” within the meaning of the Delaware Act. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, no Member, by virtue of its status as such, shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Company or actual or apparent authority to enter into, execute or deliver contracts on behalf of, or to otherwise bind, the Company. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the authority and functions of the Manager with respect to the management of the business of the Company, on the one hand, and its officers and agents, on the other hand, shall be identical to the authority and functions of the board of directors and officers, respectively, of a corporation organized under the DGCL. In addition to the powers that now or hereafter can be granted to managers under the Delaware Act and to all other powers granted under any other provision of this Agreement, the Manager shall have full power and authority to do, and to direct its officers and agents to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Company, to exercise all powers set forth in ‎Section 2.6 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, the Manager shall, either directly or by engaging its officers, Affiliates, agents or third parties, perform the following duties:

 

(a)          Offering Services. The Manager shall manage and supervise:

 

(i)          the preparation of all offering and related documents, and obtaining all required regulatory approvals of such documents relating to the Offering;

 

(ii)         the preparation and approval of all marketing materials to be used by the Company or others relating to the Offering;

 

(iii)        the negotiation and coordination of the receipt, collection, processing, and acceptance of subscription agreements, commissions, and other administrative support functions;

 

  9  

 

 

(iv)        the creation and implementation of various technology and electronic communications related to an Offering; and

 

(v)         all other services related to the Offering.

 

(b)          Accounting and Other Administrative Services. The Manager shall:

 

(i)          manage and perform the various administrative functions necessary for the day-to-day operations of the Company;

 

(ii)         provide or arrange for administrative services, legal services, office space, office furnishings, personnel and other overhead items necessary and incidental to the Company’s business and operations;

 

(iii)        provide financial and operational planning services;

 

(iv)        maintain accounting data and any other information concerning the activities of the Company as shall be required to prepare and file all periodic financial reports and returns required to be filed with the Commission and any other regulatory agency, including annual financial statements;

 

(v)         maintain all appropriate books and records of the Company;

 

(vi)        oversee tax and compliance services and risk management services and coordinate with appropriate third parties, including independent accountants and other consultants, on related tax matters;

 

(vii)       make, change, and revoke such tax elections on behalf of the Company as the Manager deems appropriate;

 

(viii)      supervise the performance of such ministerial and administrative functions as may be necessary in connection with the daily operations of the Company;

 

(ix)         manage and coordinate with the Transfer Agent (if any) the process of making distributions and payments to Members; and

 

(x)          oversee all reporting, record keeping, internal controls and similar matters in a manner to allow the Company to comply with applicable law.

 

(c)          Unitholder Services. The Manager shall:

 

(i)          determine the Company’s distribution policy and authorize distributions from time to time;

 

(ii)         manage communications with Members, including answering phone calls, preparing and sending written and electronic reports and other communications; and

 

(iii)        establish technology infrastructure to assist in providing Member support and services.

 

(d)          Disposition Services. The Manager shall:

 

(i)          evaluate and approve potential asset dispositions, sales, or liquidity transactions; and

 

(ii)         structure and negotiate the terms and conditions of transactions pursuant to which the assets of the Company may be sold, provided that no lease, transfer, assignment or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets may be effected without the prior approval of a majority of the then issued and Outstanding Units.

 

  10  

 

 

Section 5.2           Term and Withdrawal of the Manager.

 

(a)          The Manager will serve as manager for an indefinite term, but the Manager may choose to withdraw as manager, under certain circumstances. In the event of the withdrawal of the Manager, the Manager will cooperate with the Company and take all reasonable steps to assist in making an orderly transition of the management function.

 

(b)          The Manager may assign its rights under this Agreement in its entirety or delegate certain of its duties under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates without the approval of the Members so long as the Manager remains liable for any such Affiliate’s performance, and if such assignment or delegation does not require the Company’s approval under the Investment Company Act. The Manager may withdraw as the Company’s manager if the Company becomes required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, with such withdrawal deemed to occur immediately before such event. The Manager shall determine whether any succeeding manager possesses sufficient qualifications to perform the management function.

 

Section 5.3           Determinations by the Manager. Except as may otherwise be required by law, the determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Manager consistent with this Agreement, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Company and every holder of Units: the amount of the net income of the Company for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of distributions; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Company; the evaluation of any competing interests among the Company and its Affiliates and the resolution of any such conflicts of interests; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Company or required or permitted by applicable law, this Agreement or otherwise to be determined by the Manager.

 

Section 5.4           Exculpation, Indemnification, Advances and Insurance.

 

(a)          Subject to other applicable provisions of this Article V, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Indemnified Persons shall not be liable to the Company, any officer of the Company, or any Member of the Company, for any acts or omissions by any of the Indemnified Persons arising from the exercise of their rights or performance of their duties and obligations in connection with the Company, this Agreement or any investment made or held by the Company, including with respect to any acts or omissions made while serving at the request of the Company as an officer, director, member, partner, tax matters partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person or any employee benefit plan. The Indemnified Persons shall be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law, against all expenses and liabilities (including judgments, fines, penalties, interest, amounts paid in settlement with the approval of the Company and counsel fees and disbursements on a solicitor and client basis) (collectively, “Expenses and Liabilities”) arising from the performance of any of their duties or obligations in connection with their service to the Company or this Agreement, or any investment made or held by the Company, including in connection with any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action, suit or proceeding to which any such Person may hereafter be made party by reason of being or having been a manager of the Company under Delaware law, a director or officer of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or the Manager, or an officer, director, member, partner, tax matters partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person or any employee benefit plan at the request of the Company. Without limitation, the foregoing indemnity shall extend to any liability of any Indemnified Person pursuant to a loan guaranty or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including any indebtedness which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company has assumed or taken subject to), and the Manager (and its officers) are hereby authorized and empowered, on behalf of the Company, to enter into one or more indemnity agreements consistent with the provisions of this ‎Section 5.4 in favor of any Indemnified Person having or potentially having liability for any such indebtedness. It is the intention of this ‎Section 5.4(a) that the Company indemnify each Indemnified Person to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

  11  

 

 

(b)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing in this Article V shall eliminate or limit the personal liability of Indemnified Persons to the Company or its Members for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty for

 

(i)          any breach of the Indemnified Persons’ duty of loyalty to the Company in its capacity as a Manager or on behalf of its Manager, which duty of loyalty shall be similar to the duty of loyalty a director owes to a corporation under the DGCL;

 

(ii)         for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

(iii)        for any transaction from which the Indemnified Persons derived an improper personal benefit; and

 

(iv)        for unlawful payment of distributions or purchase or redemption of limited liability company units, similar to the limitation imposed on directors of a corporation under Section 174 of the DGCL.

 

All references in this Section 5(b) paragraph to an Indemnified Person and Manager shall also be deemed to refer to such other person or persons, if any, who, pursuant to a provision of this Agreement, exercise or perform any of the powers or duties otherwise conferred or imposed upon the Manager.

 

(c)          The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity are agreed by each Member to modify such duties and liabilities of the Indemnified Person to the extent permitted by law.

 

(d)          Any indemnification under this ‎Section 5.4 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company unless the Manager determines in the specific case that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is not proper in the circumstances because such person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in ‎‎Section 5.4(a).  Such determination shall be made in good faith by the Manager, provided that if the Manager or any of its Affiliates is the Indemnified Person, by the Independent Representative.  To the extent, however, that an Indemnified Person has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such Indemnified Person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection therewith, notwithstanding an earlier determination by the Manager that the Indemnified Person had not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in ‎‎Section 5.4(a).

 

(e)          Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 5.4(c), and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any Indemnified Person may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under ‎‎Section 5.4(a).  The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is proper in the circumstances because such Indemnified Person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in ‎‎Section 5.4(a).  Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under ‎Section 5.4(c) nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the Indemnified Person seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct.  Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this ‎Section 5.4(d) shall be given to the Company promptly upon the filing of such application.  If successful, in whole or in part, the Indemnified Person seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

  12  

 

 

(f)           To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized in this ‎Section 5.4.

 

(g)          The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this ‎Section 5.4 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under this Agreement, or any other agreement, determination of the Manager, vote of Members or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnified Person who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnified Person unless otherwise provided in a written agreement with such Indemnified Person or in the writing pursuant to which such Indemnified Person is indemnified, it being the policy of the Company that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 5.4(a) shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Section 5.4 shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in ‎Section 5.4(a) but whom the Company has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the Delaware Act.

 

(h)          The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person entitled to indemnification under this Section 5.4 against any liability asserted against such Person and incurred by such Person in any capacity to which they are entitled to indemnification hereunder, or arising out of such Person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Section 5.4.

 

(i)           Each of the Indemnified Persons may, in the performance of his, her or its duties, consult with legal counsel and accountants, and any act or omission by such Person on behalf of the Company in furtherance of the interests of the Company in good faith in reliance upon, and in accordance with, the advice of such legal counsel or accountants will be full justification for any such act or omission, and such Person will be fully protected for such acts and omissions, provided that such legal counsel or accountants were selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.

 

(j)           Any liabilities which an Indemnified Person incurs as a result of acting on behalf of the Company (whether as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with the operation, administration or maintenance of an employee benefit plan or any related trust or funding mechanism (whether such liabilities are in the form of excise taxes assessed by the Internal Revenue Service, penalties assessed by the Department of Labor, restitutions to such a plan or trust or other funding mechanism or to a participant or beneficiary of such plan, trust or other funding mechanism, or otherwise) shall be treated as liabilities indemnifiable under this ‎Section 5.4, to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

(k)          Any amendment, modification or repeal of this ‎Section 5.4 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of or other rights of any Indemnified Person under this Section 5.4 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted and provided such Person became an Indemnified Person hereunder prior to such amendment, modification or repeal.

 

Section 5.5           Duties of the Manager and its Officers and Managers.

 

(a)          Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or required by the Delaware Act, (i) the duties and obligations owed to the Company by the Manager and its officers and managers shall be the same as the duties and obligations owed to a corporation organized under DGCL by its officers and directors, respectively, and (ii) the duties and obligations owed to the Members by the Manager and its officers and managers shall be the same as the duties and obligations owed to the stockholders of a corporation under the DGCL by its officers and directors, respectively.

 

(b)          The Manager shall have the right to exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it thereunder either directly or by or through its duly authorized officers.

 

  13  

 

 

Section 5.6           Outside Activities. It shall be deemed not to be a breach of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the Manager or its officers and directors or Affiliates of the Manager or its officers and directors (other than any express obligation contained in any agreement to which such Person and the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company are parties) to engage in outside business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Company or in direct competition with the Company; provided the Manager or such officer, director or Affiliate does not engage in such business or activity as a result of or using confidential information provided by or on behalf of the Company to the Manager or such officer, director or Affiliate. Neither the Manager nor its officers and directors shall have any obligation hereunder or as a result of any duty expressed or implied by law to present business opportunities to the Company that may become available to Affiliates of the Manager or its officers and directors.

 

Section 5.7           Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Company shall be entitled to assume that the Manager and any officer authorized by the Manager to act on behalf of and in the name of the Company has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Company and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Company, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the Manager or any officer as if it were the Company’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Member hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the Manager or any officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the Manager or any of its officers or representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the Manager or any officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Company by the Manager or any officer or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Company and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Company.

 

Section 5.8           Reimbursement of Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Manager and its Affiliates for their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their duties under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

 

Section 6.1           Records and Accounting. The Manager shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Company appropriate books and records with respect to the business of the Company, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Members any information required to be provided pursuant to this Agreement. Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Company in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Members, books of account and records of Company proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Company shall be maintained, for tax and financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

Section 6.2           Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company for tax and financial reporting purposes shall be a calendar year ending December 31.

 

Section 6.3           Reports. The Manager shall cause the Company to prepare an annual report and deliver it to Members within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year. Such requirement may be satisfied by the Company through any annual reports otherwise required to be publicly filed by the Company pursuant to applicable securities laws.

 

  14  

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TAX MATTERS

 

Section 7.1           Allocations.

 

(a)          “Profit” or “Loss” shall mean, for each fiscal year of the Company, an amount equal to the Company’s federal taxable income or loss for such year, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (but including in taxable income or loss, for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 702(a)), with the following adjustments:

 

(i)          all income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss shall increase Profit or reduce Loss;

 

(ii)         any expenditure of the Company described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code (or so treated) and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss shall reduce Profit or increase Loss;

 

(iii)        in calculating gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes, the basis of such property shall be its Asset Value (as defined in Section 7.1(e)(i)) rather than its basis for federal income tax purposes;

 

(iv)        Depreciation shall be computed in accordance with Section 7.1(e)(ii);

 

(v)         notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7.1(a), any items or amounts that are specially allocated pursuant to Sections 7.1(d) and 7.1(i) shall not be taken into account in computing Profit or Loss; and

 

(vi)        In the event the Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to this Agreement, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Profit and Loss.

 

(b)          Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Profits and Losses and to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain or loss or deduction of the Company shall be allocated in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Member after giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Sections 7.1(d) and 7.1(i) is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to the distributions that would be made pursuant to Section 8.3(c) if the Company were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to their Asset Value, all Company liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each non-recourse liability to the Asset Value of the assets securing such liability) and the net assets of the Company were distributed in accordance with Section 8.3(c) to the Members immediately after making such allocation, minus (ii) such Member’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain (defined below) and Partner Minimum Gain (defined below), computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets (for the avoidance of doubt, as adjusted for the special allocations in Sections 7.1(d) and 7.1(i)).

 

(c)          For purposes of determining the Profits, Losses, or any other items allocable to any period, Profits, Losses and any such other items shall be determined for each taxable period and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Members on the first Business Day of each month; provided, however, that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Company or any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction as determined by the Manager, shall be allocated to the Members as of the first Business Day of the month in which such item is recognized for federal income tax purposes.

 

  15  

 

 

(d)          Notwithstanding Section 7.1(b), the following special allocations shall be made in the following order prior to the application of Section 7.1(b):

 

(i)          If there is a net decrease in “partnership minimum gain” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(d) If there is a net decrease in “partnership minimum gain” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(d) (“Partnership Minimum Gain”)) and as such decrease is determined as provided in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(g)) during any fiscal year, certain items of income and gain, including gross income or gain, shall be allocated to the Members in the amounts and manner described in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(f). This Section 7.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement relating to partnership nonrecourse liabilities (as defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(f)) and shall be so interpreted.

 

(ii)         If there is a net decrease in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as determined and defined pursuant to Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(1) (as defined, “Partner Minimum Gain”)) during any Company fiscal year, certain items of income and gain, including gross income or gain, shall be allocated as quickly as possible to those Members which had a share of the minimum gain attributable to the partner nonrecourse debt (such share to be determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(5)) in the amounts and manner described in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(i) and 1.704-2(1). This Section 7.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement relating to partner nonrecourse debt set forth in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be so interpreted.

 

(iii)        Deductions attributable to obligations with respect to which the Member which bears the economic risk or loss within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(b)(4) shall be allocated to the Member or Members that bear the economic risk of loss for such debt in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(l).

 

(iv)        If one or more of the Members unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulations sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), then items of income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Members in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible and provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 7.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Section 7.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 7.1(d)(iv) were not in this Agreement. This provision is intended to qualify as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d).

 

(v)         If one or more of the Members has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of any fiscal year, each such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an Member pursuant to this Section 7.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Section 7.1 have been made as if Section 7.1(d)(iv) hereof and this Section 7.1(d)(v) were not in the Agreement.

 

(vi)        Any nonrecourse deductions (as defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(b)(1)) of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

 

(vii)       Any partner nonrecourse deductions (as defined in Treasury Regulations sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2)) of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(i).

 

(viii)      The allocations set forth in Sections 7.1(d)(i)-(vii) hereof (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Treasury Regulations. It is the intent of the Members that, to the extent possible, all Regulatory Allocations shall be offset either with other Regulatory Allocations or with special allocations of other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to this Section 7.1(d)(viii). Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of Section 7.1(b), the Manager shall make such offsetting special allocations of Company income, gain, loss and deduction in whatever manner it determines appropriate, so that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each Member’s Capital Account balance is, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Member would have if the Regulatory Allocations were not part of the Agreement and all Company items were allocated pursuant to Section 7.1(b).

 

  16  

 

 

(e)          The following terms referred to in this Section 7.1 are defined as follows:

 

(i)          “Asset Value” shall mean, with respect to any of the Company’s assets, such asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes except that:

 

(A)          the initial Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the Manager at the time of its contribution;

 

(B)          the Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution, as determined by the Manager;

 

(C)          the Asset Values of all of the Company’s assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values, as determined by the Members, as of (w) the acquisition of any additional Membership Interest (or increase in its Percentage Interest) by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, (x) the distribution of more than a de minimis amount of the Company’s property to a Member as consideration for all or a portion of an interest in the Company, (y) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(g), or (z) the grant of an interest in the Company (other than a de minimis interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Company by an existing or new Member acting in a capacity as a Member or in anticipation of becoming a Member; and

 

(D)          the Asset Value of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 7.34(b) or Code Section 743(B); but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts.

 

If the Asset Value of an asset of the Company is different than its adjusted tax basis, the , the Asset Value of such property shall be adjusted appropriately by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits or Losses.

 

(ii)         “Depreciation” shall mean, for each fiscal year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions allowable with respect to an asset for such period, except that if the Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis.

 

(f)           In accordance with section 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, items of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company and Company property revalued pursuant to Section 7.1(e)(i) hereof shall, solely for federal income tax purposes, be allocated to the Members so as to take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its Asset Value under any permitted method under Treasury Regulations section 1.704-3 selected by Manager.

 

(g)          Solely for purposes of determining a Member’s proportionate share of excess non-recourse liabilities of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.752-3(a)(3), a Member’s interest in the Company’s profits shall be such Member’s Percentage Interest.

 

  17  

 

 

(h)          “Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” shall mean, with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant period, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

 

(i)          credit to such Capital Account any amounts which such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(g)(l) or pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(i)(5). For these purposes, a Member is obligated to restore an amount to the Company to the extent (A) the Member is unconditionally obligated to restore part or all of his negative Capital Account balance in the manner described in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3), or (B) the Member is unconditionally obligated to contribute capital to the Company; and

 

(ii)         debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

 

(i)           If any expenditures incurred by any Member, or any loan by a Member to the Company, are deemed to be capital contributions by a Member to the Company, allocations of income, gain, loss or deduction shall be made in respect of such deemed capital contributions to the extent feasible to preserve the after-tax economic interests of the Members.

 

(j)           Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.1, all items of Company income, gain, loss deduction and any other allocations not otherwise provided for shall, for income tax purposes, be divided among the Members in the same proportions as they share correlative items of Company income, gain, loss and deduction as computed for Capital Accounts for each fiscal year of the Company. Allocations pursuant to this Section 7.1(j) are solely for purposes of federal, state and local income taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses or other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.2           Tax Status and Returns.

 

(a)          The Company shall be responsible for timely filing all tax returns of the Company and timely furnishing to each Member its Schedule K-1 for any year and any similar forms required for state or local tax purposes, it being understood that the Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver a Schedule K-1 to each Member within 90 days following the end of each fiscal year, provided that, in the event of an extraordinary item or changes in the applicable tax laws, such delivery date maybe extended as the Manager deems reasonably necessary. Additionally, in the event the Manager anticipates a delay in the delivery of a Schedule K-1 to a Member, the Manager may in its sole discretion, elect to deliver an estimated Schedule K-1 to such Member. Each Member shall furnish to the Company all pertinent information in its possession relating to the Member or the Company’s operations that is reasonably necessary to enable the Company’s tax returns to be timely prepared and filed. Each Member shall provide any forms (including an IRS Form W-9 or applicable IRS Form W-8) reasonably required by the Company to allow the Company to determine the amount, if any, that is required to be withheld with respect to such Member under applicable tax laws.

 

(b)          The Manager is hereby designated as the “Partnership Representative” for the Company within the meaning of Code section 6223. All Members (and former Members) agree to cooperate with, and to take all reasonable actions requested by the Partnership Representative to avoid or reduce any tax imposed under Code section 6225, including cooperating with any election under Code section 6226, or to otherwise allow the Company and the Partnership Representative to comply with the applicable provisions of the Code. All Members shall cooperate in good faith to amend this Section 7.1(b) or other provisions of this Agreement as necessary to reflect any statutory amendments or the promulgation of Treasury Regulations or other administrative authority promulgated under the applicable provisions of the Code so as to, to the extent possible, preserve the relative rights, duties, and obligations of the Members hereunder. The obligations of a Member under this Section 7.1(b) shall survive such Member’s sale or other disposition of its Membership Interests in the Company and the termination, dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Company.

 

(c)          If 181 High Street’s partnership representative, as designated under Code section 6223, is required to obtain written consent from the Company prior to taking certain actions on behalf of 181 High Street in connection with a partnership audit (as contemplated by Section 7.2(c) of the Amended and Rested Limited Liability Company Agreement of 181 High Street), such prior written consent may be granted only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Units then Outstanding entitled to vote (in accordance with this Agreement)..

 

  18  

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

DISSOLUTION, TERMINATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

Section 8.1           Dissolution and Termination.

 

(a)          The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substitute Members or Additional Members. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

 

(i)          an election to dissolve the Company by the Manager;

 

(ii)         the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of the Company;

 

(iii)        the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or

 

(iv)        at any time that there are no members of the Company, unless the business of the Company is continued in accordance with the Delaware Act.

 

Section 8.2           Liquidator. Upon dissolution of the Company, the Manager shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. In the case of a dissolution of the Company, (i) the Liquidator (if other than the Manager) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be separately approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Units then Outstanding entitled to vote on such liquidation; (ii) the Liquidator (if other than the Manager) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal separately approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Units then Outstanding entitled to vote on such liquidation; (iii) upon dissolution, death, incapacity, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be separately approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Units then Outstanding entitled to vote on such liquidation. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article VIII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the Manager and its officers under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Company as provided for herein. In the case of a termination of the Company, other than in connection with a dissolution of the Company, the Manager shall act as Liquidator.

 

Section 8.3           Liquidation of the Company. In connection with the liquidation of the Company, the Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the Company’s assets, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Sections 18-215 and 18-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:

 

(a)          Subject to Section 8.3(c), the assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Members on such terms as the Liquidator and such Member or Members may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Member receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of ‎Section 8.3(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement and subject to Section 8.3(c), the Members understand and acknowledge that a Member may be compelled to accept a distribution of any asset in kind from the Company despite the fact that the percentage of the asset distributed to such Member exceeds the percentage of that asset which is equal to the percentage in which such Member shares in distributions from the Company. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Company’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Members. The Liquidator may distribute the Company’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Members.

 

  19  

 

 

(b)          Liabilities of the Company include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 8.2) and amounts to Members otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article IV. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be applied to other liabilities or distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

 

(c)          All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 8.3(b) shall be distributed to the holders of the Units on an equal per-Unit basis.

 

Section 8.4           Cancellation of Certificate of Formation. Upon the completion of the distribution of Company cash and property in connection the dissolution of the Company, the Certificate of Formation and all qualifications of the Company as a foreign limited liability company in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company shall be taken.

 

Section 8.5           Return of Contributions. Neither the Sponsor, the Manager, nor any of their officers, directors or Affiliates will be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Company to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Members, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Company assets.

 

Section 8.6           Waiver of Partition. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Member hereby waives any right to partition of the Company property.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT

 

Section 9.1           General. Except as provided in Section 9.2, ‎Section 9.4, this Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Manager in its sole discretion; providedhowever, that such amendment shall also require the affirmative vote or consent of the Manager and the holders of a majority of the then issued and Outstanding Units if such amendment (i) affects the Members disproportionately or (ii) materially and adversely affects the rights of the Members. If the Manager desires to amend any provision of this Agreement in a manner that would require the vote or consent of Members, then it shall first adopt a resolution setting forth the amendment proposed, declaring its advisability, and then (i) call a special meeting of the Members entitled to vote in respect thereof for the consideration of such amendment or (ii) seek the written consent of the Members in accordance with Section 10.6. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of the Manager. Such special meeting shall be called and held upon notice in accordance with Article XI of this Agreement. The notice shall set forth such amendment in full or a brief summary of the changes to be effected thereby, as the Manager shall deem advisable. At the meeting, a vote of Members entitled to vote thereon shall be taken for and against the proposed amendment. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority-in-interest of the Units of the Company then Outstanding, voting together as a single class, unless a greater percentage is required under this Agreement or by Delaware law.

 

Section 9.2           Super-Majority Amendments. Notwithstanding Section 9.1, any alteration or amendment to this ‎Section 9.2 that (i) affects the Members disproportionately or (ii) materially and adversely affects the rights of the Members, will require the affirmative vote or consent of the Manager and the holders of Outstanding Units of the Company representing at least two-thirds of the total votes that may be cast by all such Outstanding Units, voting together as a single class.

 

  20  

 

 

Section 9.3           Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the Manager. Without in any way limiting ‎Section 9.1, the Manager, without the approval of any Member, may amend any provision of this Agreement, and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect the following (and any such amendment shall not be deemed to either affect the Members disproportionately or materially and adversely affect the rights of the Members):

 

(a)          a change in the name of the Company, the location of the principal place of business of the Company, the registered agent of the Company or the registered office of the Company;

 

(b)          the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Members in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(c)          a change that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Company as a limited liability company under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Company will continue to qualify as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

(d)          a change that, in the sole discretion of the Manager, it determines (i) does not adversely affect the Members in any material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act), (iii) to be necessary, desirable or appropriate to facilitate the trading of the Units with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units may be listed for trading, compliance with any of which the Manager deems to be in the best interests of the Company and the Members, or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in any Offering Document or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(e)          a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Company and any other changes that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Company;

 

(f)           an amendment that the Manager determines, based on the advice of counsel, to be necessary or appropriate to prevent the Company, the Manager, the Sponsor or their officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under ERISA, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

 

(g)          an amendment that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the issuance of any additional Units and the admission of Additional Members;

 

(h)          an amendment that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Company of, or investment by the Company in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Company of activities permitted by the terms of ‎Section 2.4; and

 

(i)           any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing or any other amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the Manager acting alone;

 

  21  

 

 

Section 9.4           Certain Amendment Requirements.

 

(a)          Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1 and Section 9.3, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing such voting percentage unless such amendment is approved by the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1 and Section 9.3, but subject to Section 9.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Member without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 9.3(c), (ii) change Section 8.1(a), (iii) change the term of the Company or, (iv) except as set forth in ‎Section 8.1(a), give any Person the right to dissolve the Company.

 

ARTICLE X

 

MEMBERS’ VOTING POWERS AND MEETING

 

Section 10.1          Voting. Units shall entitle the Record Holders thereof to one vote per Unit on any and all matters submitted to the consent or approval of Members generally. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or as otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Units then Outstanding shall be required for all such other matters as the Manager, in its sole discretion, determines shall require the approval of the holders of the Outstanding Units.

 

Section 10.2          Voting Powers. The holders of Units shall have the power to vote only with respect to such matters, if any, as may be required by this Agreement or the requirements of applicable regulatory agencies, if any. Units may be voted in person or by proxy. A proxy with respect to Outstanding Units, held in the name of two or more Persons, shall be valid if executed by any one of them unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the Company receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Member shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.

 

Section 10.3          Meetings. No annual or regular meeting of Members is required. Special meetings of Members may be called by the Manager from time to time for the purpose of taking action upon any matter requiring the vote or authority of the Members as herein provided or upon any other matter deemed by the Manager to be necessary or desirable. Written notice of any meeting of Members shall be given or caused to be given by the Manager in any form and at any time before the meeting as the Manager deems appropriate. Any Member may prospectively or retroactively waive the receipt of notice of a meeting.

 

Section 10.4          Record Dates. For the purpose of determining the Members who are entitled to vote or act at any meeting or any adjournment thereof, or who are entitled to participate in any distribution, or for the purpose of any other action, the Manager may from time to time close the transfer books for such period, not exceeding thirty (30) days (except at or in connection with the dissolution of the Company), as the Manager may determine; or without closing the transfer books the Manager may fix a date and time not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of any meeting of Members or other action as the date and time of record for the determination of Members entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof or to be treated as Members of record for purposes of such other action, and any Member who was a Member at the date and time so fixed shall be entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof or to be treated as a Member of record for purposes of such other action, even though he or she has since that date and time disposed of his or her Units, and no Member becoming such after that date and time shall be so entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof or to be treated as a Member of record for purposes of such other action.

 

Section 10.5          Quorum and Required Vote. The holders of a majority of the Units entitled to vote on any matter shall be a quorum for the transaction of business at a Members’ meeting, but twenty-five percent (25%) shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held, within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting without the necessity of further notice. A majority of the Units entitled to vote on any matter voted at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall decide any matters presented at the meeting, except when a different vote is required or permitted by any express provision of this Agreement.

 

  22  

 

 

Section 10.6          Action by Written Consent. Any action taken by Members may be taken without a meeting if Members entitled to cast a sufficient number of votes to approve the matter as required by statute or this Agreement, as the case may be consent to the action in writing. Such written consents shall be filed with the records of the meetings of Members. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Members and shall bind all Members and their successors or assigns.

 

Section 10.7          Proxies. The Company elects to be governed by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of Section 212 of the DGCL and other applicable provisions of the DGCL as though the Company were a Delaware corporation and as though the Members were stockholders of a Delaware corporation. Such sections generally regulate proxies for voting purposes.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 11.1          Addresses and Notices. Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Member under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail, electronic mail or by other means of written communication to the Member at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Member hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Units at his or her address (including email address) as shown on the records of the Company (or the Transfer Agent, if any), regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Units by reason of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this ‎Section 12.1 executed by the Company, the Transfer Agent (if any) or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books and records of the Company (or the Transfer Agent, if any) is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, or is returned by the email server with a message indicating that the email server is unable to deliver the email, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing or emailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Company (or the Transfer Agent, if any) of a change in his address (including email address)) if they are available for the Member at the principal office of the Company for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Members. Any notice to the Company shall be deemed given if received by the Manager at the principal office of the Company designated pursuant to Section 2.3 or at the Company’s principal email address for Member communications ____________ . The Manager and its officers may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Member or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

 

Section 11.2          Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.3          Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

Section 11.4          Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

 

Section 11.5          Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Company.

 

Section 11.6          Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

  23  

 

 

Section 11.7          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Unit, upon the execution of the subscription documents of such Unit, and the acceptance of such subscription by the Manager.

 

Section 11.8          Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflict of laws. Each Member (i) irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any Delaware state court or U.S. federal court sitting in Wilmington, Delaware in any action arising out of this Agreement and (ii) consents to the service of process by mail. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any manner permitted by law or affect its right to bring any action in any other court.

 

Section 11.9          Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

 

Section 11.10        Consent of Members. Each Member hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Members, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Members and each Member shall be bound by the results of such action.

 

Section 11.11        Facsimile and Electronic Signatures. The use of facsimile or other electronic signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the Transfer Agent, if any, on certificates or other documents (if uncertificated) representing Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

  24  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

  INITIAL MEMBER:
   
  NOYACK MEDICAL PARTNERS LLC
   
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Gateway Garage Partners LLC]

 

 

Exhibit 2.4

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC

 

Dated as of ________ __, 2020

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS   1
Section 1.1 Definitions   1
Section 1.2 Construction   3
ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION   3
Section 2.1 Formation   3
Section 2.2 Name   3
Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices   4
Section 2.4 Purposes   4
Section 2.5 Qualification in Other Jurisdictions   4
Section 2.6 Powers   4
Section 2.7 Power of Attorney   4
Section 2.8 Term   5
Section 2.9 Articles of Organization   5
ARTICLE III MEMBERS   5
Section 3.1 Members   5
Section 3.2 Transfers   6
Section 3.3 Agreements   6
ARTICLE IV DISTRIBUTIONS   6
Section 4.1 Distributions   6
Section 4.2 Tax Distributions   6
Section 4.3 Absence of Certain Other Rights   7
Section 4.4 Withholding   7
ARTICLE V MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS   7
Section 5.1 Power and Authority of the Manager   7
Section 5.2 Term and Removal of the Manager   9
Section 5.3 Determinations by the Manager   9
Section 5.4 Covenants of the Manager   9
Section 5.5 Exculpation, Indemnification, Advances and Insurance   9
Section 5.6 Duties of the Manager and its Officers and Managers   12
Section 5.7 Outside Activities   12
Section 5.8 Reliance by Third Parties   12
Section 5.9 Reimbursement of Expenses   12
ARTICLE VI BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS   13
Section 6.1 Records and Accounting   13
Section 6.2 Fiscal Year   13
Section 6.3 Reports   13

 

  i  

 

 

ARTICLE VII TAX MATTERS   13
Section 7.1 Allocations   13
Section 7.2 Tax Status and Returns   16
Section 7.3 Tax Elections   17
ARTICLE VIII DISSOLUTION, TERMINATION AND LIQUIDATION   18
Section 8.1 Dissolution and Termination   18
Section 8.2 Liquidator   18
Section 8.3 Liquidation of the Company   18
Section 8.4 Cancellation of Certificate of Formation   19
Section 8.5 Return of Contributions   19
Section 8.6 Waiver of Partition   19
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT   19
Section 9.1 General   19
Section 9.2 Super-Majority Amendments   20
Section 9.3 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the Manager   20
Section 9.4 Certain Amendment Requirements   21
ARTICLE X MEMBERS’ VOTING POWERS AND MEETING   21
Section 10.1 Voting   21
Section 10.2 Voting Powers   21
Section 10.3 Meetings   21
Section 10.4 Record Dates   21
Section 10.5 Quorum and Required Vote   21
Section 10.6 Action by Written Consent   22
ARTICLE XI GENERAL PROVISIONS   22
Section 11.1 Addresses and Notices   22
Section 11.2 Further Action   22
Section 11.3 Binding Effect   22
Section 11.4 Integration   22
Section 11.5 Creditors   22
Section 11.6 Waiver   22
Section 11.7 Counterparts   22
Section 11.8 Applicable Law   23
Section 11.9 Invalidity of Provisions   23
Section 11.10 Consent of Members   23
Section 11.11 Facsimile and Electronic Signatures   23

 

  ii  

 

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF 181 HIGH STREET LLC, is dated as of ___________, 2020. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in ‎Section 1.1.

 

WHEREAS, the Company was formed under the Act pursuant to a certificate of formation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Maine on February 15, 2008;

 

WHEREAS, the Original Agreement was entered into effective February 15, 2008; and

 

WHEREAS, the Initial Member has authorized and approved an amendment and restatement of the Original Agreement on the terms set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Original Agreement of the Company is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1             Definitions. The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

 

Act” means the Maine Limited Liability Company Act, 31 M.R.S.A. Section 1501, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

 

Additional Member” means a Person admitted as a Member of the Company as a result of an issuance of Units to such Person by the Company.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Person in question. As used herein, the term “Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of 181 High Street LLC, as it may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Articles of Organization” means the Articles of Organization of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Maine as referenced in ‎Section 2.9, as such Articles of Organization may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the District of Columbia shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

 

Capital Account” shall mean, with respect to each Member, the capital account maintained for such Member in accordance with Code section 704(b) and Treasury Regulations sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2.

 

Capital Contribution” means with respect to any Member, the amount of cash and the initial gross fair market value (as determined by the Manager in its good faith discretion) of any other property contributed or deemed contributed to the capital of the Company by or on behalf of such Member, reduced by the amount of any liability assumed by the Company relating to such property and any liability to which such property is subject.

 

Certificate” means a certificate in such form as may be adopted by the Manager and issued by the Company, evidencing ownership of one or more Units.

 

  1  

 

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

 

Company” means 181 High Street LLC, a Maine limited liability company, and any successors thereto.

 

Contribution Agreement” means that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of November __, 2020, by and among the Company, Gateway and Charles J. Follini.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Expenses and Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to such term in ‎Section 5.4(a).

 

Gateway” means Gateway Garage Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Governmental Entity” means any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau or instrumentality, domestic or foreign and any subdivision thereof.

 

Indemnified Person” means (a) any Person who is or was an officer of the Company, if any, (b) the Manager, together with its officers, directors, members and managers, (c) the Sponsor, together with its officers, directors, shareholders and Affiliates, (d) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Company as an officer, director, member, manager, partner, tax matters partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person (including any Subsidiary), provided that a Person shall not be an Indemnified Person by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, and (e) any Person the Manager designates as an “Indemnified Person” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Initial Member” means Charles J. Follini.

 

Interest” means a Member’s share of the income, gain, loss, deduction and credits of the Company, the Member’s right to receive distributions from the Company and the equity or ownership interest of a Member in the Company, all based on such Member’s Percentage Interest.

 

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

Issuer Servicing Agreement” means that certain Issuer Servicing Agreement, dated as of November __, 2020, by and among the Company, Gateway, Largo Real Estate Advisors, Inc. and LEX Markets LLC.

 

LEX ATS Issuer Agreement” means that certain LEX ATS Issuer Agreement, dated as of November __, 2020, by and among the Company, Gateway and LEX Markets LLC.

 

Liquidator” means one or more Persons selected by the Manager to perform the functions described in ‎Section 8.2 as liquidating trustee of the Company, as applicable, within the meaning of the Act.

 

Manager” means Noyack Medical Partners LLC, a Maine limited liability company.

 

MBCA” means the Maine Business Corporation Act, 13-A M.R.S.A. Section 101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

 

  2  

 

 

Member” means each member of the Company, including, unless the context otherwise requires, the Initial Member, each Substitute Member and each Additional Member.

 

Original Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Partnership Audit Provisions” means Code Sections 6221 through 6241, as may be amended, and including any Treasury Regulations or other administrative guidance promulgated by the IRS thereunder or successor provisions and any comparable provision of non-U.S. or U.S. state or local law.

 

Percentage Interest” means, at the time of determination, the applicable Member’s Capital Contribution divided by the aggregate amount of all Capital Contributions made by all Members (without reference to any distribution to Members in return of their Capital Contributions), as set forth on Exhibit A.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, Governmental Entity or other entity.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Substitute Member” means a Person who is admitted as a Member of the Company as a result of a transfer of Units to such Person.

 

Transfer” means any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, gift, exchange or other disposition, whether such disposition is voluntary, involuntary, by law or otherwise, including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, or other security interest.

 

Treasury Regulations” shall mean the U.S. federal income tax regulations, including temporary (but not proposed) regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations are amended from time to time.

 

U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

 

Section 1.2             Construction. Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; and (c) the term “include” or “includes” means includes, without limitation, and “including” means including, without limitation.

 

ARTICLE II

 

ORGANIZATION

 

Section 2.1             Formation. The Company has been formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Act.

 

Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of the Members and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Company shall be governed by the Act. All Units shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes and a Member has no interest in specific Company property.

 

Section 2.2             Name. The name of the Company shall be “181 High Street LLC”. The words “Limited Liability Company,” “LLC,” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Company’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The business of the Company may be conducted under any other name or names, as determined by the Manager. The Manager may change the name of the Company at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Members of such change in the next regular communication to the Members.

 

  3  

 

 

Section 2.3          Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices. Unless and until changed by the Manager, the address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Maine is [One Monument Square, Portland, Maine 04101], and the name of its registered agent at such address is _______________________. The principal office of the Company shall be located at 6 West 20th Street, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10011 or such other place as the Manager may from time to time designate by notice to the Members. The Company may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Maine as the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 2.4          Purposes. The purposes of the Company shall be to (a) promote, conduct or engage in, directly or indirectly, any business, purpose or activity that lawfully may be conducted by a limited liability company organized pursuant to the Act, (b) acquire, hold and dispose of the property located at 181 High Street, Portland, Maine and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Company with respect to such property, and (c) conduct any and all activities related or incidental to the foregoing purposes.

 

Section 2.5          Qualification in Other Jurisdictions. The Manager may cause the Company to be qualified or registered in any jurisdiction in which the Company transacts business and shall be authorized to execute, deliver and file any certificates and documents necessary to effect such qualification or registration.

 

Section 2.6          Powers. The Company shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary and appropriate for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes described in ‎Section 2.4.

 

Section 2.7          Power of Attorney. Each Member hereby constitutes and appoints the Manager and, if a Liquidator shall have been selected pursuant to ‎Section 8.2, the Liquidator (and any successor to the Liquidator by merger, transfer, assignment, election or otherwise) and each of their authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, as his true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name, place and stead, to:

 

(a)          execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices:

 

(i)            all certificates, documents and other instruments (including this Agreement and the Certificate of Formation and all amendments or restatements hereof or thereof) that the Manager (or the Liquidator) determines to be necessary or appropriate to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Company as a limited liability company in the State of Maine and in all other jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business or own property;

 

(ii)           all certificates, documents and other instruments that the Manager or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect, in accordance with its terms, any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement;

 

(iii)          all certificates, documents and other instruments (including conveyances and a certificate of cancellation) that the Manager (or the Liquidator) determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution, liquidation and/or termination of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and

 

(iv)          all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Member pursuant to, or in connection with other events described in, Article IIIArticle IV or ‎Article VIII;

 

(b)          execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other instruments that the Manager (or the Liquidator) determines to be necessary or appropriate to (i) make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by the Members hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or (ii) effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement; provided, that when required by Section 9.2 or any other provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of the Members or of the Members of any class or series, if any, required to take any action, the Manager (or the Liquidator) may exercise the power of attorney made in this Section 2.7(b) only after the necessary vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action of the Members or of the Members of such class or series, as applicable.

 

  4  

 

 

Nothing contained in this ‎ Section 2.7 shall be construed as authorizing the Manager (or the Liquidator) to amend, change or modify this Agreement except in accordance with Article IX or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(c)           The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, not be affected by the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination of any Member and the transfer of all or any portion of such Member’s Units and shall extend to such Member’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Member hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the Manager (or the Liquidator) acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Member, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the Manager (or the Liquidator) taken in good faith under such power of attorney in accordance with ‎this Section 2.7. Each Member shall execute and deliver to the Manager (or the Liquidator) within 15 days after receipt of the request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the Manager (or the Liquidator) determines to be necessary or appropriate to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Company.

 

Section 2.8           Term. The term of the Company commenced on the day on which the Certificate of Formation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Maine pursuant to the provisions of the Act. The term of the Company shall be perpetual, unless and until it is dissolved or terminated in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Articles of Organization as provided in the Act.

 

Section 2.9           Articles of Organization. The Articles of Organization have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Maine as required by the Act, such filing being hereby confirmed, ratified and approved in all respects. The Manager shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that it determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited liability company in the State of Maine or any other state in which the Company may elect to do business or own property. To the extent that the Manager determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the Manager shall direct the appropriate officers to file amendments to and restatements of the Articles of Organization and do all things to maintain the Company as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Maine or of any other state in which the Company may elect to do business or own property. The Company shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Articles of Organization, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Member.

 

ARTICLE III

 

MEMBERS

 

Section 3.1             Members.

 

(a)           The Members of the Company are the Persons executing this Agreement as of the date of this Agreement as Members, each of which is admitted to the company as a Member effective contemporaneously with the execution by such Person of this Agreement.

 

(b)           The name and mailing address of each Member shall be listed on the books and records of the Company maintained for such purpose by the Company. The Manager shall update the books and records of the Company from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein.

 

(c)            Except as otherwise provided in the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member.

 

  5  

 

 

(d)            Members shall not have any right to resign from the Company.

 

(e)            Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement: (i) no Member shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon dissolution or termination of the Company may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement; (ii) no Member shall have priority over any other Member either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to distributions; (iii) no interest shall be paid by the Company on Capital Contributions; and (iv) no Member, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation or management of the business of the Company, transact any business in the Company’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Company by reason of being a Member.

 

(f)            Except as may be otherwise agreed between the Company, on the one hand, and a Member, on the other hand, any Member shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Company. Neither the Company nor any of the other Members shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any such business interests or activities of any Member.

 

Section 3.2            Transfers. No Member may Transfer its Membership Interest without the prior written consent of all other Members, provided that, if at any time neither Noyack Medical Partners LLC nor any other affiliate of Charles J. Follini is the Manager, Mr. Follini shall have the right Transfer his Membership Interest to any other Person upon 30 days’ prior written notice to all other Members.

 

Section 3.3            Agreements. The rights of all Members are subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.1            Distributions.

 

(a)            Subject to the applicable provisions of the Act and except as otherwise provided herein, the Manager may, at any time and from time to time, declare, make and pay distributions of cash to the Members, provided that no distribution shall be made unless the Manager has received the prior approval of _______ with respect to the amount and timing of such distribution.  Distributions shall be made to the Members on a pro rata basis based on each Member’s Percentage Interest.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to any Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or other applicable law.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding Section 4.1(a), in the event of the termination and liquidation of the Company, all distributions shall be made in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, ‎Section 8.3(a).

 

Section 4.2            Tax Distributions. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Manager may, in its sole discretion, make distributions to the Members with respect to a fiscal year (after taking into account any other distributions received by the Members during such fiscal year and not attributed to the preceding fiscal year0 in amounts sufficient to enable the Company and the Members and their member and partners to discharge any Federal, state and local income tax liability arising as a result of such Person’s share of each component of cumulative net taxable income of the Company. Any such distributions shall be treated as non-interest bearing advances by the Company against future distributions to the Members pursuant to Section 4.1(a).

 

  6  

 

 

Section 4.3             Absence of Certain Other Rights. Holders of Units shall have no conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption or appraisal rights, no pre-emptive rights to subscribe for any securities of the Company and no preferential rights to distributions.

 

Section 4.4             Withholding.

 

(a)            The Manager is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Company and Gateway to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code.

 

(b)            If the Company is required by law to pay any tax that is specifically attributable to any Member (or direct or indirect shareholder, member, or other owner of such Member), including withholding taxes, state unincorporated business taxes, and payments required to be made by the Company in connection with the Partnership Audit Provisions, then such Member shall indemnify and reimburse the Company for such tax (and any related interest and penalties). The Company may offset distributions and other amounts which any Member is otherwise entitled to receive under this Agreement against a Member’s indemnification obligations under this Section 4.4(b) and, to the extent offset, such amount shall for all purposes of this Agreement (other than as necessary to properly maintain Capital Accounts or to properly determine the allocations of the Company’s items of income, gain, loss, and deductions) be treated as distributed or otherwise paid to such Member. A Member’s obligation to pay or indemnify for a tax (and related interest and penalties) shall survive the Member selling or otherwise disposing of its interest in the Company and the termination, dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Company. Any indemnity or payment pursuant to this Section 4.4(b) shall not be a Capital Contribution but shall to the extent necessary to properly maintain Capital Accounts, increase a Member’s Capital Account.

 

ARTICLE V

 

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

 

Section 5.1             Power and Authority of the Manager. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the power to direct the management, operation and policies of the Company shall be vested in the Manager. The Manager shall have the power to delegate any or all of its rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company to such officers, employees, Affiliates, agents and representatives of the Manager or the Company as it may deem appropriate. The Manager and its officers and directors shall constitute “managers” within the meaning of the Act. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, no Member, by virtue of its status as such, shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Company or actual or apparent authority to enter into, execute or deliver contracts on behalf of, or to otherwise bind, the Company. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the authority and functions of the Manager with respect to the management of the business of the Company, on the one hand, and its officers and agents, on the other hand, shall be identical to the authority and functions of the board of directors and officers, respectively, of a corporation organized under the MBCA. In addition to the powers that now or hereafter can be granted to managers under the Act and to all other powers granted under any other provision of this Agreement, the Manager shall have full power and authority to do, and to direct its officers and agents to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Company, to exercise all powers set forth in ‎Section 2.6 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, the Manager shall, either directly or by engaging its officers, Affiliates, agents or third parties, perform the following duties:

 

(a)           Accounting and Other Administrative Services. The Manager shall:

 

(i)            manage and perform the various administrative functions necessary for the day-to-day operations of the Company;

 

(ii)            provide or arrange for administrative services, legal services, office space, office furnishings, personnel and other overhead items necessary and incidental to the Company’s business and operations;

 

  7  

 

 

(iii)            provide financial and operational planning services;

 

(iv)            maintain accounting data and any other information concerning the activities of the Company as shall be required to prepare and file all periodic financial reports and returns required to be filed with the Commission and any other regulatory agency, including annual financial statements;

 

(v)            maintain all appropriate books and records of the Company;

 

(vi)            oversee tax and compliance services and risk management services and coordinate with appropriate third parties, including independent accountants and other consultants, on related tax matters;

 

(vii)           make, change, and revoke such tax elections on behalf of the Company as the Manager deems appropriate;

 

(viii)         supervise the performance of such ministerial and administrative functions as may be necessary in connection with the daily operations of the Company;

 

(ix)           manage and coordinate with the Transfer Agent (if any) the process of making distributions and payments to Members; and

 

(x)            oversee all reporting, record keeping, internal controls and similar matters in a manner to allow the Company to comply with applicable law.

 

(b)           Member Services. The Manager shall:

 

(i)             subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.1(a), determine the Company’s distribution policy and authorize distributions from time to time;

 

(ii)            manage communications with Members, including answering phone calls, preparing and sending written and electronic reports and other communications; and

 

(iii)            establish technology infrastructure to assist in providing Member support and services.

 

(c)           Asset Management Services. The Manager shall:

 

(i)             enter into, amend and terminate service contracts for the Company’s assets, provided that any amendment or termination by the Company of the Property Management Agreement with Standard Parking Corporation shall require the approval of the Independent Representative;

 

(ii)            monitor and evaluate the performance of the Company’s assets and supervise the various entities providing services to the Company;

 

(iii)           determine the necessity for and the timing and amount of all capital expenditures for the Company’s assets and oversee the major development projects;

 

(iv)            set the market rates for the lease or rental of the Company’s assets and negotiate new and/or amended license agreements; and

 

(v)            manage the Company’s debt financing, including monitoring compliance with the covenants under the loan documents and making all decisions regarding refinancing of the Company’s debt.

 

  8  

 

 

(d)          Disposition Services. The Manager shall:

 

(i)            evaluate and approve potential asset dispositions, sales, or liquidity transactions; and

 

(ii)           structure and negotiate the terms and conditions of transactions pursuant to which the assets of the Company may be sold, provided that no lease, transfer, assignment or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets may be effected without the prior approval of a majority of the then issued and Outstanding Units.

 

(e)            Fees. As compensation for the services provided pursuant to this Section 5.1, the Company shall pay the Manager an annual fee (the “Management Fee”) in an amount equal to the difference between five percent (5%) of the Company’s annual gross income and the aggregate of the annual fees payable by the Company pursuant to all service contracts entered into by the Company, including the Parking Management Agreement with Standard Parking Corporation. The Management Fee shall be payable annually in arrears on the final Business Day of March of the subsequent calendar year.

 

Section 5.2             Term and Removal of the Manager. The Manager will serve as manager for an indefinite term and shall have no right to withdraw as manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager shall be automatically removed if it ceases to be the manager of Gateway or if it engages in any activity that would constitute a “disqualification event” under Rule 262 of Regulation A under the Securities Act.

 

Section 5.3             Determinations by the Manager. Except as may otherwise be required by law, the determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Manager consistent with this Agreement, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Company and every holder of Units: the amount of the net income of the Company for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of distributions; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Company; the evaluation of any competing interests among the Company and its Affiliates and the resolution of any such conflicts of interests; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Company or required or permitted by applicable law, this Agreement or otherwise to be determined by the Manager.

 

Section 5.4             Covenants of the Manager. So long as Gateway is a Member, the Manager agrees that it will take the following actions:

 

(a)           Cause the Company to remain in ongoing compliance with each of the Issuer Eligibility Criteria set forth in Section 4 of the LEX ATS Issuer Agreement.

 

(b)           Cause the Company to remain in ongoing compliance with the information delivery requirements set forth in Section 2.7 of the Issuer Servicing Agreement.

 

(c)           Obtain the written approval of the Independent Representative prior to permitting the Company to engage in any material transaction with the Manager or any of its Affiliates, which Independent Representative shall be appointed by the Manager on an as-needed basis.

 

(d)           Act as manager of Gateway pursuant to the terms of Gateway’s operating agreement.

 

Section 5.5             Exculpation, Indemnification, Advances and Insurance.

 

(a)            Subject to other applicable provisions of this Article V, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Indemnified Persons shall not be liable to the Company, any officer of the Company, or any Member of the Company, for any acts or omissions by any of the Indemnified Persons arising from the exercise of their rights or performance of their duties and obligations in connection with the Company, this Agreement or any investment made or held by the Company, including with respect to any acts or omissions made while serving at the request of the Company as an officer, director, member, partner, tax matters partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person or any employee benefit plan. The Indemnified Persons shall be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law, against all expenses and liabilities (including judgments, fines, penalties, interest, amounts paid in settlement with the approval of the Company and counsel fees and disbursements on a solicitor and client basis) (collectively, “Expenses and Liabilities”) arising from the performance of any of their duties or obligations in connection with their service to the Company or this Agreement, or any investment made or held by the Company, including in connection with any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action, suit or proceeding to which any such Person may hereafter be made party by reason of being or having been a manager of the Company under Maine law, a director or officer of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or the Manager, or an officer, director, member, partner, tax matters partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person or any employee benefit plan at the request of the Company. Without limitation, the foregoing indemnity shall extend to any liability of any Indemnified Person pursuant to a loan guaranty or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including any indebtedness which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company has assumed or taken subject to), and the Manager (and its officers) are hereby authorized and empowered, on behalf of the Company, to enter into one or more indemnity agreements consistent with the provisions of this ‎Section 5.5 in favor of any Indemnified Person having or potentially having liability for any such indebtedness. It is the intention of this ‎Section 5.5(a) that the Company indemnify each Indemnified Person to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

  9  

 

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing in this Article V shall eliminate or limit the personal liability of Indemnified Persons to the Company or its Members for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty for

 

(i)            any breach of the Indemnified Persons’ duty of loyalty to the Company in its capacity as a Manager or on behalf of its Manager, which duty of loyalty shall be similar to the duty of loyalty a director owes to a corporation under the MBCA;

 

(ii)           for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

(iii)          for any transaction from which the Indemnified Persons derived an improper personal benefit; and

 

(iv)          for unlawful payment of distributions or purchase or redemption of limited liability company units, similar to the limitation imposed on directors of a corporation under the MBCA.

 

All references in this Section 5.5(b) to an Indemnified Person and Manager shall also be deemed to refer to such other person or persons, if any, who, pursuant to a provision of this Agreement, exercise or perform any of the powers or duties otherwise conferred or imposed upon the Manager.

 

(c)            The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity are agreed by each Member to modify such duties and liabilities of the Indemnified Person to the extent permitted by law.

 

(d)            Any indemnification under this ‎Section 5.5 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company unless the Manager determines in the specific case that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is not proper in the circumstances because such person has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in ‎‎Section 5.5(a).  Such determination shall be made in good faith by the Manager, provided that if the Manager or any of its Affiliates is the Indemnified Person, by the Independent Representative.  To the extent, however, that an Indemnified Person has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such Indemnified Person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection therewith, notwithstanding an earlier determination by the Manager that the Indemnified Person had not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in ‎‎Section 5.5(a).

 

  10  

 

 

(e)            Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 5.5(c), and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any Indemnified Person may apply to any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Maine for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under ‎‎Section 5.5(a).  The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the Indemnified Person is proper in the circumstances because such Indemnified Person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in ‎‎Section 5.5(a).  Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under ‎Section 5.5(c) nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the Indemnified Person seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct.  Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this ‎Section 5.5(d) shall be given to the Company promptly upon the filing of such application.  If successful, in whole or in part, the Indemnified Person seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

(f)            To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized in this ‎Section 5.5.

 

(g)            The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this ‎Section 5.5 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under this Agreement, or any other agreement, determination of the Manager, vote of Members or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnified Person who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnified Person unless otherwise provided in a written agreement with such Indemnified Person or in the writing pursuant to which such Indemnified Person is indemnified, it being the policy of the Company that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 5.5(a) shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Section 5.5 shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in ‎Section 5.5(a) but whom the Company has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the Act.

 

(h)            The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Person entitled to indemnification under this Section 5.5 against any liability asserted against such Person and incurred by such Person in any capacity to which they are entitled to indemnification hereunder, or arising out of such Person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Section 5.5.

 

(i)            Each of the Indemnified Persons may, in the performance of his, her or its duties, consult with legal counsel and accountants, and any act or omission by such Person on behalf of the Company in furtherance of the interests of the Company in good faith in reliance upon, and in accordance with, the advice of such legal counsel or accountants will be full justification for any such act or omission, and such Person will be fully protected for such acts and omissions, provided that such legal counsel or accountants were selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.

 

(j)            Any liabilities which an Indemnified Person incurs as a result of acting on behalf of the Company (whether as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with the operation, administration or maintenance of an employee benefit plan or any related trust or funding mechanism (whether such liabilities are in the form of excise taxes assessed by the Internal Revenue Service, penalties assessed by the Department of Labor, restitutions to such a plan or trust or other funding mechanism or to a participant or beneficiary of such plan, trust or other funding mechanism, or otherwise) shall be treated as liabilities indemnifiable under this ‎Section 5.5, to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

(k)            Any amendment, modification or repeal of this ‎Section 5.5 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of or other rights of any Indemnified Person under this Section 5.4 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted and provided such Person became an Indemnified Person hereunder prior to such amendment, modification or repeal.

 

  11  

 

 

Section 5.6             Duties of the Manager and its Officers and Managers.

 

(a)            Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or required by the Act, (i) the duties and obligations owed to the Company by the Manager and its officers and managers shall be the same as the duties and obligations owed to a corporation organized under MBCA by its officers and directors, respectively, and (ii) the duties and obligations owed to the Members by the Manager and its officers and managers shall be the same as the duties and obligations owed to the stockholders of a corporation under the MBCA by its officers and directors, respectively.

 

(b)            The Manager shall have the right to exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it thereunder either directly or by or through its duly authorized officers.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding any provision of Maine law or the law of any jurisdiction in which a member of Gateway reside to the contrary, the Company hereby agrees that any Person who is a member of Gateway shall be deemed to be a proper plaintiff for purposes of initiating an action in the right of the Company to recover a judgment in the Company’s favor if the Manager refuses to bring the action or if an effort to cause the Manager to bring the action is not likely to succeed.

 

Section 5.7             Outside Activities. It shall be deemed not to be a breach of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the Manager or its officers and directors or Affiliates of the Manager or its officers and directors (other than any express obligation contained in any agreement to which such Person and the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company are parties) to engage in outside business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Company or in direct competition with the Company; provided the Manager or such officer, director or Affiliate does not engage in such business or activity as a result of or using confidential information provided by or on behalf of the Company to the Manager or such officer, director or Affiliate. Neither the Manager nor its officers and directors shall have any obligation hereunder or as a result of any duty expressed or implied by law to present business opportunities to the Company that may become available to Affiliates of the Manager or its officers and directors.

 

Section 5.8             Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Company shall be entitled to assume that the Manager and any officer authorized by the Manager to act on behalf of and in the name of the Company has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Company and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Company, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the Manager or any officer as if it were the Company’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Member hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the Manager or any officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the Manager or any of its officers or representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the Manager or any officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Company by the Manager or any officer or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Company and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Company.

 

Section 5.9             Reimbursement of Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Manager and its Affiliates for their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their duties under this Agreement.

 

  12  

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

 

Section 6.1             Records and Accounting. The Manager shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Company appropriate books and records with respect to the business of the Company, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Members any information required to be provided pursuant to this Agreement. Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Company in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Members, books of account and records of Company proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Company shall be maintained, for tax and financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

Section 6.2             Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company for tax and financial reporting purposes shall be a calendar year ending December 31.

 

Section 6.3             Reports. The Manager shall cause the Company to prepare an annual report and deliver it to Members within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year. Such requirement may be satisfied by the Company through any annual reports otherwise required to be publicly filed by the Company pursuant to applicable securities laws.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TAX MATTERS

 

Section 7.1             Allocations.

 

(a)           “Profit” or “Loss” shall mean, for each fiscal year of the Company, an amount equal to the Company’s federal taxable income or loss for such year, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (but including in taxable income or loss, for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 702(a)), with the following adjustments:

 

(i)            all income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss shall increase Profit or reduce Loss;

 

(ii)           any expenditure of the Company described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code (or so treated) and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss shall reduce Profit or increase Loss;

 

(iii)          in calculating gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes, the basis of such property shall be its Asset Value rather than its basis for federal income tax purposes;

 

(iv)          Depreciation shall be computed in accordance with Section 7.1(e)(ii);

 

(v)           notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7.1(a), any items or amounts that are specially allocated pursuant to Sections 7.1(d) and 7.1(i) shall not be taken into account in computing Profit or Loss; and

 

(vi)          In the event the Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to Section 7.1(e)(i)(B) or (C), the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Profit and Loss.

 

(b)           Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Profits and Losses and to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain or loss or deduction of the Company shall be allocated in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Member after giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Sections 7.1(d) and 7.1(i) is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to the distributions that would be made pursuant to Section 8.3(c) if the Company were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to their Asset Value, all Company liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each non-recourse liability to the Asset Value of the assets securing such liability) and the net assets of the Company were distributed in accordance with Section 8.3(c) to the Members immediately after making such allocation, minus (ii) such Member’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain (defined below) and Partner Minimum Gain (defined below), computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets (for the avoidance of doubt, as adjusted for the special allocations in Sections 7.1(d) and 7.1(i)).

 

  13  

 

 

(c)           For purposes of determining the Profits, Losses, or any other items allocable to any period, Profits, Losses and any such other items shall be determined for each taxable period and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Members on the first Business Day of each month; provided, however, that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Company or any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction as determined by the Manager, shall be allocated to the Members as of the first Business Day of the month in which such item is recognized for federal income tax purposes.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding Section 7.1(b), the following special allocations shall be made in the following order prior to the application of Section 7.1(b):

 

(i)             If there is a net decrease in “partnership minimum gain” (as such term is defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(d) (“Partnership Minimum Gain”)) and as such decrease is determined as provided in Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(g)) during any fiscal year, certain items of income and gain, including gross income or gain, shall be allocated to the Members in the amounts and manner described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 7.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement relating to partnership nonrecourse liabilities (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(f)) and shall be so interpreted.

 

(ii)            If there is a net decrease in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as determined and defined pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(1) (as defined, “Partner Minimum Gain”)) during any Company fiscal year, certain items of income and gain, including gross income or gain, shall be allocated as quickly as possible to those Members which had a share of the minimum gain attributable to the partner nonrecourse debt (such share to be determined pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(i)(5)) in the amounts and manner described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(i) and 1.704-2(1). This Section 7.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement relating to partner nonrecourse debt set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be so interpreted.

 

(iii)            Deductions attributable to obligations with respect to which the Member which bears the economic risk or loss within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(b)(4) shall be allocated to the Member or Members that bear the economic risk of loss for such debt in accordance with the requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(i)(l).

 

(iv)            If one or more of the Members unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treas. Reg. Sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), then items of income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Members in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible and provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 4.3(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Section 7.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 7.1(d)(iv) were not in this Agreement. This provision is intended to qualify as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d).

 

(v)             If one or more of the Members has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of any fiscal year, each such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an Member pursuant to this Section 7.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Section 7.1 have been made as if Section 7.1(d)(iv) hereof and this Section 7.1(d)(v) were not in the Agreement.

 

  14  

 

 

(vi)            Any nonrecourse deductions (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(b)(1)) of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

 

(vii)           Any partner nonrecourse deductions (as defined in Treas. Reg. Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2)) of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.704-2(i).

 

(viii)           Items of income, gain, loss, and deductions shall be specifically allocated to the Members to comply with Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m).

 

(ix)             The allocations set forth in Sections 7.1(d)(i)-(vii) hereof (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Treasury Regulations. It is the intent of the Members that, to the extent possible, all Regulatory Allocations shall be offset either with other Regulatory Allocations or with special allocations of other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to this Section 7.1(d)(viii). Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of Section 7.1(b), the Manager shall make such offsetting special allocations of Company income, gain, loss and deduction in whatever manner it determines appropriate, so that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each Member’s Capital Account balance is, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Member would have if the Regulatory Allocations were not part of the Agreement and all Company items were allocated pursuant to Section 7.1(b).

 

(e)           The following terms referred to in this Section 7.1 are defined as follows:

 

(i)            “Asset Value” shall mean, with respect to any of the Company’s assets, such asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes except that:

 

(A)            the initial Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the Manager at the time of its contribution;

 

(B)            the Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution, as determined by the Manager;

 

(C)            the Asset Values of all of the Company’s assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values, as determined by the Members, as of (w) the acquisition of any additional Membership Interest (or increase in its Percentage Interest) by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, (x) the distribution of more than a de minimis amount of the Company’s property to a Member as consideration for all or a portion of an interest in the Company, (y) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(g), or (z) the grant of an interest in the Company (other than a de minimis interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Company by an existing or new Member acting in a capacity as a Member or in anticipation of becoming a Member; and

 

(D)           the Asset Value of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b); but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts.

 

If the Asset Value of an asset of the Company is different than its adjusted tax basis, the Asset Value shall be adjusted appropriately by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

 

(ii)            “Depreciation” shall mean, for each fiscal year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions allowable with respect to an asset for such period, except that if the Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis.

 

  15  

 

 

(f)            In accordance with Section 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, items of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company and Company property revalued pursuant to Section 7.1(e)(i) hereof shall, solely for federal income tax purposes, be allocated to the Members so as to take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its Asset Value, using the remedial method described in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-3(d).

 

(g)            Solely for purposes of determining a Member’s proportionate share of excess non-recourse liabilities of the Company within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.752-3(a)(3), a Member’s interest in the Company’s profits shall be such Member’s Percentage Interest.

 

(h)            “Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” shall mean, with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant period, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

 

(i)            credit to such Capital Account any amounts which such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(g)(l) or pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-2(i)(5). For these purposes, a Member is obligated to restore an amount to the Company to the extent (A) the Member is unconditionally obligated to restore part or all of his negative Capital Account balance in the manner described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3), or (B) the Member is unconditionally obligated to contribute capital to the Company; and

 

(ii)            debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

 

(i)            If any expenditures incurred by any Member, or any loan by a Member to the Company, are deemed to be capital contributions by a Member to the Company, allocations of income, gain, loss or deduction shall be made in respect of such deemed capital contributions to the extent feasible to preserve the after-tax economic interests of the Members.

 

(j)            Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.1, all items of Company income, gain, loss deduction and any other allocations not otherwise provided for shall, for income tax purposes, be divided among the Members in the same proportions as they share correlative items of Company income, gain, loss and deduction as computed for Capital Accounts for each fiscal year of the Company. Allocations pursuant to this Section 7.1(j) are solely for purposes of federal, state and local income taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses or other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.2            Tax Status and Returns.

 

(a)          The Company shall be responsible for timely filing all tax returns of the Company and timely furnishing to each Member its Schedule K-1 for any year and any similar forms required for state or local tax purposes, it being understood that the Manager shall deliver a Schedule K-1 to each Member no later than January 31 of the year following the end of each fiscal year. Each Member shall furnish to the Company all pertinent information in its possession relating to the Member or the Company’s operations that is reasonably necessary to enable the Company’s tax returns to be timely prepared and filed. Each Member shall provide any forms (including an IRS Form W-9 or applicable IRS Form W-8) reasonably required by the Company to allow the Company to determine the amount, if any, that is required to be withheld with respect to such Member under applicable tax laws.

 

(b)          [Charles J. Follini] is hereby designated as the “Partnership Representative” for the Company within the meaning of Code Section 6223. Subject to Section 7.2(c), all Members (and former Members) agree to cooperate with, and to take all reasonable actions requested by the Partnership Representative to avoid or reduce any tax imposed under Code Section 6225, including cooperating with any election under Code Section 6226, or to otherwise allow the Company and the Partnership Representative to comply with the applicable provisions of the Code. All Members shall cooperate in good faith to amend this Section 7.1(b) or other provisions of this Agreement as necessary to reflect any statutory amendments or the promulgation of Treasury Regulations or other administrative authority promulgated under the applicable provisions of the Code so as to, to the extent possible, preserve the relative rights, duties, and obligations of the Members hereunder. The Partnership Representative will provide the Members (including, if applicable, the Members for each applicable reviewed year) with copies of all correspondence with the IRS and all court filings related to income taxes. The obligations of a Member under this Section 7.2(a) shall survive such Member’s sale or other disposition of its Membership Interests in the Company and the termination, dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Company.

 

  16  

 

 

(a)           The Partnership Representative shall not have the authority, without the prior written consent of Gateway, to do any of the following:

 

(i)             enter into a settlement agreement with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service that purports to bind the other Members;

 

(ii)            file an administrative adjustment request contemplated in Code Section 6227

 

(iii)           make an election under Code Section 6221(b);

 

(iv)           amend any Company tax return;

 

(v)            request a “modification” in accordance with Code Section 6225(c) regarding any imputed underpayment;

 

(vi)            make any payment toward any imputed underpayment of income taxes;

 

(vii)           make an election under Code Section 6226 to “push out” any adjustments to partnership related items reflected on a notice of final partnership adjustment issued by the IRS;

 

(viii)          enter into an agreement to extend the statute of limitations for any year; or

 

(ix)            commence or settle any Tax Court case or other judicial or administrative proceeding with respect to any tax returns.

 

The obligations of the Partnership Representative to obtain the written consent of Gateway under this Section 7.2(a) shall survive Gateway’s sale or other disposition of its Membership Interests in the Company and the termination, dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Company to the extent that the actions taken by the Partnership Representative relate to any taxable period for which Gateway was a Member of the Company

 

(c)           Each Member acknowledges that this Agreement creates a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes, and hereby agrees not to elect under Code Section 761 or applicable state law to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code or any similar state statute applicable to the Company. No Member, director, officer, manager, agent or employee of the Company is authorized to, or may, file IRS Form 8832 (or such alternative or successor form) to elect to have the Company be classified as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 301.7701-3.

 

Section 7.3             Tax Elections

 

(a)           The Company shall make the election under Code Section 754 in accordance with the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

  17  

 

 

(b)           Subject to potential reconsideration following the issuance of Treasury Regulations governing the application to tiered partnerships of limitations on the deductibility of interest expense under Code Section 163(j), the Company shall not be permitted to make the election to treat any trade or business of the Company as an “electing real property trade or business” (within the meaning of Code Section 163(j)(7)(B)).

 

(c)            The Company shall elect not to claim any “bonus depreciation” otherwise available under Code Section 168(k).

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

DISSOLUTION, TERMINATION AND LIQUIDATION

 

Section 8.1             Dissolution and Termination.

 

(a)           The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substitute Members or Additional Members. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

 

(i)            an election to dissolve the Company by the Manager;

 

(ii)           the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of the Company;

 

(iii)          the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Act; or

 

(iv)          at any time that there are no members of the Company, unless the business of the Company is continued in accordance with the Act.

 

Section 8.2             Liquidator. Upon dissolution of the Company, the Manager shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. In the case of a dissolution of the Company, (i) the Liquidator (if other than the Manager) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be separately approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Units then Outstanding entitled to vote on such liquidation; (ii) the Liquidator (if other than the Manager) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal separately approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Units then Outstanding entitled to vote on such liquidation; (iii) upon dissolution, death, incapacity, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be separately approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Units then Outstanding entitled to vote on such liquidation. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article VIII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the Manager and its officers under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Company as provided for herein. In the case of a termination of the Company, other than in connection with a dissolution of the Company, the Manager shall act as Liquidator.

 

Section 8.3             Liquidation of the Company. In connection with the liquidation of the Company, the Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the Company’s assets, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to the Act and the following:

 

(a)           Subject to Section 8.3(c), the assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Members on such terms as the Liquidator and such Member or Members may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Member receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of ‎Section 8.3(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Members. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement and subject to Section 8.3(c), the Members understand and acknowledge that a Member may be compelled to accept a distribution of any asset in kind from the Company despite the fact that the percentage of the asset distributed to such Member exceeds the percentage of that asset which is equal to the percentage in which such Member shares in distributions from the Company. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Company’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Members. The Liquidator may distribute the Company’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Members.

 

  18  

 

 

(b)           Liabilities of the Company include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 8.2) and amounts to Members otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article IV. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be applied to other liabilities or distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

 

(c)           All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 8.3(b) shall be distributed to the holders of the Units in accordance with Section 4.1.

 

Section 8.4             Cancellation of Certificate of Formation. Upon the completion of the distribution of Company cash and property in connection the dissolution of the Company, the Certificate of Formation and all qualifications of the Company as a foreign limited liability company in jurisdictions other than the State of Maine shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company shall be taken.

 

Section 8.5             Return of Contributions. Neither the Sponsor, the Manager, nor any of their officers, directors or Affiliates will be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Company to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Members, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Company assets.

 

Section 8.6             Waiver of Partition. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Member hereby waives any right to partition of the Company property.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT

 

Section 9.1             General. Except as provided in Section 9.2, ‎Section 9.4, this Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Manager in its sole discretion; providedhowever, that such amendment shall also require the affirmative vote or consent of the Manager and the holders of a majority of the then issued and Outstanding Units if such amendment (i) affects the Members disproportionately or (ii) materially and adversely affects the rights of the Members. If the Manager desires to amend any provision of this Agreement in a manner that would require the vote or consent of Members, then it shall first adopt a resolution setting forth the amendment proposed, declaring its advisability, and then (i) call a special meeting of the Members entitled to vote in respect thereof for the consideration of such amendment or (ii) seek the written consent of the Members in accordance with Section 10.6. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of the Manager. Such special meeting shall be called and held upon notice in accordance with Article XI of this Agreement. The notice shall set forth such amendment in full or a brief summary of the changes to be effected thereby, as the Manager shall deem advisable. At the meeting, a vote of Members entitled to vote thereon shall be taken for and against the proposed amendment. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority-in-interest of the Units of the Company then Outstanding, voting together as a single class, unless a greater percentage is required under this Agreement or by Maine law.

 

  19  

 

 

Section 9.2             Super-Majority Amendments. Notwithstanding Section 9.1, any alteration or amendment to this ‎Section 9.2 that (i) affects the Members disproportionately or (ii) materially and adversely affects the rights of the Members, will require the affirmative vote or consent of the Manager and the holders of Outstanding Units of the Company representing at least two-thirds of the total votes that may be cast by all such Outstanding Units, voting together as a single class.

 

Section 9.3             Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the Manager. Without in any way limiting ‎Section 9.1, the Manager, without the approval of any Member, may amend any provision of this Agreement, and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect the following (and any such amendment shall not be deemed to either affect the Members disproportionately or materially and adversely affect the rights of the Members):

 

(a)           a change in the name of the Company, the location of the principal place of business of the Company, the registered agent of the Company or the registered office of the Company;

 

(b)          the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Members in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(c)           a change that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Company as a limited liability company under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Company will continue to qualify as a partnershipfor U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

(d)          a change that, in the sole discretion of the Manager, it determines (i) does not adversely affect the Members in any material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Act), (iii) to be necessary, desirable or appropriate to facilitate the trading of the Units with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units may be listed for trading, compliance with any of which the Manager deems to be in the best interests of the Company and the Members, or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in any Offering Document or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(e)          a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Company and any other changes that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Company;

 

(f)          an amendment that the Manager determines, based on the advice of counsel, to be necessary or appropriate to prevent the Company, the Manager, the Sponsor or their officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under ERISA, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

 

(g)          an amendment that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the issuance of any additional Units and the admission of Additional Members;

 

(h)          an amendment that the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Company of, or investment by the Company in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Company of activities permitted by the terms of ‎Section 2.4; and

 

(i)          any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing or any other amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the Manager acting alone;

 

  20  

 

 

Section 9.4             Certain Amendment Requirements.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1 and Section 9.3, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing such voting percentage unless such amendment is approved by the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1 and Section 9.3, but subject to Section 9.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Member without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 9.3(c), (ii) change Section 8.1(a), (iii) change the term of the Company or, (iv) except as set forth in ‎Section 8.1(a), give any Person the right to dissolve the Company.

 

ARTICLE X

 

MEMBERS’ VOTING POWERS AND MEETING

 

Section 10.1             Voting. Units shall entitle the Record Holders thereof to one vote per Unit on any and all matters submitted to the consent or approval of Members generally. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or as otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Units then Outstanding shall be required for all such other matters as the Manager, in its sole discretion, determines shall require the approval of the holders of the Outstanding Units.

 

Section 10.2             Voting Powers. The holders of Units shall have the power to vote only with respect to such matters, if any, as may be required by this Agreement or the requirements of applicable regulatory agencies, if any. Units may be voted in person or by proxy. A proxy with respect to Outstanding Units, held in the name of two or more Persons, shall be valid if executed by any one of them unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the Company receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Member shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.

 

Section 10.3             Meetings. No annual or regular meeting of Members is required. Special meetings of Members may be called by the Manager from time to time for the purpose of taking action upon any matter requiring the vote or authority of the Members as herein provided or upon any other matter deemed by the Manager to be necessary or desirable. Written notice of any meeting of Members shall be given or caused to be given by the Manager in any form and at any time before the meeting as the Manager deems appropriate. Any Member may prospectively or retroactively waive the receipt of notice of a meeting.

 

Section 10.4             Record Dates. For the purpose of determining the Members who are entitled to vote or act at any meeting or any adjournment thereof, or who are entitled to participate in any distribution, or for the purpose of any other action, the Manager may from time to time close the transfer books for such period, not exceeding thirty (30) days (except at or in connection with the dissolution of the Company), as the Manager may determine; or without closing the transfer books the Manager may fix a date and time not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of any meeting of Members or other action as the date and time of record for the determination of Members entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof or to be treated as Members of record for purposes of such other action, and any Member who was a Member at the date and time so fixed shall be entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof or to be treated as a Member of record for purposes of such other action, even though he or she has since that date and time disposed of his or her Units, and no Member becoming such after that date and time shall be so entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof or to be treated as a Member of record for purposes of such other action.

 

Section 10.5             Quorum and Required Vote. The holders of a majority of the Units entitled to vote on any matter shall be a quorum for the transaction of business at a Members’ meeting, but twenty-five percent (25%) shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held, within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting without the necessity of further notice. A majority of the Units entitled to vote on any matter voted at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall decide any matters presented at the meeting, except when a different vote is required or permitted by any express provision of this Agreement.

 

  21  

 

 

Section 10.6             Action by Written Consent. Any action taken by Members may be taken without a meeting if Members entitled to cast a sufficient number of votes to approve the matter as required by statute or this Agreement, as the case may be consent to the action in writing. Such written consents shall be filed with the records of the meetings of Members. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Members and shall bind all Members and their successors or assigns.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 11.1             Addresses and Notices. Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Member under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail, electronic mail or by other means of written communication to the Member at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Member hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Units at his or her address (including email address) as shown on the records of the Company (or the Transfer Agent, if any), regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Units by reason of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this ‎Section 12.1 executed by the Company, the Transfer Agent (if any) or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books and records of the Company (or the Transfer Agent, if any) is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, or is returned by the email server with a message indicating that the email server is unable to deliver the email, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing or emailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Company (or the Transfer Agent, if any) of a change in his address (including email address)) if they are available for the Member at the principal office of the Company for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Members. Any notice to the Company shall be deemed given if received by the Manager at the principal office of the Company designated pursuant to Section 2.3 or at the Company’s principal email address for Member communications ____________ . The Manager and its officers may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Member or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

 

Section 11.2             Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.3             Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

Section 11.4             Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

 

Section 11.5             Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Company.

 

Section 11.6             Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

Section 11.7             Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Unit, upon the execution of the subscription documents of such Unit, and the acceptance of such subscription by the Manager.

 

  22  

 

 

Section 11.8             Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Maine without regard to principles of conflict of laws. Each Member (i) irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any Maine state court or U.S. federal court sitting in Portland, Ma in any action arising out of this Agreement and (ii) consents to the service of process by mail. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve legal process in any manner permitted by law or affect its right to bring any action in any other court.

 

Section 11.9             Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

 

Section 11.10             Consent of Members. Each Member hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Members, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Members and each Member shall be bound by the results of such action.

 

Section 11.11             Facsimile and Electronic Signatures. The use of facsimile or other electronic signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the Transfer Agent, if any, on certificates or other documents (if uncertificated) representing Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

  23  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

  MEMBERS:
   
  GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC
   
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
   
   
  Charles J. Follini

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of 181 High Street LLC]

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC

A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

 

NOTICE TO INVESTORS

 

 

Investing in units of limited liability company interest (the “Units”) issued by Gateway Garage Partners LLC (the “Company”) involves significant risks. This investment is suitable only for persons who can afford to lose their entire investment and such investment could be illiquid for an indefinite period of time. No public market currently exists for the Units, and if a public market develops following the offering, it may not continue.

 

The Units have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state securities or blue-sky laws and are being offered and sold in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and state securities or blue-sky laws. Although an offering statement (“Offering Statement”) has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), that offering statement does not include the same information that would be included in a registration statement under the Securities Act. The Units have not been approved or disapproved by the SEC, any state securities commission or other regulatory authority, nor have any of the foregoing authorities passed upon the merits of the offering or the adequacy or accuracy of the offering circular or any other materials or information made available to subscriber in connection with the offering. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful.

 

No sale may be made to persons in the offering who are not “accredited investors” unless the aggregate purchase price is less than 10% of the greater of such investors’ annual income or net worth. The Company is relying on the representations and warranties set forth by each subscriber in this subscription agreement and the other information provided by subscriber in connection with the offering to determine compliance with this requirement.

 

Prospective investors may not treat the contents of the subscription agreement, the offering circular or any of the other materials available (collectively, the “Offering Materials”) or any prior or subsequent communications from the Company or any of its affiliates, officers, employees or agents (including “testing the waters” materials) as investment, legal or tax advice. In making an investment decision, investors must rely on their own examination of the Company and the terms of the offering, including the merits and the risks involved. Each prospective investor should consult the investor’s own counsel, accountant and other professional advisor as to investment, legal, tax and other related matters concerning the investor’s proposed investment.

 

The Company reserves the right in its sole discretion and for any reason whatsoever to modify, amend and/or withdraw all or a portion of the offering and/or accept or reject in whole or in part any prospective investment in the Units or to allot to any prospective investor less than the amount of Units such investor desires to purchase.

 

Except as otherwise indicated, the Offering Materials speak as of their date. Neither the delivery nor the purchase of the Units shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of the Company since that date.

 

  1  

 

 

GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNER LLC

A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

 

 

This subscription agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the date set forth below by and between the undersigned (“Subscriber” or “you”) and GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company” or we” or “us” or “our), and is intended to set forth certain representations, covenants and agreements between Subscriber and the Company with respect to the offering (the “Offering”) for sale by the Company of its units of limited liability company interest (referred to herein as the “Units”) as described in the Company’s Offering Circular dated as of the date of its qualification by the SEC, as amended by any post-qualification amendment (the “Offering Circular”).

 

1.       Subscription and Purchase of Units.

 

a. Maximum and Minimum. The maximum investment amount per investor is $________ (_____ Units). The minimum investment amount per investor is $250 (1 Unit); however, we can waive the maximum or minimum purchase restriction on a case-by-case basis in our sole discretion and such waiver shall be evidenced by our acceptance of any such subscription and our countersignature on this Agreement.

 

b. Irrevocable Subscription. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, you irrevocably subscribe for and agree to purchase from the Company the number of Units set forth on the signature page to this Agreement at a purchase price of $250.00 per Unit for the total amount set forth on the signature page (the “Purchase Price”).

 

c. Rejection. We have the right to reject or cancel your subscription, in whole or in part, whether or not we consummate the Offering. If we reject or cancel your subscription, we will refund to you amounts paid relating to such portion of the subscription that is rejected or cancelled, without interest. We may deduct third party processing fees, if any, from amounts refunded.

 

d. Operating Agreement. You have received and read a copy of the Company’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Operating Agreement”) and agree that your execution of this Agreement constitutes your consent to and execution of the Operating Agreement, and, that upon acceptance of this Agreement by the Company, you will become a member of the Company as a holder of Units. When this Agreement is countersigned by the Company, the Operating Agreement shall be binding upon you as of the applicable closing date.

 

2.       Subscription Procedures, Payment and Delivery

 

a. Subscription Procedures. The procedures for subscribing to the Offering are set forth in Annex A to this Subscription Agreement.

 

b. Payment. If you are subscribing using the LEX Markets Platform Method, you will pay the Purchase Price for the Units in the form of ACH debit transfer, wire transfer or an alternative payment method as specified by you on the LEX Markets Platform, if applicable, into a segregated non-interest-bearing account held for the benefit of the Company until the applicable closing date of the Offering. If you are subscribing using the Manual Subscription Method, you will pay the Purchase Price for the Units via wire transfer only as instructed in Annex A.  Your subscription is irrevocable. An escrow agent will maintain all such funds for Subscriber’s benefit until the earliest to occur of: (i) the applicable closing date, (ii) the rejection of such subscription or (iii) the termination of the Offering by us in our sole discretion.

 

  2  

 

 

c. Acceptance. This subscription shall be deemed to be accepted only when this Agreement has been signed by the Company. The deposit of the payment of the Purchase Price for clearance will not be deemed an acceptance of this Agreement.

 

d. Rejection or Termination. The payment of the Subscription Amount (or, in the case of rejection of a portion of the Subscriber’s subscription, the part of the payment relating to such rejected portion) will be returned, without interest, but subject to deduction of third party processing fees, if any, if Subscriber’s subscription is rejected in whole or in part or if the Offering is terminated or canceled. If a subscription was made in a form of currency other than U.S. dollars, you will receive such payment in the form of a check in U.S. dollars via U.S. mail or, in our sole discretion, the currency in which the subscription was made. If we elect to make such payment in a currency other than U.S. dollars, we will use the same process we used to convert the subscription into U.S. dollars to convert the U.S. dollars back into the original currency and such amounts will be refunded to you. You will bear third party processing and exchange costs, if applicable.

 

e. Issuance of Units. We will not issue Units until the initial closing and your funds will be stored in an escrow account until the applicable closing date. Upon the release of your Purchase Price to the Company at the applicable closing, you will receive notice and evidence of the digital book-entry (or other manner of record) of the number of Units owned by you reflected on the books and records of the Company, which books and records shall bear a notation that the Units were sold in reliance upon Regulation A.

 

3.          Representations, Warranties and Agreements of Subscriber. 

 

By executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber represents, warrants and agrees as of the date of execution of this Agreement and as of the applicable closing date of the Offering:

 

a. Requisite Power and Authority and Related Matters. Subscriber has all necessary power and authority under all applicable provisions of law to execute and deliver this Agreement. All action on Subscriber’s part required for the lawful execution and delivery of this Agreement has been or will be effectively taken prior to the applicable closing. If Subscriber is a natural person, Subscriber is at least 21 years of age (or eighteen (18) years of age jurisdictions with such applicable age limit on contracting) and competent to enter into a contractual obligation. If an entity, Subscriber, represents that such entity was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Units, such entity is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby is authorized by, and will not result in a violation of state law or its charter or other organizational documents, such entity has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other related agreements or certificates and to carry out the provisions hereof and thereof and to purchase and hold the Units, the execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action, this Subscription Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such entity and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity; or if executing this Agreement in a representative or fiduciary capacity, represents that it has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement in such capacity and on behalf of the subscribing individual, ward, partnership, trust, estate, corporation, or limited liability company or partnership, or other entity for whom Subscriber is executing this Agreement, and such individual, partnership, ward, trust, estate, corporation, or limited liability company or partnership, or other entity has full right and power to perform pursuant to this Subscription Agreement and make an investment in the Company, and represents that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity. The execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement will not violate or be in conflict with any order, judgment, injunction, agreement or controlling document to which Subscriber is a party or by which it is bound. Upon execution and delivery, this Agreement will be a valid and binding obligation of Subscriber, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

 

  3  

 

 

b. Investment Representations. Subscriber understands that the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act. Subscriber also understands that the Units are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon Subscriber’s representations contained in this Agreement. Subscriber is purchasing the Units for Subscriber’s own account. Subscriber has received and reviewed this Agreement, the Offering Circular and the Operating Agreement. Subscriber and/or Subscriber’s advisors, who are not affiliated with and not compensated directly or indirectly by the Company or an affiliate thereof, have such knowledge and experience in business and financial matters as will enable them to utilize the information which they have received in connection with the Offering to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment, to make an informed investment decision and to protect Subscriber’s own interests in connection with an investment in the Units.

 

c. Illiquidity and Continued Economic Risk. Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that there is no ready public market for the Units and that there is no guarantee that a market for their resale will ever exist. Subscriber must bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely and the Company has no obligation to list the Units on any market or take any steps (including registration under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to facilitating trading or resale of the Units. Subscriber acknowledges that it is able to bear the economic risk of losing its entire investment in the Units. Subscriber also understands that an investment in the Company involves significant risks and understand all of the risk factors relating to the purchase of Units.

 

d. Investor Status. Subscriber represents that either:

 

· Subscriber is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act; or

 

· The Purchase Price set out in signature page to this Agreement, together with any other amounts previously used to purchase Units in the Offering, does not exceed 10% of the greater of Subscriber’s annual income or net worth (excluding Subscriber’s primary residence and automobiles).

 

e. Unitholder Information. Within five days after receipt of a request from the Company, you agree to provide such information with respect to your status as a unitholder (or potential unitholder) and to execute and deliver such documents as may reasonably be necessary to comply with any and all laws and regulations to which the Company is or may become subject, including, without limitation, the need to determine the accredited status of the Company’s unitholders. You further agree that in the event you transfer any Units, you will require the transferee of such Units to agree to provide such information to the Company as a condition of such transfer.

 

f. Company Information. You have had the opportunity to review the Offering Circular, including, without limitation, the section titled “Risk Factors.” You have had an opportunity to discuss the business, management and financial affairs of the Company and 181 High Street LLC (“OpCo”) with managers, officers and management of the Company and OpCo and have had the opportunity to review OpCo’s operations and facilities. Subscriber has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment. Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber is making an investment decision based on the information if the Offering Circular and except as set forth in the Offering Circular and herein, no representations or warranties have been made to Subscriber, or to Subscriber’s advisors or representative, by the Company or others with respect to the business or prospects of the Company or its financial condition.

 

  4  

 

 

g. Additional Subscriber Information; Payment Information. Subscriber agrees to provide any additional documentation the Company may reasonably request, including documentation as may be required by the Company to form a reasonable basis that Subscriber qualifies as an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 under Regulation D promulgated under the Act, or otherwise as a “qualified purchaser” as that term is defined in Regulation A promulgated under the Act, or as may be required by the securities administrators or regulators of any state, to confirm that Subscriber meets any applicable minimum financial suitability standards and has satisfied any applicable maximum investment limits. Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber’s responses to questions on the LEX Markets Platform are true, complete and accurate in all respects. Payment information provided by Subscriber through the LEX Markets Platform is true, accurate and correct and such payment information shall be deemed to be a part of this Agreement as if and to the same extent that such information was set forth herein.

 

h. Neither the Company nor LEX Markets is an Investment Adviser. Subscriber understands that neither the Company nor LEX Markets is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

 

i. Valuation; Use of Proceeds. Subscriber acknowledges that the price of the Units was set by the Company on the basis of dividing (i) the purchase price that the Company paid for the Interest (as defined in the Offering Circular) by (ii) the number of Units offered in the Offering. The net proceeds of the Offering will be paid to OpCo to acquire the Interest.

 

j. Domicile. Subscriber maintains Subscriber’s domicile (and is not a transient or temporary resident) at the address shown on the signature page and provided on the LEX Markets Platform.

 

k. Power of Attorney. Any power of attorney of Subscriber granted in favor of the President and the Secretary of the Company and the Liquidator contained in the Operating Agreement has been executed by the Subscriber in compliance with the laws of the state, province or jurisdiction in which such agreements were executed.

 

l. Underwriter Fees. No fees or commissions will be payable by the Company to brokers, finders or investment bankers with respect to the Offering. Please note that the Company has retained Independent Brokerage Solutions LLC (“IndeBrokers”) and LEX Markets LLC (“LEX Markets LLC”) as an co-arranger, co-selling agent, and co-financial advisor in connection with the Offering, which in turn may engage other broker-dealers to assist us in finding potential investors. IndeBrokers will receive certain fees and commissions and expense reimbursements from OpCo in respect of its activities, but no commissions, fees or expense reimbursements of IndeBrokers shall be paid by the Company or from the proceeds of the Offering. IndeBrokers and LEX Markets are acting solely on a “best efforts” basis and will not acquire any Units.

 

  5  

 

 

m. Foreign Investors. If Subscriber is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)), Subscriber hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Units or any use of this Agreement, including (a) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Units, (b) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (c) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (d) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Units. Subscriber’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Units will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of Subscriber’s jurisdiction.

 

n. Patriot Act; Anti-Money Laundering; OFAC. Subscriber should check the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) website at http://www.treas.gov/ofac before making the following representations. Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

· Subscriber represents that (i) no part of the funds used by Subscriber to acquire the Units has been, or shall be, directly or indirectly derived from, or related to, any activity that may contravene United States federal or state or non-United States laws or regulations, including anti-money laundering laws and regulations, and (ii) no payment to the Company by Subscriber and no distribution to Subscriber shall cause the Company to be in violation of any applicable anti-money laundering laws or regulations including, without limitation, Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2002 and the United States Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations. Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Offering Circular or any other agreement, to the extent required by any anti-money laundering law or regulation, the Company may restrict distributions or take any other reasonably necessary or advisable action with respect to the Units, and Subscriber shall have no claim, and shall not pursue any claim, against the Company or any other person in connection therewith. U.S. federal regulations and executive orders administered by OFAC prohibit, among other things, the engagement in transactions with, and the provision of services to, certain foreign countries, territories, entities and individuals. The lists of OFAC prohibited countries, territories, persons and entities can be found on the OFAC website at http://www.treas.gov/ofac. In addition, the programs administered by OFAC (the “OFAC Programs”) prohibit dealing with individualsor entities in certain countries regardless of whether such individuals1 or entities appear on the OFAC lists.

 

· To the best of Subscriber’s knowledge, none of: (1) Subscriber; (2) any person controlling or controlled by Subscriber; (3) if Subscriber is a privately-held entity, any person having a beneficial interest in Subscriber; or (4) any person for whom Subscriber is acting as agent or nominee in connection with this investment is a country, territory, individual or entity named on an OFAC list, or a person or entity prohibited under the OFAC Programs. Subscriber agrees to promptly notify the Company should Subscriber become aware of any change in the information set forth in these representations. Subscriber understands and acknowledges that, by law, the Company may be obligated to “freeze the account” of Subscriber, either by prohibiting additional subscriptions from Subscriber, declining to make any distributions and/or segregating the assets in the account in compliance with governmental regulations, and any broker may also be required to report such action and to disclose Subscriber’s identity to OFAC. Subscriber further acknowledges that the Company may, by written notice to Subscriber, suspend the redemption rights, if any, of Subscriber if the Company reasonably deems it necessary to do so to comply with anti-money laundering regulations applicable to the Company or any broker or any of the Company’s other service providers. These individuals include specially designated nationals, specially designated narcotics traffickers and other parties subject to OFAC sanctions and embargo programs.

 

 

 

1 These individuals include specially designated nationals, specially designated narcotics traffickers and other parties subject to OFAC sanctions and embargo programs.

 

  6  

 

 

· To the best of Subscriber’s knowledge, none of: (1) Subscriber; (2) any person controlling or controlled by the Subscriber; (3) if Subscriber is a privately-held entity, any person having a beneficial interest in Subscriber; or (4) any person for whom Subscriber is acting as agent or nominee in connection with this investment is a senior foreign political figure, [2] or any immediate family[3] member or close associate[4] of a senior foreign political figure, as such terms are defined in the footnotes below.

 

· If the Subscriber is affiliated with a non-U.S. banking institution (a “Foreign Bank”), or if Subscriber receives deposits from, makes payments on behalf of, or handles other financial transactions related to a Foreign Bank, Subscriber represents and warrants to the Company that: (1) the Foreign Bank has a fixed address, other than solely an electronic address, in a country in which the Foreign Bank is authorized to conduct banking activities; (2) the Foreign Bank maintains operating records related to its banking activities; (3) the Foreign Bank is subject to inspection by the banking authority that licensed the Foreign Bank to conduct banking activities; and (4) the Foreign Bank does not provide banking services to any other Foreign Bank that does not have a physical presence in any country and that is not a regulated affiliate.

 

· Subscriber acknowledges that, to the extent applicable, the Company will seek to comply with the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act provisions of the Code and any rules, regulations, forms, instructions or other guidance issued in connection therewith (the “FATCA Provisions”). In furtherance of these efforts, the Subscriber agrees to promptly deliver any additional documentation or information, and updates thereto as applicable, which the Company may request in order to comply with the FATCA Provisions. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Offering Circular, any side letter or any other agreement, the failure to promptly comply with such requests, or to provide such additional information, may result in the withholding of amounts with respect to, or other limitations on, distributions made to the Subscriber and such other reasonably necessary or advisable action by the Company with respect to the Units (including, without limitation, required withdrawal), and the Subscriber shall have no claim, and shall not pursue any claim, against the Company or any other person in connection therewith.

 

 

 

2 A “senior foreign political figure” is defined as a senior official in the executive, legislative, administrative, military or judicial branches of a foreign government (whether elected or not), a senior official of a major foreign political party, or a senior executive of a foreign government-owned corporation. In addition, a “senior foreign political figure” includes any corporation, business or other entity that has been formed by, or for the benefit of, a senior foreign political figure.

3Immediate family” of a senior foreign political figure typically includes the figure’s parents, siblings, spouse, children and in-laws.

4 A “close associate” of a senior foreign political figure is a person who is widely and publicly known to maintain an unusually close relationship with the senior foreign political figure, and includes a person who is in a position to conduct substantial domestic and international financial transactions on behalf of the senior foreign political figure.

 

  7  

 

 

4.       Survival; Indemnification. All representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement and the indemnification contained herein shall survive (a) the acceptance of this Agreement by the Company, (b) changes in the transactions, documents and instruments described herein which are not material or which are to the benefit of Subscriber, and (c) the death or disability of Subscriber. Subscriber acknowledges the meaning and legal consequences of the representations, warranties and agreements in Section 2 hereof and that the Company has relied upon such representations, warranties and covenants in determining Subscriber’s qualification and suitability to purchase the Units. Subscriber hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, its officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments or amounts paid in settlement of actions arising out of or resulting from the untruth of any representation of Subscriber herein or the breach of any warranty or covenant herein by Subscriber. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no representation, warranty, covenant or acknowledgment made herein by Subscriber shall in any manner be deemed to constitute a waiver of any rights granted to it under the Securities Act or state securities laws.

 

5.       Tax Forms. Subscriber will also need to complete an IRS Form W-9 or the appropriate Form W-8, which should be returned directly to us via the LEX Markets Platform. Subscriber certifies that the information contained in the executed copy (or copies) of IRS Form W-9 or appropriate IRS Form W-8 (and any accompanying required documentation), as applicable, when submitted to the Company will be true, correct and complete. Subscriber shall (i) promptly inform the Company of any change in such information, and (ii) furnish to us a new properly completed and executed form, certificate or attachment, as applicable, as may be required under the Internal Revenue Service instructions to such forms, the Code or any applicable Treasury Regulations or as may be requested from time to time by us.

 

6.       No Advisory Relationship. Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the purchase and sale of the Units pursuant to this Agreement is an arms-length transaction between it and the Company. In connection with the purchase and sale of the Units, neither the Company nor LEX Markets is acting as your agent or fiduciary. Neither the Company nor LEX Markets assumes any advisory or fiduciary responsibility in your favor in connection with the Units. Neither the Company nor LEX Markets has provided you with any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the Units, and you have consulted your own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent you have deemed appropriate.

 

7.        LEX Markets Platform. If subscribing using the LEX Markets Platform Method, Subscriber acknowledges that it has read, understands and agrees to the terms and conditions, privacy policy and disclaimers on the LEX Markets Platform.

 

8.        Telephone Consumer Protection Act Consent. Subscriber hereby expressly consents to receiving calls and messages, including auto-dialed and pre-recorded message calls, and SMS messages (including text messages) from the [Administrator], its affiliates, agents and others calling at their request or on their behalf, at any telephone numbers that Subscriber has provided to the Company or LEX Markets (including any cellular telephone numbers). Subscriber’s cellular or mobile telephone provider will charge Subscriber according to the type of plan Subscriber carries. To unsubscribe from text messages or promotional calls at any time, Subscriber may (i) reply STOP, STOPALL, UNSUBSCRIBE, CANCEL, END or QUIT to any text message such Subscriber receives from the Administrator or LEX Markets or (ii) email support@LEX-markets.com with one of the forgoing words in the subject line. Each Subscriber consents that following such a request to unsubscribe, such Subscriber may receive one final text message from LEX Markets confirming such request. Subscriber understands that unsubscribing from promotional and/or account-related texts or calls will not prevent LEX Markets from sending Subscriber text messages or telephone calls for purposes other than promotion and marketing.

 

  8  

 

 

9.       Transfer Restrictions. Subscriber acknowledges that it shall not, without the prior consent of the Manager, transfer, assign or pledge its Units if, in the opinion of counsel, such transfer, assignment or pledge would result (i) the Interest being deemed “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA, (b) a change of U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Company and the Units or (c) the Company being required to become a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Subscriber agrees that any such transfer would be void ab initio and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Units.

 

As a condition to recording any transfer on our books and records, the transferring holder may be required to pay a transfer fee equal to the actual third-party transaction cost of recording such transfer. These costs will be charged on a per transaction basis irrespective of the number of Units transferred. Transfers will also be subject to restrictions imposed under state and international securities laws. Certificates or other instruments representing the Units, if any, shall bear a digital or physical restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop transfer order may be placed against transfer of such certificates or instruments):

 

 THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER PURSUANT TO THE COMPANY’S AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT AND THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SECURITIES WERE ORIGINALLY SOLD. ANY PURPORTED TRANSFER IN VIOLATION OF SUCH PROVISIONS SHALL BE VOID AB INITIO.

 

10.   Arbitration.

 

a. Either party may, at its sole election, require that the sole and exclusive forum and remedy for resolution of a Claim be final and binding arbitration pursuant to this Section 10 (this “Arbitration Provision”). The arbitration shall be conducted in New York, New York. As used in this Arbitration Provision, “Claim” shall include any past, present, or future claim, dispute, or controversy involving you (or persons claiming through or connected with you), on the one hand, and the Company and or LEX Markets (or persons claiming through or connected with the Company or LEX Markets), on the other hand, relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Units, the LEX Markets Platform, and/or the activities or relationships that involve, lead to, or result from any of the foregoing, including (except to the extent provided otherwise in the last sentence of Section (e) below) the validity or enforceability of this Arbitration Provision, any part thereof, or the entire Agreement, provided that this provision shall not apply to any Claims arising under Federal securities laws. Claims are subject to arbitration regardless of whether they arise from contract; tort (intentional or otherwise); a constitution, statute, common law, or principles of equity; or otherwise. Claims include (without limitation) matters arising as initial claims, counter-claims, cross-claims, third-party claims, or otherwise. The scope of this Arbitration Provision is to be given the broadest possible interpretation that is enforceable.

 

b. The party initiating arbitration shall do so with the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) or JAMS. The arbitration shall be conducted according to, and the location of the arbitration shall be determined in accordance with, the rules and policies of the administrator selected, except to the extent the rules conflict with this Arbitration Provision or any countervailing law. In the case of a conflict between the rules and policies of the administrator and this Arbitration Provision, this Arbitration Provision shall control, subject to countervailing law, unless all parties to the arbitration consent to have the rules and policies of the administrator apply.

 

  9  

 

 

c. If we elect arbitration, we shall pay all the administrator’s filing costs and administrative fees (other than hearing fees). If you elect arbitration, filing costs and administrative fees (other than hearing fees) shall be paid in accordance with the rules of the administrator selected, or in accordance with countervailing law if contrary to the administrator’s rules. We shall pay the administrator’s hearing fees for one full day of arbitration hearings. Fees for hearings that exceed one day will be paid by the party requesting the hearing, unless the administrator’s rules or applicable law require otherwise, or you request that we pay them and we agree to do so. Each party shall bear the expense of its own attorney’s fees, except as otherwise provided by law. If a statute gives you the right to recover any of these fees, these statutory rights shall apply in the arbitration notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein.

 

d. Within 30 days of a final award by the arbitrator, a party may appeal the award for reconsideration by a three-arbitrator panel selected according to the rules of the arbitrator administrator. In the event of such an appeal, an opposing party may cross-appeal within 30 days after notice of the appeal. The panel will reconsider de novo all aspects of the initial award that are appealed. Costs and conduct of any appeal shall be governed by this Arbitration Provision and the administrator’s rules, in the same way as the initial arbitration proceeding. Any award by the individual arbitrator that is not subject to appeal, and any panel award on appeal, shall be final and binding, except for any appeal right under the Federal Arbitration Act (the “FAA”), and may be entered as a judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

e. We agree not to invoke our right to arbitrate an individual Claim that you may bring in Small Claims Court or an equivalent court, if any, so long as the Claim is pending only in that court. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, NO ARBITRATION SHALL PROCEED ON A CLASS, REPRESENTATIVE, OR COLLECTIVE BASIS (INCLUDING AS PRIVATE ATTORNEY GENERAL ON BEHALF OF OTHERS), EVEN IF THE CLAIM OR CLAIMS THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THE ARBITRATION HAD PREVIOUSLY BEEN ASSERTED (OR COULD HAVE BEEN ASSERTED) IN A COURT AS CLASS REPRESENTATIVE, OR COLLECTIVE ACTIONS IN A COURT.

 

f. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or consented to in writing by all parties to the arbitration, no party to the arbitration may join, consolidate, or otherwise bring claims for or on behalf of two or more individuals or unrelated corporate entities in the same arbitration unless those persons are parties to a single transaction. Unless consented to in writing by all parties to the arbitration, an award in arbitration shall determine the rights and obligations of the named parties only, and only with respect to the claims in arbitration, and shall not (i) determine the rights, obligations, or interests of anyone other than a named party, or resolve any Claim of anyone other than a named party, or (ii) make an award for the benefit of, or against, anyone other than a named party. No administrator or arbitrator shall have the power or authority to waive, modify, or fail to enforce this sub-section (e), and any attempt to do so, whether by rule, policy, arbitration decision or otherwise, shall be invalid and unenforceable. Any challenge to the validity of this sub-section (e) shall be determined exclusively by a court and not by the administrator or any arbitrator.

 

g. This Arbitration Provision is made pursuant to a transaction involving interstate commerce and shall be governed by and enforceable under the FAA. The arbitrator will apply substantive law consistent with the FAA and applicable statutes of limitations. The arbitrator may award damages or other types of relief permitted by applicable substantive law, subject to the limitations set forth in this Arbitration Provision. The arbitrator will not be bound by judicial rules of procedure and evidence that would apply in a court. The arbitrator shall take steps to reasonably protect confidential information.

 

  10  

 

 

h. This Arbitration Provision shall survive (i) suspension, termination, revocation, closure, or amendments to this Agreement and the relationship of the parties; (ii) the bankruptcy or insolvency of any party hereto or other party; and (iii) any transfer of any loan or Unit or any amounts owed on such loans or notes, to any other party. If any portion of this Arbitration Provision other than sub-section (e) is deemed invalid or unenforceable, the remaining portions of this Arbitration Provision shall nevertheless remain valid and in force. If arbitration is brought on a class, representative, or collective basis, and the limitations on such proceedings in sub-section (e) are finally adjudicated pursuant to the last sentence of sub-section (e) to be unenforceable, then no arbitration shall be had. In no event shall any invalidation be deemed to authorize an arbitrator to determine Claims or make awards beyond those authorized in this Arbitration Provision.

 

  

11.   Waiver of Court & Jury Rights. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE A RIGHT TO LITIGATE CLAIMS THROUGH A COURT BEFORE A JUDGE, BUT WILL NOT HAVE THAT RIGHT IF ANY PARTY ELECTS ARBITRATION PURSUANT TO THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION. THE PARTIES HEREBY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVE THEIR RIGHTS TO LITIGATE SUCH CLAIMS IN A COURT UPON ELECTION OF ARBITRATION BY ANY PARTY. THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE UNITS OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS RELATED THERETO. THIS WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL DOES NOT APPLY TO ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS.

 

 

12.   Damage Limitation. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPANY BE LIABLE TO THE SUBSCRIBER FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, EVEN IF INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE FOREGOING SHALL BE INTERPRETED AND HAVE EFFECT TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, RULE OR REGULATION.

 

13.    Miscellaneous.

 

a. Captions and Headings. The Article and Section headings throughout this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way be deemed to define, limit or add to any provision of this Agreement.

 

b. Notification of Changes. Subscriber agrees and covenants to notify the Company immediately upon the occurrence of any event prior to the consummation of the Offering that would cause any representation, warranty, covenant or other statement contained in this Agreement to be false or incorrect or of any change in any statement made herein occurring prior to the consummation of the Offering.

 

c. Assignability. This Agreement is not assignable by Subscriber, and may not be modified, waived or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of such modification, waiver or termination is sought.

 

  11  

 

 

d. Binding Effect. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and assigns, and the agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments contained herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon such heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and assigns.

 

e. Obligations Irrevocable. The obligations of Subscriber shall be irrevocable, except with the consent of the Company, until the consummation or termination of the Offering.

 

f. Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement states the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written. No amendment of the Agreement shall be made without the express written consent of the parties.

 

g. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect any other provision hereof, which shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

 

 

h. Hardware and Software Requirements. In order to access and retain documents electronically, you must satisfy the following computer hardware and software requirements: access to the Internet; an email account and related software capable of receiving email through the Internet; a web browser which is SSL-compliant and supports secure sessions; and hardware capable of running this software. You will also need a printer if you wish to print electronic documents on paper, and electronic storage if you wish to download and save documents to your computer.

 

i. Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. To the extent of any disagreement or matter relating to this Agreement, the Units or the LEX Markets Platform, including, without limitation, the enforceability of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement or the enforcement of any arbitration award, such disagreement or matter shall be exclusively submitted to the federal or state courts located in the City of New York.

 

j. Notices. All notices and communications to be given or otherwise made to the Subscriber shall be deemed to be sufficient if sent by electronic mail to such address as set forth for the Subscriber at the records of the Company and or LEX Markets (or that you submitted to us via the LEX Markets Platform). You shall send all notices or other communications required to be given hereunder to the Company via email at support@LEX-markets.com (with a copy to be sent concurrently via prepaid certified mail to: LEX Markets Corp., 25 West 39th Street, Floor 8, New York, New York, 10018, Attention: Investor Relations. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been delivered and received on the first business day following that on which the electronic mail has been sent (assuming that there is no error in delivery). As used in this Section, “business day” shall mean any day other than a day on which banking institutions in the State of Delaware are legally closed for business.

 

k. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

 

  12  

 

 

l. Digital Signatures. Digital (“electronic”) signatures, often referred to as an “e-signature”, enable paperless contracts and help speed up business transactions. The 2002 E-Sign Act was meant to ease the adoption of electronic signatures. The mechanics of this Subscription Agreement’s electronic signature include your signing this Agreement below by typing in your name, with the underlying software recording your IP address, your browser identification, the timestamp, and a securities hash within an SSL encrypted environment. This electronically signed Subscription Agreement will be available to both you and the Company, as well as any associated brokers, so they can store and access it at any time, and it will be stored and accessible on the LEX Markets Platform and hosting provider, including backups. Each of you and the Company hereby consents and agrees that electronically signing this Agreement constitutes your respective signature, acceptance and agreement as if actually signed by you in writing. Further, all parties agree that no certification authority or other third-party verification is necessary to validate any electronic signature; and that the lack of such certification or third party verification will not in any way affect the enforceability of your signature or resulting contract between you and the Company. You understand and agree that your e-signature executed in conjunction with the electronic submission of this Subscription Agreement shall be legally binding and such transaction shall be considered authorized by you. By signing electronically below, you agree your electronic signature is the legal equivalent of your manual signature on this Subscription Agreement you consent to be legally bound by this Subscription Agreement. Alternatively, you may opt-out of this provision by printing a copy of this Agreement, signing it manually and returning it to the Company and, if your subscription is accepted, the Company will manually countersign it and return a countersigned copy to you via email.

 

m. Consent to Electronic Delivery of Tax Documents. Please read this disclosure about how we will provide certain documents that we are required by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to send to you (“Tax Documents”) in connection with your Units. A Tax Document provides important information you need to complete your tax returns. Tax Documents include Form 1099 and/or Form K-1. Occasionally, we are required to send you CORRECTED Tax Documents. Additionally, we may include inserts with your Tax Documents. We are required to send Tax Documents to you in writing, which means in paper form. When you consent to electronic delivery of your Tax Documents, you will be consenting to delivery of Tax Documents, including these corrected Tax Documents and inserts, electronically instead of in paper form. By executing this Agreement on the LEX Markets Platform, you are consenting in the affirmative that we may send Tax Documents to you electronically, and acknowledging that you are able to access Tax Documents from the site which are made available under “My Account.” If you subsequently withdraw consent to receive Tax Documents electronically, a paper copy will be provided. Your consent to receive the Tax Documents electronically continues for every tax year until you withdraw your consent. You can withdraw your consent before the Tax Document is furnished by mailing a letter including your name, mailing address, effective tax year, and indicating your intent to withdraw consent to the electronic delivery of Tax Documents to:

 

LEX Markets LLC

Attn: General Counsel

25 West 39th Street, Floor 8

New York, NY 10018

(212) 655-9816, Ext. 707

 

  13  

 

 

If you withdraw consent to receive Tax Documents electronically, a paper copy will be provided.  You Must Keep Your E-mail Address Current With Us. You must promptly notify us of a change of your email address. If your mailing address, email address, telephone number or other contact information changes, you may also provide updated information by contacting us at legal@LEX-markets.com.

 

n. Electronic Delivery of Information. Subscriber and the Company each hereby agrees that all current and future notices, confirmations and other communications regarding this Agreement, the Operating Agreement and future communications in general between the parties, may be made by e-mail, sent to the e-mail address of record as set forth in this Agreement or as otherwise from time to time changed or updated and disclosed to the other party, without necessity of confirmation of receipt, delivery or reading, and such form of electronic communication is sufficient for all matters regarding the relationship between the parties. If any such electronically sent communication fails to be received for any reason, including but not limited to such communications being diverted to the recipients spam filters by the recipients email service provider, or due to a recipient’s change of address, or due to technology issues by the recipients service provider, the parties agree that the burden of such failure to receive is on the recipient and not the sender, and that the sender is under no obligation to resend communications via any other means, including but not limited to postal service or overnight courier, and that such communications shall for all purposes, including legal and regulatory, be deemed to have been delivered and received. No physical, paper documents will be sent to you, and if you desire physical documents then you agree to be satisfied by directly and personally printing, at your own expense, the electronically sent communication(s) and maintaining such physical records in any manner or form that you desire.

 

 

* * * * *

 

  14  

 

 

GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Subscriber or its duly authorized representative has electronically executed and delivered this Subscription Agreement by clicking “I Agree” above and acknowledges that all of the information below is true and correct.

 

Number of Units: _____________________________________________

 

 

 

  SIGNATURE:
   
  [By clicking “I Agree” I, Subscriber, have executed this Agreement intending to be legally bound]
   
  (Signature of subscriber or authorized officer)

 

 

  15  

 

 

GATEWAy GARAGE PARTNERS LLC

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE

 

 

(This countersigned Signature Page will be returned to Subscriber when and if a

subscription has been accepted immediately prior to the applicable closing)

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:  
     
GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC  
   
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC

Attn: General Counsel

25 West 39th Street, Floor 8

New York, NY 10018

(212) 655-9816, Ext. 707

 

  16  

 

 

ANNEX A

 

PROCEDURES FOR SUBSCRIBING

 

 

After the qualification by the SEC of the offering statement of which the Offering Circular is a part, if you decide to subscribe for any Units in the Offering, you may purchase Units one of two ways: (1) by opening a brokerage account with LEX Markets and purchasing using the LEX Markets Platform website at https://www.LEX-markets.com/ (the “LEX Markets Platform Method”); or (2) if you are investing at least $[•], by manually completing this Subscription Agreement, instructing the Company to deposit your shares with your account with another DTC-member broker using the attached form, and wiring the purchase money to the escrow account at Signature Bank identified below (the “Manual Subscription Method”).

 

The LEX Markets Platform Method

 

The LEX Markets Platform provides a secure portal to enable you to subscribe as follows:

 

1. Once an offering has been qualified by the SEC, you can initiate the subscription process by clicking a “Buy Units” link adjacent to a reference to the Offering.

 

2. The next screen will require you to provide basic identifying information, including your name, email address, phone number, and to establish a password, after which you will be prompted to continue to the next screen.

 

3. You will then be presented with a link to the final Offering Circular (and any post qualification supplements or amendments, if applicable) and basic information about the Offering, the number of Units offered, the maximum aggregate offering amount and the minimum investment amount.

 

4. You will be requested to confirm the number of Units you wish to subscribe for and the corresponding dollar amount of your proposed subscription.

 

5. After a prompt to continue, you will be requested to select a payment method, including: (i) linking a bank account to facilitate payment through the Automated Clearing House, or ACH, (ii) federal funds wire transfer or (iii) credit card, as follows:

 

a. ACH. If you choose to link your bank account, you will be requested to select your bank among a directory of banks and you will be prompted to provide your bank user name and password and to select the particular account. You may also confirm your bank account by confirming micro deposits in lieu of using your user name and password.

 

b. Wire Transfer. If you choose to pay by wire transfer, you will be provided with the issuer’s bank account number, routing number and bank address, along with a unique identifying code that will enable us to match the incoming wire transfer with your subscription.

 

6. After selecting the method of payment, LEX Markets sends you an email requesting you to click a link that verifies your email address and confirms that you created your account with LEX Markets.

 

7. Assuming your e-mail address is valid, you will be directed to review and execute a copy of the subscription agreement, which contains an active hyper-link to the operating agreement for the issuer and is self-populated with your name, address, telephone number, subscription amount and method of payment.

 

  17  

 

 

8. Next, you will be requested to verify your identity and you will be presented with an active hyperlink to a Customer ID Program Notice which describes the identification information you need to provide. You will be prompted to provide us with your address, date of birth and your social security or tax identification number. You will also be asked: (i) whether you are an accredited investor (with appropriate definitions provided) and if not, you will be asked to confirm that your investment will be less than 10% of your net worth or annual gross income, (ii) whether you or anyone in your household are associated with a FINRA member, securities exchange, self-regulatory organization or the SEC and (iii) whether you or anyone in your household or immediate family is a 10% shareholder, officer, or member of the board of directors of a publicly traded company.

 

9. After your identity is cleared against certain governmental terrorist watch lists and lists designed to prevent or deter money-laundering, you will be presented with a confirmation of your accepted subscription. Investors selecting ACH will receive an email that payment has been initiated and a follow-up email indicating that the payment has been received by the issuer.

 

10. You will receive an email confirmation indicating the amount of your subscription, along with a fully executed copy of the subscription agreement, which will be time and date stamped, for your records.

 

11. You will then be presented with a screen requesting certain tax exemption status information that will be used, along with other information previously provided, to populate a Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification) or W-8 (International), as applicable.

 

12. Lastly, you will be directed to a “My Account” screen that summarizes the status of your subscription, order history, whether or not Units have been issued, profile information, tax documents and active hyperlinks to this Agreement and Operating Agreement.

 

Any potential investor will have ample time to review the Offering Circular and subscription agreement, along with their counsel, prior to making any final investment decision. We will not accept any money until the SEC declares the relevant offering circular qualified. All funds received from investors will be held non-interest bearing segregated bank account of the Company with Apex Clearing Corporation, or a similar institution. IndeBrokers and LEX Markets LLC will not be responsible for collecting or holding investor funds. The funds in the account will be released to us only after we close on the applicable closing date. We intend to accept subscriptions on a rolling basis and complete one or multiple closings. Until the initial closing (or another applicable closing), the proceeds for the Offering will be kept in the segregated bank account. At each closing, the Offering proceeds collected prior to the date of such closing will be distributed to us and the associated Units will be issued to the investors who subscribed prior to such applicable closing date. If there is no initial closing or if funds remain in the account upon termination of the Offering without any corresponding closing, the funds deposited in the segregated account will be promptly returned to subscribers, without deduction and generally without interest. Further, for those investors who pay in foreign currency, we plan to use a third-party service to convert such payment into U.S. dollars at the time a foreign currency subscription is received, and then deposit such funds in the account. Details about the method of effecting the exchange and how an investor can determine the exchange rate in effect at the time of subscription will be available on the LEX Markets Platform. The Units will be allocated to a subscriber based on the actual exchange rate. If any funds are returned by us if we choose to reject a subscription or elect not to proceed with the Offering, such funds will be returned by mail in the form of U.S. dollars.

 

The Manual Subscription Method

 

  18  

 

 

Investors investing at least $[•] in the Offering may elect to invest using their existing account at another DTC-member broker without using the LEX Markets Platform. To do so:

 

1. Complete this Subscription Agreement manually, signing and indicating the number of units you wish to purchase on the signature page.

 

2. Complete the DWAC Delivery Instructions below, indicating the name of your broker, the name on your account there, and your account number.

 

3. Deliver the completed Subscription Agreement by email to a registered representative of LEX Markets and receive a confirmation that the representative received your Subscription Agreement; if you do not already have the email address of a LEX Markets registered representative, you may request one by contacting contact@LEX-Markets.com.

 

4. Wire the purchase money you are investing to the following escrow account:

 

Signature Bank; 950 Third Avenue, 9th Floor New York, New York 10022

ABA/Routing # 026013576

Swift #: SIGNUS33

Account #: [•]

Account Title: Signature Bank as Escrow Agent for Gateway Garage Partners LLC

Telephone No. +1 (646) 822 1940

Fax No. +1 (646) 758 8372

 

5. Your LEX Markets registered representative will confirm the escrow agent’s receipt of your funds.

 

6. At closing, the Company’s transfer agent will cause your shares to be deposited into your specified account.

  

DWAC DELIVERY Instructions:

 

  1.  
    Name of DTC Participant (broker dealer at which the account or accounts to be credited with the Units are maintained)
  2.  
    DTC Participant Number
  3.  
    Name of Account at DTC Participant being credited with the Units
  4.  
    Account Number of DTC Participant being credited with the Units

 

 

  19  

 

 

Exhibit 6.1

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This contribution agreement (this “Agreement”) dated October __, 2020, is entered into by and between 181 High Street LLC (the “Owner”), Charles J. Follini (the “Member”) and Gateway Garage Partners LLC (the “Investor”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Owner owns and operates the commercial real estate property (the “Property”) described in the operating agreement of the Owner the form of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “Amended and Restated Operating Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Owner is a member managed entity and the Member is currently the sole member: and

 

WHEREAS, the Investor has been formed for the purpose of acquiring a membership interest in the Owner;

 

WHEREAS, the Investor wishes to purchase a membership interest (the “Interest”) in the Owner upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, and to be admitted to the Owner as a member thereof with the rights and privileges set forth herein and in the Operating Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Owner has agreed to provide certain management and information rights to the Investor as provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants of the parties hereinafter set forth and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Contribution.

 

(a)            Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Investor agrees to become a member of the Owner and, in connection therewith, hereby agrees to make a capital contribution to the Owner (the “Contribution”) in the amount set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto in exchange for an Interest in the amount set forth on such Exhibit B.

 

(b)            The Contribution shall be made no later than the second business day following the closing of the Investor’s offering pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Offering”). The date on which the Contribution is made is hereinafter referred to as the “Contribution Date.” On the Contribution Date, (i) the Investor shall pay the Contribution to the Owner by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account specified in writing by the Owner and (ii) the Owner shall provide evidence of the admission of the Investor as a member of the Owner with a capital account equal to the Interest. Each of the Owner and the Investor shall take such other actions and execute and deliver such instruments and other documents as may be necessary to admit the Investor as a member of the Owner with a capital account equal to the Interest. As used herein, “business day” means a date, other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, on which banks in the Home State (as defined below) are open for the general transaction of business.

 

 

 

2.            Due Authorization; Additional Representations.

 

(a)            The Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Owner that (i) it has the requisite power, authority, and capacity to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, to make the Contribution and acquire the Interest and to comply with the terms of the Operating Agreement, and such execution, delivery, performance and compliance does not conflict with, or constitute a default under or violation of, any instruments governing the Investor, any law, regulation or order, or any agreement to which the Investor is a party or by which the Investor may be bound and (ii) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Investor enforceable against the Investor in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)            The Owner hereby represents and warrants to the Investor that (i) it has the requisite power, authority, and capacity to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, to accept the Contribution and to admit the Investor as a member of the Owner with a capital account equal to the Interest, and such execution, delivery and performance does not conflict with, or constitute a default under, its current operating agreement or any other instruments governing the Owner, or violate any law, regulation or order, or any agreement to which the Owner is a party or by which the Owner may be bound, (ii) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Owner enforceable against the Owner in accordance with its terms, (iii) a true and complete copy of the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit A, and (iv) the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement complies in all material respects with the requirements of the LEX Requirements.

 

(c)            The Member hereby represents and warrants to the Investor that (i) he has the requisite capacity to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and that such execution, delivery and performance does not conflict with, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument to which the Member is a party or by which the Member may be bound and (ii) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Member enforceable against the Member in accordance with its terms.

 

3.            Covenants of the Owner and the Member. (a) Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Owner and the Member will take such action as is necessary to enter into the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement; (c) concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Owner and the Member will take such action as is necessary to enter into the Issuer Servicing Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Servicing Agreement”); (d) so long at the Investor is a Member of the Owner, (i) the Owner and the Member will comply with the terms of the Operating Agreement, including without limitation, the payment of distributions thereunder to the members of the Owner, (ii) the Owner and the Member will comply with the terms of the Servicing Agreement and (iii) the Owner and the Member will comply in all material respects with all applicable terms of the LEX ATS Issuer Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Platform Agreement”).

 

2

 

4.            Events of Default.

 

(a)            The following shall be events of default under this Agreement (each, an “Event of Default”):

 

(i)             a material breach by the Owner or the Member of any of its covenants or obligations under any of (A) this Agreement, (B) the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, (C) the Servicing Agreement, and (D) the Platform Agreement; and

 

(ii)            any act of gross negligence, willful misconduct or misappropriation by the Owner or the Member that is materially adverse to the Investor.

 

(b)            If an Event of Default is not cured, or is incapable of being cured, within 30 days’ following written notice thereof by the Investor or any holder (the “Holder”) of its equity interests (the “Units”) to the Owner, then each Holder shall have the right for a 60-day period, commencing at the end of such 30-day period, to cause the Owner to purchase such Holder’s Units at a price per Unit equal to the purchase price of such Unit, plus any accrued but unpaid distributions.

 

5.            Successor and Assigns. This Agreement shall (a) be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and (b) survive the admission of the Investor as a member of the Owner.

 

6.            Third Party Beneficiaries. The Holders are hereby designated as third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement with all rights to enforce this Agreement to the same extent as if they were parties hereto.

 

7.            Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the choice of law provisions thereof. Any suit, action, or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any or all transactions relating hereto shall be brought only in the State or Federal courts located in the State of Delaware. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (a) submits to the jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in the State of Delaware with respect to any such suit, action, or proceeding and agrees and consents that service of process as provided by the law of the State of Delaware may be made upon it in any such suit, action, or proceeding brought in any of said courts, and agrees that it may not claim that any such suit, action, or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum, and (b) consents to the service of process out of any of the aforesaid courts, in any such suit, action, or proceeding, by the mailing of copies thereof, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed to it, in the case of the Owner, at the address of its principal executive office and, in the case of the Investor at the address of the Investor then appearing on the records of the Owner.

 

3

 

8.            Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable pursuant to any applicable law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform to such applicable law. Any provision hereof which may be held invalid or unenforceable pursuant to any applicable law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions hereof, and to this extent the provisions hereof shall be severable.

 

9.            Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed through the use of separate signature pages or in any number of counterparts. The counterparts shall, for all purposes, constitute one agreement binding on all the parties, notwithstanding that all parties do not execute the same counterpart.

 

4

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as a deed on the date first set forth above.

 

181 High street LLC
     
  By:       
  Name: Charles J. Follini
  Title: Managing Member
     
  Name: Charles J. Follini, individually as Member

 

GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC  
     
By: Noyack Medical Partners LLC  
     
By:    
Name: Charles J. Follini  
Title: Managing Member  

 

[Signature Page to Contribution Agreement]

 

  

Exhibit A

 

Amended and Restated Operating Agreement

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Contribution Amount: $[●]  
     
Interest: [●]%  

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Form of LEX ATS Issuer Agreement

 

 

Exhibit D

 

Issuer Servicing Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit 6.2

 

ISSUER SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

THIS SERVICING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of___________, 2020 is made by and among LEX Markets LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“LEX”), 181 High Street LLC, a Maine limited liability company (“LEX Client”), and Gateway Garage Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Company” and, together with LEX Client, “Issuer”), and Largo Real Estate Advisors, Inc. a Delaware S-Corporation, having an address at 2420 North Forest Road, Getzville, New York 14068 (“Servicer”). Company and Servicer may be sometimes referred to individually herein as a “Party” and, collectively, as the “Parties.”

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

A.            Company has entered into that certain LEX ATS Issuer Agreement by and between Issuer and LEX (“Platform Agreement”);

 

B.            LEX Client is party to that certain engagement letter (the “LEX Client Engagement Letter”), dated as of October 15, 2020, by and between LEX Client, and LEX, whereby LEX Client has engaged LEX to advise on the Financing;

 

C.            Servicer is in the business of providing equity administration, servicing and loan portfolio management services, services, and LEX approves of Servicer acting as the independent servicer required by the Platform Agreement; and

 

D.            Issuer would like to engage Servicer on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals and the mutual promises below, and other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties mutually agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1. Terms used in this Agreement but not otherwise defined shall have the following meaning ascribed to them as follows:

 

(a) Financing. The term “Financing” means one or a series of public or private offering transactions (whether related or unrelated and whether effected within or outside of the United States), including a potential qualified offering under Regulation A, promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in which Issuer issues any Securities.

 

(b) Company. “Company” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

 

(c) Issuer. “Issuer” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

 

(d) LEX Client. “LEX Client” is defined in the introductory paragraph.

 

(e) Property. “Property” is identified in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

 

 

(f) Proprietary Information. Company may disclose information concerning Company’s, LEX Client’s and their respective affiliates’ business, operations, financial position, forecasts, strategies, marketing plans, product plans, product services, customers, markets, surveys, questionnaires, inventions, software, patents and other intellectual property, trade secrets and technical or proprietary data and methods used or developed and any written or oral plans, lists or other documentation regardless of how memorialized or communicated (including oral, written or electronic communications) by Company, whether furnished before or after the date hereof, whether prepared by Company, its Representatives (as defined below), or otherwise (including any reports, analyses, summaries, interpretations, financial statements, memoranda, notes, studies or any other written or electronic materials prepared by or for Servicer or its Representatives that contain, reflect, or are based on or generated from such information), and whether or not marked as being confidential; all of which is hereinafter referred to as “Proprietary Information” of Company.

 

(g) Relevant Parties. The term “Relevant Parties” refers to all parties to this Agreement, as well as third party service providers and advisors (e.g., auditors, counsel, and accountants) engaged by or on behalf of Issuer pursuant to the terms of the Platform Agreement.

 

(h) Securities. The term “Securities” means common stock, straight or convertible preferred stock, limited liability company interests, convertible debt, other equity interests or equity instruments or any other equity-linked securities of any kind, hybrid capital and/or options, warrants or other rights to acquire any of the foregoing that is issued to Investors by Company.

 

(i) Transaction Documents. The term “Transaction Documents” refers to (i) this Agreement, (ii) Contribution Agreement, (iii) Platform Agreement, (iv) Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of LEX Client, and (v) Amended and Operating Agreement of Issuer, each entered into by and among the parties thereto, in connection with the Financing.

 

(j) Record Unitholder(s). The term “Record Unitholder” shall mean Investors who are holder of record of Securities of Company as verified by the books and records kept by Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (“Computershare Trust Company”)

 

ARTICLE II

SERVICING

 

Section 2.1 Servicing Portfolio. Issuer hereby engages Servicer to provide the Services with respect to the Securities and Servicer accepts such engagement.

 

Section 2.2. Servicing Standard. Servicer shall service Issuer solely in the best interests of and for the benefit of Issuer and in accordance with applicable law, the specific terms of this Agreement and to the extent not inconsistent with the foregoing, in the same manner in which, and with the same care, skill, prudence and diligence with which it, in good faith services and administers products similar to the Securities for other holders. When performing its obligations under this Agreement, Servicer shall not consider or take into account any relationship that Servicer or any affiliate of Servicer may directly or indirectly have with LEX, Issuer or their respective affiliates.

 

2

 

 

Section 2.3. Duties of Servicer. Servicer shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, perform the following services to Issuer (collectively, the “Services”):

 

A. Servicing. Servicer agrees to perform the following duties for the duration of this Agreement:

 

a. Collect monthly operating statements, loan statements, and verify monthly net cash flow remittances from LEX Client on behalf of the Company (“Remittances”).

 

b. Engage an escrow agent for purposes of maintaining escrow accounts that meet FINRA standards applicable to Issuer (e.g., independent third-party financial institution such as Signature Bank).

 

c. Assist in the flow of Remittances to purchasers of Securities (“Investors”), in accordance with Issuer’s obligations under the Platform Agreement.

 

d. Monitor taxes, insurance and other relevant filings, to the extent applicable to an Issuer.

 

e. Manage and coordinate semi-annual audits matching statements with cash received against pre-approved budgets from LEX Client. Also:

 

i. notify Relevant Parties when there are any material deviations; and

 

ii. if approved, send Remittances to escrow agent.

 

f. If applicable, act as notice party for any major action taken by LEX Client under its contribution agreement with Company, including, without limitation, assisting in enforcing, on behalf of Investors, the voting rights of Investors, in accordance with Issuer’s applicable corporate governance documents.

 

Section 2.4. Inspection Reports. Servicer shall conduct an inspection of each Property (a) when specifically requested by Issuer or LEX on Issuer’s behalf, or, if no such request is received, not less frequently than once each calendar year during the term of this Agreement, and (b) after a reported damage or destruction to such Property resulting in a monetary loss in excess of $25,000.00. Upon each inspection, Servicer shall provide written inspection reports to Issuer, with a copy to LEX, in such form and content approved by LEX Client, which shall include photographs of the Property.

 

Section 2.5. Books and Records. Servicer will maintain adequate books and records. Servicer will permit Issuer, LEX on Issuer’s behalf, or its respective authorized representatives at any time during Servicer’s normal business hours to examine all books and records relating to the Securities by giving Servicer at least two (2) business days’ prior written notice, or such shorter time as may be reasonable under the circumstances, and shall keep records pertaining to the Securities, which records shall be reasonably satisfactory to and shall be the property of Issuer. Servicer shall deliver such records or complete and accurate copies thereof to Issuer or its authorized representatives in the event of termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 2.6. Annual Statement as to Compliance. Servicer shall, on or before ninety (90) days following the end of each fiscal year of Servicer, deliver to the Company a certificate of an authorized officer of Servicer stating, that (a) a review of the activities of the Servicer during the preceding fiscal year and of performance under this Agreement has been made under such officer's supervision, (b) to the best of such officer's knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all its obligations under this Agreement throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and the nature and status of it.

 

3

 

 

Section 2.7. Covenants of LEX Client. So long as this Agreement is in effect, LEX Client agrees to do such acts as are necessary to conduct itself in a manner to ensure compliance with the following obligations:

 

(a) Financial Statements. LEX Client agrees to furnish to the Servicer and Relevant Parties:

 

i.            Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each fiscal year of the LEX Client, a copy of the annual audit report of the LEX Client and its subsidiaries, if applicable, for such year including a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the its subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, together with an opinion as to such audit report of an independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing which does not contain a "going concern" or similar qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, together with a certificate of such accounting firm to Issuer stating that in the course of the regular audit of the business of LEX Client and its subsidiaries, which audit was conducted by such accounting firm in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, such accounting firm has obtained no knowledge that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if, in the opinion such accounting firm, a default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof; provided that, in the event of any change in generally accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such financial statements, the LEX Client shall also provide a reconciliation of such financial statements to GAAP; and

 

ii.            Semi-Annual Unaudited Financial Statements. As soon as available, but in any event not later than 20 days after the end of each of first six-month period of each fiscal year of the LEX Client, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of LEX Client and its subsidiaries, if applicable, as at the end of such period and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the preceding period, certified by an authorized officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).

 

iii.            All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied (except as approved by such accountants and disclosed in reasonable detail therein) consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods.

 

(b) Projections. (i) As soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each fiscal year of the LEX Client, forecasts prepared by the management of the LEX Client, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer, of projected consolidated balance sheets, income statements, statements of cash flows, projected changes in financial position and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto, and as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such forecast with respect to such fiscal year (the "Projections"), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of the authorized officer stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and that such authorized officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are incorrect or misleading in any material respect; (ii) within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the LEX Client, a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of LEX Client and its subsidiaries (if applicable) for such fiscal quarter, as compared to the portion of the Projections covering such periods and to the comparable periods of the previous year;

 

4

 

 

(c) Notices. Promptly and in any event within four days give notice to the Servicer and Relevant Parties of:

 

i. the occurrence of any default under the Transaction Documents.

 

ii.             the occurrence of any event specified in Items 1-9 of Form 1-U pursuant to Rule 257(b)(4) of Regulation A (§§ 230.251- 230.263) promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

iii.            litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between LEX Client or its subsidiaries (if applicable).

 

iv.            any litigation or proceeding affecting Issuer, LEX Client or any subsidiaries in which the amount involved is material ($20,000 and above)

 

v.            any representation made that is no longer valid and cannot be cured within 30 days.

 

vi.            lease amendments or departures/downsizings by tenants and/or subtenants.

 

vii.           material capital expenditures.

 

viii.          capitalization events, including loan modification, refinancings or dispositions.

 

ix.            changes in principals and management of LEX Client, property owner, property management or leasing agent.

 

x.             the occurrence of any environmental action against or of any noncompliance by any LEX Client or any of its subsidiaries (if applicable) with any environmental law or relevant permit.

 

xi.            Each notice pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of an authorized officer of LEX Client setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action it proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

xii.           occurrences of delinquencies under any current payment obligations under current loan agreements

 

(d) Access to Other Information.

 

i.              Basic property information, such as site plans and square footage.

 

ii.             Property leasing, including copies of all leases and amendments, rent schedules, and billing models.

 

iii.            Property operating agreements, such as service contracts, license agreements and management agreements.

 

iv.           Third party reports, including an environmental report, appraisal and audit.

 

v.            Representations from the property owner, including insurance, compliance with contracts and litigation.

 

vi.            Loan information, including the loan agreements and any outstanding balances.

 

vii.           Escrow and reserve balances.

 

viii.         Real estate owner questionnaire.

 

ix.            Monthly loan statements.

 

x.             Proof of insurance and real estate taxes.

 

(e) Further Assurances. Promptly upon the request of the Servicer:

 

i.              correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in any Transaction Document or in the execution, acknowledgement, filing or recordation thereof; and

 

ii.             do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, conveyances, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds, assignments, financing statements and continuations thereof, termination statements, notices of assignments, transfers, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Servicer, may reasonably require from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Transaction Documents.

 

5

 

 

(f) Default. If at any time LEX Client fails to comply with any of the provisions of Section 2.7 or notifies Servicer of the occurrence of any default under the Transaction Documents, and such failure to comply or such other default is not cured within 30 days following written notice thereof from Servicer (or 60 days in the case of a default or noncompliance that cannot be cured within such 30-day period despite LEX Client’s diligent efforts but is susceptible of being cured within 60 days of LEX Client’s receipt of Servicer’s original notice), then such failure to comply or such default shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III

SERVICING FEE

 

Section 3.1. Annual Servicing Fee. LEX agrees to pay the Annual Servicing Fee as follows:

 

Annual Servicing Fee: 15 basis points of the value of the public float of Securities, paid out of the platform fee, which platform fee is determined by, and in accordance with, the terms of the Platform Agreement.
     
    The Annual Servicing Fee is payable on a quarterly basis from the quarterly payments that LEX receives from Company, as fully described in the Platform Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE

 

Servicer shall obtain and maintain at its own expense and keep in full force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement a blanket mortgage banker's bond and an errors and omissions insurance policy covering Servicer's officers and employees and other persons acting on behalf of Servicer in connection with its activities under this Agreement, as well as such further indemnity of or undertaking as may reasonably be requested by Company, from a surety company acceptable to Company.

 

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 5.1. Authority. The Parties each represent and warrant to the other Party that it has power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform the same and that the representative of such Party executing this Agreement on its behalf is duly authorized to do so.

 

Section 5.2. License. Servicer represents that it has obtained and currently maintains all licenses, permits or other governmental approvals required under applicable law, to operate a servicing business and to provide the services required under this Agreement.

 

6

 

 

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 6.1. Indemnification by Servicer. The Servicer hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless Company, its successors, assigns, officers, employees and agents, from and against any charges, damages, costs, expenses (including legal counsel fees and court costs), judgments, penalties, liability or losses of any kind or nature whatsoever, which may be sustained, suffered by, secured against, or imposed upon Company, its successors, assigns, officers, employees or agents, by reason of breach of any of the covenants, representations or warranties made by Servicer herein or by reason of any unauthorized action or failure to act of Servicer, its agents and employees, in connection with the performance of services and duties hereunder; but only to the extent not caused by the willful or grossly negligent acts of Company, its successors, assigns, officers, employees or agents other than Servicer.

 

Section 6.2. Indemnification by Company. Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless Servicer, its successors, assigns, officers, employees and agents, from and against any charges, damages, costs, expenses (including legal counsel fees and court costs), judgments, penalties, liability or losses of any kind or nature whatsoever, which may be sustained, suffered by, secured against, or imposed upon Servicer, its successors, assigns, officers, employees or agents, by reason of breach of any of the covenants, representations or warranties made by Company herein or by reason of the unauthorized action or failure to act of Company, its agents or employees, in connection with its obligations hereunder; but only to the extent not caused by the willful or grossly negligent acts of Servicer, its successors, assigns, officers, employees or agents.

 

7

 

 

ARTICLE VII

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT/REMEDIAL ACTION

 

Section 7.1. Termination of Agreement. This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon (i) the occurrence of a dissolution event pursuant to the terms of the operating agreement of Company, (ii) redemption of all of the Securities by LEX Client or (iii) the winding up LEX Client in the event there is a sale of its assets.

 

Section 7.2. Remedial Action. If an Event of Default occurs, then Servicer shall be obligated, with LEX’s consent, to take such action and do such acts as are necessary to give effect to a Record Unitholder’s right under the Transaction Documents to have such Unitholder’s units purchased in accordance with the terms of the Transactions Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, these remedial action shall consist of:

 

(a) verifying record ownership of the Record Unitholders with Computershare Trust Company,

 

(b) sending out notices to the Record Unitholders informing them that an Event of Default has occurred within five (5) days of the occurrence of the Event of Default,

 

(c) assessing the purchase price, including any accrued and unpaid distributions, payable by LEX Client to each Record Unitholder as of the date of the Event of Default, and calculating amounts to be distributed to each Record Unitholder(s),

 

(d) coordinating the distribution of repurchase amounts simultaneously with effecting the transfer and/or redemption of Securities held by the Record Unitholders via Computershare Trust Company.

 

In the event of LEX Client fails to comply with its repurchase obligations under the Transaction Documents, Servicer shall notify LEX and the Record Unitholders of the termination of Servicer’s services hereunder.

 

Section 7.2. Survival. Company's and Servicer's obligations under the provisions of Articles VI, VII, VIII, IX and X shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII

NOTICES

 

Section 8.1. All notices, demands, requests and other communications pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and deemed to have been properly given (i) when delivered personally or by a generally accepted national courier service (such as Federal Express or United Parcel Service) at the expense of the sender, or (ii) three (3) business days after when sent either through United States Postal Service postpaid, registered or certified mail with return receipt requested, addressed to the Party to receive such notice at the following address or at such other address as may hereafter be specified by written notice given as set forth in this Section:

 

If to Company:

 

At the Issuer address set forth in Schedule 1.

 

If to Servicer:

Largo Real Estate Advisors, Inc.

 

8

 

 

2420 North Forest Road
Getzville, New York 14068

E-mail:    ___________________

Attn.:     Kevin Coscia, Esq.

General Counsel

 

In each case, with a copy to:

LEX Markets LLC.

25 West 39th Street, 8th Floor

New York, NY 10018

Telephone: (212) 655-9816

E-mail: legal@lex-markets.com

Attn.:     Jamshaid Khan, Esq.

General Counsel

 

Notice given in any manner described herein shall be effective only if and when received as required by the Party to be notified or refused by the Party to be notified.

 

ARTICLE IX

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Section 9.1         Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure. Servicer agrees (i) to use the Proprietary Information solely in accordance with the Permitted Use, and (ii) to hold the Proprietary Information in strict confidence and to take reasonable precautions to protect such Proprietary Information; provided, however that Servicer may disclose Proprietary Information (A) to those directors, officers, employees, financial advisers, accountants, legal counsel, transfer agents, (together, its “Representatives”) on a need to know basis in accordance with the Permitted Use and subject to the restrictions contained herein, and (B) to the extent necessary to comply with any federal securities law or in connection with any judicial or administrative proceeding in accordance with Section 9.3 and Section 9.4. Servicer agrees, at its sole expense, to take all reasonable measures to restrain any Representative granted access to Proprietary Information from using such Proprietary Information other than in accordance with the Permitted Use and otherwise in accordance with this Agreement. Servicer acknowledges that it will be responsible for any breach of this Agreement by any of its Representatives, except those Representatives who have entered into a separate written agreement with Company regarding the use or disclosure of the Proprietary Information.

 

Section 9.2.        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Proprietary Information” does not include information that (i) is or becomes generally available or known to the public, through no improper action or inaction by Servicer or any of Servicer’s Representatives; (ii) was in possession of or known by Servicer prior to receipt from Company, which prior possession can be documented by written evidence; (iii) was disclosed to Servicer by a source other than Company or its Representatives, provided that such other source is not prohibited in any way from disclosing the information to Servicer, or (iv) was independently developed by Servicer without use of any Proprietary Information.

 

Section 9.3.        Servicer agrees that neither Servicer nor its Representatives will, without prior written consent of Company, directly or indirectly disclose to any other person (excluding Servicer’s Representatives) (i) the existence of a Financing, or the existence of potential, present or previous discussions or negotiations in relation thereto, (ii) the existence or details of this Agreement, or (iii) the fact that Company or its Representatives have received or produced any Proprietary Information (items (i), (ii) and (iii), collectively, the “Financing Information”); provided, however, Servicer may disclose Financing Information to the extent (A) required in connection with a judicial or administrative proceeding in accordance with Section 9 and (B) based on the written opinion of Servicer’s outside counsel, such disclosure is required following the filing of an offering circular in order to avoid violating the federal securities laws, and in the cases of both (A) and (B) the requirement to make such disclosure does not arise from Servicer’s breach of this Agreement or as a result of its unilateral actions.

 

9

 

 

 

Section 9.4.         Servicer and its Representatives may make disclosures of Financing Information or Proprietary Information in connection with a judicial or administrative proceeding or pursuant to a formal request from a regulatory examiner, provided however, that Servicer shall: (A) give prompt notice to Company of the disclosure requirements, and to the extent legally permissible, the scope of the information that Servicer intends to disclose, (B) provide Company a reasonable opportunity to interpose an objection or obtain a protective order requiring that the Proprietary Information so disclosed be used only for the purposes for which the order was issued, (C) cooperate fully with the efforts of Company under (B) above, as requested by Company, and (D) minimize the extent of any such disclosure; and provided further that Servicer’s accountants may disclose any such Proprietary Information or Financing Information to the extent such disclosure is required by regulations applicable to accounting firms provided that such disclosure is made to a regulatory body regulating the accounting profession that is subject to confidentiality obligations with respect to such disclosed Proprietary Information and Financing Information.

 

Section 9.5.         Servicer understands that nothing herein (i) requires the disclosure of any Proprietary Information, which shall be disclosed, if at all, solely at the option of Company; or (ii) requires Company to proceed with any proposed transaction or relationship in connection with the Financing.

 

Section 9.6. Return or Destruction of Proprietary Information. Immediately upon (i) the completion of Services, or (ii) a written request by Company, at any time, delivered to Servicer, Servicer will return to Company or destroy (at Servicer’s option), and certify to such destruction, all Proprietary Information of Company and all documents or media containing any such Proprietary Information and any and all copies or extracts thereof, including, to the extent practicable, expunging all such Proprietary Information from any computer, word processor or other device containing such information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Servicer or its Representatives may retain Proprietary Information to the extent it is “backed-up” on the electronic information management and communications systems or servers of Servicer or Servicer’s Representatives, is not available to an end user and cannot be expunged without considerable effort, and (ii) Servicer’s legal department and/or outside counsel may keep one copy of the Proprietary Information, and with respect to Servicer’s Representatives who are accounting firms, such firms may keep one copy of the Proprietary Information in accordance with policies and procedures in place to comply with applicable law, regulations, professional standards or reasonable business practice. The delivery or destruction of Proprietary Information under this Section 9 shall not terminate any duties or obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 9.7.         Insider Trading. Servicer recognizes that in the course of providing services hereunder, it may receive information that may be considered material, nonpublic information of a Issuer. Servicer shall not (i) buy or sell Issuer’s security, option, bond or warrant while in possession of relevant material, nonpublic information received from Company or others in connection herewith; or (ii) provide any person with such material, nonpublic information, received from Company, including any relative, associate, or other individual who intends to, or may, (a) trade securities with respect to Company or (b) otherwise directly or indirectly benefit from such information.

 

  10  
 

 

ARTICLE X 

GENERAL

 

Section 10.1. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York (without giving consideration to principles of conflicts of law and applicable law) of the United States of America. Each Party agrees that it shall bring any legal action or proceeding to enforce or interpret the terms and conditions of this Agreement or to collect any monies under it, exclusively in the courts of the State of New York and the Federal courts of the United States of American located in the State of New York (the “Chosen Courts”). Each Party (i) irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chosen Courts, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such action or proceeding in the Chosen Courts, (iii) waives to the fullest extent possible, any objection that the Chosen Courts are an inconvenient forum or do not have jurisdiction over any Party hereto, and (iv) agrees that service of process upon such Party in any such action or proceeding shall be effective if notice is given in accordance with Article VIII. Each Party agrees that a final judgment in any action brought in the Chosen Courts shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

 

Section 10.2. Modification and Waiver. This Agreement may be modified, amended or cancelled, and compliance with any of its provisions waived, only by an instrument in writing executed by all the Parties hereto. No failure by any Party hereto to enforce compliance with any provision hereof at any time shall affect the right at a later time to enforce its compliance. No waiver of compliance with any provision hereof in any instance by any Party shall, except as otherwise provided in the instrument granting such waiver, operate as or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of compliance with such provision or other provision.

 

Section 10.3. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and the successors and permitted assigns of all or any part of the interest of any party hereto.

 

Section 10.4. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with all schedules and attachments thereto, sets forth the entire Agreement and understanding of the Parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings relating thereto.

 

Section 10.5. No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and benefit of the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns and nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall inure to the benefit of, or confer any rights or remedies upon, any person other than the Parties and their permitted successors and assigns.

 

Section 10.6. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Parties hereto waive any provision of law which prohibits or renders unenforceable any provision hereof.

 

Section 10.7. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, binding on the Parties, and the signature of any Party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart.

 

Section 10.8. Assignment/Successors and Assigns. Servicer, without the prior written consent of Issuer, shall not sell, encumber, or otherwise dispose of its rights under this Agreement. All of the terms, covenants and conditions herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties hereto, their successors and assigns.

 

  11  
 

 

Section 10.9. Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.

 

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE; SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS NEXT]

 

  12  
 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE ISSUER SERVICING AGREEMENT]

 

  SERVICER:
   
  LARGO REAL ESTATE ADVISORS, INC.
   
  By:  
  Name: Gary J. Coscia
  Title: President
     
  COMPANY:
   
  GATEWAY GARAGE PARTNERS LLC

 

  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  LEX CLIENT:
   
  181 HIGH STREET LLC

 

  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

  LEX MARKETS LLC

 

  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  13  
 

 

SCHEDULE 1 - LEX Client and Issuer

 

DATED: ________________

 

This schedule on is an addendum (“Schedule 1”) to the Master Servicing Agreement (the “Master Agreement”), by and among Issuer listed below, LEX Markets LLC and Largo Real Estate Advisors, Inc. (“Servicer”), whereby Servicer provides the Services (as defined in the Master Agreement) set forth therein.

 

LEX CLIENT COMPANY PROPERTY
181 High Street LLC Gateway Garage Partners LLC 181 High Street, Portland, ME 04101

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 6.3

 

Execution Copy

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This License Agreement, effective as of September 1, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), is made and entered into by and between:

 

181 HIGH STREET LLC, a Maine limited liability company with an address of 6 WEST 20TH ST FIFTH FLOOR, NEW YORK NY 10011 (hereinafter referred to as “Licensor”) and MAINE MEDICAL CENTER, a Maine non-profit corporation with an address of 22 Bramhall Street, Portland, Maine 04101 (hereinafter referred to as “MMC”).

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

 

A.       Licensor’s predecessor and MMC entered into that certain Parking Agreement dated September 30, 2006, with respect to parking spaces in the Gateway Garage, so called, located at 181 High Street, Portland, Maine (the “Garage”), as amended by that certain Letter Agreement between Licensor and MMC dated July 26, 2011 and as further amended by that certain Letter Agreement between Licensor and MMC dated July 31, 2016 (collectively, the “Existing MMC Parking License”). The Existing MMC Parking License is set to expire on September 30, 2021.

 

B.       The parties wish to amend, restate and replace the Existing MMC Parking License, as set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.       Use of the Parking Facility.

 

(a)       Licensor grants MMC the limited license to park motor vehicles in undesignated parking spaces in the public portion of the Garage (the “Licensed Parking Spaces”), for use by its employees only. Subject to the provisions of Section 1(b) below, Licensor agrees to ensure that the “Guaranteed Spaces” (as defined below) will be available for MMC’s use in the Garage. MMC may use more than the Guaranteed Spaces in the Garage to the extent available from time to time, but Licensor makes no assurances that any parking spaces in excess of the Guaranteed Spaces will be available for MMC’s use. MMC acknowledges that the Guaranteed Spaces are not reserved or designated parking spaces. The Licensed Parking Spaces may not be re-licensed by MMC to third-parties. MMC’s interest in this License may not be assigned or sublet.

 

(b)       The term “Guaranteed Spaces” shall mean 500 parking spaces in the Garage; provided, however, if MMC exercises its right to reduce the Guaranteed Spaces from 500 spaces to 300 spaces, as provided in Section 1(c) below, from and after the “Reduction Effective Date”, (as defined below), the term “Guaranteed Spaces” shall mean 300 parking spaces in the Garage.

 

(c)       MMC shall have the right, at any time after February 1, 2021, to reduce the Guaranteed Spaces from 500 to 300, by giving written notice to Landlord (the “Reduction Notice”), which reduction shall be effective on the first day of the calendar month that is at least thirty (30) days after receipt by Licensor of the Reduction Notice, but in any event, no sooner than February 1, 2021 (the “Reduction Effective Date”). From and after the Reduction Effective Date, the Guaranteed Spaces shall be reduced to 300. No partial reduction shall be permitted.

 

-1-

 

 

Execution Copy

 

2.        Key Access Cards. MMC acknowledges that Licensor is installing new access and card reading equipment in the Garage and that such new equipment may not be installed and operational until October, 2018. At that time, Licensor shall provide up to one thousand (1,000) key access cards to MMC, which MMC shall provide only to its employees. MMC shall be responsible for the issuance of the key cards to its employees, each such employee being a “Licensed Employee”. MMC agrees to pay to Licensor upon the issuance of such access cards a fee of $25.00 per card. If Licensor is requested to issue a replacement key access card for any reason, then MMC agrees to pay Licensor the sum of $25.00 for each replacement key access card issued. Until such time as the new equipment is installed and operational, MMC can use the key access cards already in MMC’s possession from the Existing MMC Parking License for interim access. If additional temporary key access cards are needed, MMC can purchase them, up to 1,000 cards in total, for $15.00 each. Any key access card issued or reissued to MMC under this License is a “MMC Access Card”.

 

3.        Security. MMC has paid to Licensor the sum of Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00) as a security deposit for one thousand (1,000) MMC Access Cards. The Security deposit shall be refunded within fifteen (15) days from the date MMC returns the one thousand MMC Access Cards to Licensor. MMC agrees that Licensor may withhold from the refund the sum of twenty-five dollars ($25.00) for each MMC Access Card not returned within five (5) days from expiration or termination of this License.

 

4.       Monthly License Fee.

 

(a)       For each and every month during the term of this License, MMC shall pay to Licensor a monthly license fee (the “Monthly License Fee”) equal to the greater of (a) the number of Guaranteed Spaces multiplied by the “Monthly Per Space Fee” (as such term is defined below). From September 1, 2018 through August 31, 2019 (the “First License Year”), the Monthly Per Space Fee shall be $150.00. The Monthly Per Space Fee may be increased from time to time to “Market Rate”, but such increase shall occur no more than once in any License Year. Market Rate shall be the standard monthly rate that Licensor charges to the public for monthly parking in the Garage.

 

(b)      For the First License Year MMC shall pay a Monthly License Fee equal to the greater of (a) $75,000 (the product obtained by multiplying the 500 Guaranteed Spaces times the initial Monthly Per Space Fee of $150 per space) or (b) the product obtained by multiplying the initial Monthly Per Space Fee of $150 times the greatest number of parking spaces used by MMC during such month. By way of illustration only, if MMC used between 400 and 450 parking spaces during a month of the First License Year, the Monthly License Fee would be $75,000 (the 500 Guaranteed Spaces times the Monthly Per Space Fee of $150). Likewise, if for one day of the month during the First License Year, MMC used 600 spaces and for the rest of the month, it used less than 600 spaces, the Monthly License Fee for that month would be $90,000 (600 spaces times the Monthly Per Space Fee of $150 per space). For purposes of this Section 4, any access to the Garage by means of a MMC Access Card (or the interim access cards referenced in Section 2) shall count as a parking space used by MMC.

 

-2-

 

 

Execution Copy

 

(c)       On or before each the first day of each month during the term of this License, commencing September 1, 2018, MMC shall pay to Licensor an estimated Monthly License Fee of $75,000. Promptly following the end of each calendar month, Licensor shall invoice MMC for its parking usage for the preceding month, based upon the Monthly License Fee then in effect, as specified above. If the Monthly License Fee based on actual usage exceeds $75,000, as reflected in such invoice, MMC shall pay such excess within ten (10) days of invoice. Any Monthly License Fee not received by Licensor within 10 days of its due date, or invoice, as applicable, shall be considered late and a late fee of 3.5% shall be added to the Monthly License Fee, which sum shall be paid upon demand.

 

5.        Term. The term of this License shall be for the period from September 1, 2018 through September 30, 2021. This License shall be non-terminable by MMC throughout the term of the License.

 

6.        Maintenance. Licensor shall maintain the Garage in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances.

 

7.        No Bailment. No bailment is created by this License. Licensor shall not be responsible for any damage to, or loss to any of MMC’s vehicles or any component parts thereof or personal property in such vehicles, other than damage or loss directly and solely caused by Licensor. VEHICLES OF CUSTOMER SHALL BE LOCKED AND FACILITY OWNER SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY THEFT OF THE VEHICLE OR ITS CONTENTS OR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE RESULTING FROM LEAVING KEYS IN THE VEHICLE. This policy may not be rescinded or modified by any Licensor employee, and MMC acknowledges that the Licensor’s employees are not authorized to accept responsibility for storing or safeguarding any vehicles or personal property located therein. MMC shall be responsible for any damage to the Parking Facility as a result of this license.

 

8.        Release. It is understood and agreed between the parties hereto that Licensor will not be responsible for any damage or loss to vehicles or personal property belonging to MMC or its employees other than as a result of the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Licensor or its agents or employees. MMC hereby indemnifies and holds harmless Licensor from any and all liability claims by MMC or its employees, agents and invitees that is not in compliance with this Paragraph. MMC, for itself and its employees, agree that the use of the Garage by MMC and its employees shall be at its and their own risk.

 

-3-

 

 

Execution Copy

 

9.        Notices. Any notices which are required hereunder or which either Licensor or MMC may desire to serve upon the other party shall be in writing and shall be deemed served when delivered personally, or when deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

If to Licensor:

 

181 High Street LLC

6 West 20th Street

5th Floor

New York, NY 10011

Attn: C. J. Follini, Managing Member

 

If to MMC:

 

Maine Medical Center

335 Brighton Ave.

Portland, Maine 04102

ATTN: Mathew Barney,

Director of Real Estate and Property Management

 

With a copy to:

 

Penelope St. Louis, Corporation Counsel

MaineHealth Legal Affairs

110 Free Street

Portland, Maine 04101

 

10.       Default.

 

(a)       MMC shall be in default hereunder if it shall fail to perform any of the obligations stated herein within fifteen (15) days after receipt of notice of such failure. Upon such default, Licensor shall have the right at its option, and in addition to any other remedies, to terminate this License by giving MMC a written default notice and upon the giving of such notice, this License and the term hereof at the option of Licensor shall cease. If this License is terminated due to default of MMC, MMC shall remain liable to Licensor for all payments hereunder accrued and unpaid up to the date of such termination. In addition, MMC shall be responsible for the Monthly License Fee for the balance of the term of this License. Following termination of this License, Licensor, at its election, may demand liquidated damages (with respect to the period following such termination) in a lump sum amount equal to the total amount of all Monthly License Fees that would have been paid in accordance with this License for the remainder of the term of this License (assuming 500 parking spaces per month and using the Monthly Per Space Fee in effect at the time of termination).

 

(b)       Licensor shall in no event be in default in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder unless and until Licensor fails to perform or observe any obligation of this License and such failure continues, after written notice given by MMC to Licensor, for more than thirty (30) days (or such longer period as may be necessary to cure such default, provided that Licensor commences such cure within the thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion).

 

-4-

 

 

Execution Copy

 

11.       Casualty/Eminent Domain/Termination. In the event that the Garage is damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, in whole or in part, then Licensor, at its option, may terminate this License upon ten (10) days written notice to MMC. MMC shall have no right to terminate this License in the event of such damage or destruction unless as a result thereof, Licensor is unable to provide MMC with the Guaranteed Spaces.

 

12.       Subordination. This License is and shall be subject in subordinate in all respects to all mortgages which may now and hereafter affect the Garage.

 

13.       Estoppel. MMC agrees, at any time, and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days prior request by Licensor, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Licensor a statement in writing certifying the following information with respect to this License: (a) the term of this License; (b) the Monthly License Fee then payable hereunder and thereunder and the date to which such amounts have been paid; (c) that this License is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, stating the modifications, and that the respective agreement as modified is in full force and effect), (d) that this License represents the entire agreement between the parties as to parking in the Garage; (e) there are no existing defenses or offsets which MMC has against the enforcement of this License by Licensor except as set out by MMC; (f) that there is no default under this License (or specifying what provision is in default); and (g) such other information as Licensor shall reasonably request. It is the intent of the parties that any such statement delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser of, any prospective holder of a mortgage upon the.

 

14.       Interruption/Maintenance. MMC agrees that Licensor shall not be responsible to MMC for any interruption or disturbance of MMC’s use of the Licensed Parking Spaces. Licensor shall not be liable under any circumstances for interference with MMC’s business including, without limitation, loss profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to any acts or omissions of Licensor. Licensor reserves the right to periodically and temporarily close any portion of the Garage upon prior notice to MMC for maintenance and/or construction, except that no notice shall be required in the event of an emergency. In connection with any such temporary closure, Licensor shall use its reasonable good faith efforts to not unreasonably interfere with MMC’s ability to access its Guaranteed Spaces, to the extent practicable.

 

15.       Force Majeure. Licensor shall not be liable to MMC or be in default under this License to the extent that any failure or delay by Licensor in performing its obligations under this License is due to any “Force Majeure” (as defined below). As soon as practicable, Licensor will provide MMC with notice in the form of a letter identifying the occurrence as a Force Majeure and describing in detail the particulars of the occurrence giving rise to the Force Majeure. The suspension of performance due to a claim of a Force Majeure will be of no greater scope and of no longer duration than is required by the Force Majeure. Licensor will take, or cause to be taken, such action as may be reasonably necessary to void, or nullify, or otherwise to mitigate, in all material respects, the effects of such Force Majeure. For purposes hereof, “Force Majeure” means an event which (i) is not within the reasonable control of Licensor, (ii) was not caused by the acts, omissions, negligence, fault or delays of the Licensor, and (iii) by the prompt exercise of due diligence, the Licensor is unable to overcome or avoid or cause to be avoided. Force Majeure may include any of the following: acts of God; acts of the public enemy, war, hostilities, invasion, insurrection, riot, civil disturbance, or order of any competent civil or military government; volcanoes, earthquakes, tidal waves, and similar geologic events and the effects thereof, abnormally severe weather events and resulting conditions (hurricanes, flooding, ice and snow, wind storms and drought); explosion or fire; malicious acts, terrorism, vandalism or sabotage; action or restraint by court order of any public or governmental authority not requested by Licensor or any affiliate; the adoption, enactment or application to Licensor of any law or regulation or ordinance not existing or not applicable to Licensor on the Effective Date, or any change in any law or regulation or ordinance or the application thereof by a governmental authority after the Effective Date; and any taking or condemnation of the Garage.

 

-5-

 

 

Execution Copy

 

17.       Quiet Enjoyment. So long as MMC is not in default hereunder, MMC shall be entitled to the quiet use and enjoyment of the Licensed Parking Spaces for the parking purposes set forth herein, in accordance with and subject to the terms hereof, free from any disturbance from Licensor or anyone claiming by, through or under Licensor.

 

18.       Amendment. This License may be modified or amended by the mutual consent of the parties hereto; provided, however, that no such modification or amendment to this License shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties.

 

19.       Rules and Regulations. MMC agrees to abide by all posted or published rules and regulations now or hereinafter in effect pertaining to use of the Garage and agrees to save hold harmless and indemnify Licensor for any expense or damage as a result of any violation thereof, including towing expense of those vehicles parked by customer which obstruct vehicles of other parkers including vehicles of facility owner and/or its employees.

 

20.       Assignment. Licensor may assign its interest under this License at any time during the term of this License.

 

21.       Attorney’s Fees. In the event of any dispute arising out of or in connection with this License, the non-prevailing party agrees to reimburse the prevailing party for its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.

 

22.       Termination of Existing Agreement; Only Agreement. MMC acknowledges and agrees that, effective as of the Effective Date, this License is the only agreement in effect with respect to MMC’s right to park in the Garage. Effective as of the Effective Date, the Existing MMC Parking License is hereby terminated and of no more force and effect. All other agreements with respect to MMC’s right to park in the Garage, whether in writing or oral, express or implied, are hereby terminated and of no further force and effect.

 

3.         Governing Law. This License shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maine.

 

[Balance of the page is intentionally blank]

 

-6-

 

 

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this License to be executed by their duly authorized officers or members as of the day and year first above written.

 

LICENSOR:   MMC:
     
181 HIGH STREET LLC   MAINE MEDICAL CENTER
     
  DocuSigned by:     DocuSigned by:
By: /s/ C.J. Follini   By: /s/ Jeff Sanders
  C.J. Follini   Name: Jeff Sanders
  Managing Member   Its: EVP/COO

 

-7-

 

 

Exhibit 6.4

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

PARKING AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED PARKING AGREEMENT (this Agreement), made and entered into effective as of the 19th day of April, 2011 (the Effective Date), by and between the 181 High Street, LLC (Garage Owner), and RB Portland LLC (Hotel Owner).

 

RECITALS:

 

A. Garage Owner is the owner of that certain tract or parcel of land located at 181 High Street, Portland, Maine, as more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof (defined herein as the Real Property), together with all land, related easement rights, development rights, improvements, inventories, supplies, licenses and permits, furniture, fixtures and equipment, and other property used in connection with the operation of the parking garage known as Gateway Garage containing approximately 649 parking spaces (the Parking Facility).

 

B. Hotel Owner is the owner of the Eastland Park Hotel located at 157 High Street in Portland, Maine adjacent to the Garage and more particularly described on Exhibit B attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herewith (Hotelor Hotel Property); and

 

C. Predecessors-in-title to Garage Owner and Hotel Owner entered into that certain Parking Agreement, dated July 1, 2000, recorded in the Cumberland County Registry of Deeds in Book 15593, Page 154, as amended and restated by that certain Amended and Restated Parking Agreement, dated February 1, 2009 between Garage Owner and Hotel Owners predecessor in title, Portland Hotel Associates, LLC, a Maine limited liability company (collectively, the Original Parking Agreement). The Original Parking Agreement set forth the terms and conditions of the agreement of the parties thereto with respect to the use of the Parking Facility for vehicular parking for guests of the Hotel and employees of the Hotel; and

 

D. The parties hereto wish to further amend and restate the Original Parking Agreement in its entirety, effective as of the Effective Date, to make available to Hotel Owner certain parking rights at the Parking Facility for the exclusive use of Hotel Owner and the guests, invitees and employees of Hotel Owner all as more particularly set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing premises, the sum of Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Garage Owner and Hotel Owner hereby agree as follows:

 

 

 

1.       DEFINITIONS.

 

1.1 Defined Terms. Certain terms in this Agreement have been given specially defined meanings. The defined terms may be used in the singular or plural or in varying tenses or forms, but such variations shall not affect their defined meaning so long as they are written with initial capital letters.

 

1.2 Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings indicated:

 

1.2.1       “Agreementhas the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

1.2.2       “Business Daysshall mean shall mean Monday through Friday excluding Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which national banks in Portland, Maine are not open for business.

 

1.2.3       “Capital Holdbackhas the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

1.2.4       “Claimshas the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.1.

 

1.2.5       “Condemnationshall mean a Taking resulting from (i)the exercise of any governmental power, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, by a Condemnor, or (ii) a voluntary sale or transfer by Garage Owner to any Condemnor, either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.

 

1.2.6       “Condemnorshall mean any public or quasi-public authority, or private corporation or individual, having the power of Condemnation.

 

1.2.7       “CPIshall mean the Consumer Price Index - All Urban Consumers (CPI- U) - U.S. City Average - All Items, as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor, or of any revised or successor index hereafter published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics or other agency of the United States Government succeeding to its functions.

 

1.2.8       “Effective Datehas the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

1.2.9       “Employee Feehas the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

1.2.10     “Entityshall mean any person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership (general or limited), joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust or other business entity or organization.

 

1.2.11     “Exclusive Parking Spaceshas the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

1.2.12     “Garage Ownerhas the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

2

 

 

1.2.13     “Governmental Authorityshall mean the United States of America, the State of Maine, the County of Cumberland, the City of Portland and any political or other subdivision of any of the foregoing, and any agency, department, commission, board, bureau, court or instrumentality of any of them which now or hereafter has jurisdiction over Hotel Owner or Garage Owner or any part of the Hotel or the operation or management of the Hotel, or the Parking Facility or any part thereof or the operation or management of the Parking Facility.

 

1.2.14     “Guestsof the Hotel shall mean and include persons staying as overnight room guests in the Hotel or otherwise patronizing or visiting or attending functions at the Hotel or employees of the Hotel or its management company.

 

1.2.15     “Hoteland Hotel Propertyhas the meaning set forth in Recital B.

 

1.2.16     “Hotel Employeesmeans any employees working at the Hotel.

 

1.2.17     “Hotel Ownerhas the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

1.2.18     “Hotel Owner Indemnified Partieshas the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.1.

 

1.2.19     “Hotel Usershas the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

1.2.20     “Legal Requirementsshall mean any statute, law, ordinance, order, rule, regulation or judgment of any Governmental Authority and any requirement, term or condition contained in any restriction or restrictive covenant affecting Garage Owner or the Parking Facility, or the construction or operation of the Parking Facility.

 

1.2.21     “Monthly Guaranteehas the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.1.

 

1.2.22     “Monthly Guarantee Deficiencyhas the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.1.

 

1.2.23     “Mortgageshall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt or other similar instrument encumbering all or any portion of the Parking Facility, or the Hotel, whether now in existence or hereafter created.

 

1.2.24     “Mortgageeshall mean the mortgagee or beneficiary (whether one or more) under any Mortgage.

 

1.2.25     “Noticemeans a written advice or notification required or permitted by this Agreement, as more particularly provided in Section 12.6.

 

1.2.26     “Operating Standardsshall mean the operation and maintenance of the Parking Facility in a manner necessary to ensure that the Parking Facility is and remains in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and consistent with its condition following the completion of the improvements to the Parking Facility contemplated in Section 2 and the completion of the improvements to the Parking Facility currently contemplated to address the concerns of the City of Portland and Maine Medical.

 

3

 

 

1.2.27     “Original Parking Agreementhas the meaning set forth in Recital C.

 

1.2.28     “Overnight Feehas the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

1.2.29     “Parking Facilityhas the meaning set forth in Recital A.

 

1.2.30     “Public Chargesshall mean any taxes, assessments, fees, water and sewer rates, or other charges imposed by public authority which if not paid will be a charge, claim or lien upon or against the Parking Facility or any part thereof.

 

1.2.31     “Real Propertyhas the meaning set forth in Recital A.

 

1.2.32     “Restorationshall mean the repairing, rebuilding and replacing of the Parking Facility upon the destruction or damage thereof or any part thereof or upon the. Taking of the Parking Facility or any part thereof by Condemnation to a value, condition and character substantially the same as (in the case of damage or destruction), or as near as possible to (in the event of Condemnation), the value, condition and character of the Parking Facility immediately prior to such damage, destruction or Condemnation.

 

1.2.33     “Special Eventhas the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

1.2.34     “Takingshall mean a permanent or temporary taking or voluntary conveyance during the term hereof of all or part of a Parking Facility or any interest therein or right accruing thereto or use thereof, as the result of or in settlement of, any Condemnation or other eminent domain proceeding affecting the Parking Facility, whether or not the same shall have actually been commenced.

 

1.2.35     “Termof this Agreement shall be for a period of fifty (50) years commencing on the Effective Date hereof.

 

1.2.36     “Transferhas the meaning set forth in Section 12.17.

 

2.       RENEGOTIATION FEE. In consideration of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Effective Date, Hotel Owner shall pay to Garage Owner the sum of Four Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($400,000.00) as a renegotiation fee (the Renegotiation Fee). In addition, Hotel Owner agrees to pay, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, up to One Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($150,000.00) (Capital Holdback), which amount shall be used and applied for the sole and exclusive purpose of improving the Parking Facility in accordance with the scope, timing and approximate cost of improvements set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the Improvements). If the final cost to complete all of the Improvements is more than $150,000, then upon Hotel Owners request and at Hotel Owners expense, Garage Owner will, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2, perform and complete all or any portion of the remaining Improvements (i.e. those that were not performed with the Capital Holdback) at the Parking Facility. If the final cost of all of the Improvements is less than $150,000, then the remaining Capital Holdback shall be paid to Garage Owner upon completion of such Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner. Garage Owner will consider the use of a general contractor recommended by Hotel Owner to perform the agreed upon Improvements and will reasonably entertain any bids provided by such general contractor recommended by Hotel Owner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Garage Owner shall have the right in its sole and absolute discretion to determine the manner, methodology and performance of the Improvements, provided that the general contractor selected by Garage Owner and the contract entered into with such general contractor and any amendments thereto (the GC Contract) shall be subject to Hotel Owners .approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The GC Contract shall require commencement of the Improvements within 45 days after the Effective Date and shall require substantial completion of the Improvements within 180 days after the date of the GC Contract, subject to any delays caused by force majeure.

 

4

 

 

Hotel Owner agrees to make disbursements of the Capital Holdback directly to the general contractor under the GC Contract (or other appropriate payee) within, ten (10) days after receipt of a request for payment from Garage Owner, which shall include (i) a certification from the general contractor certifying the total GC Contract amount, the amount paid to date, the amount remaining due, the percentage of the Improvements completed and that the Improvements for which Garage Owner is seeking payment have been completed and are in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and (ii) copies of related back up invoices or other evidence of the costs incurred. Hotel Owner shall not be required to make disbursements of the Capital Holdback more than once per month. If Hotel Owner reasonably objects to a draw request, then it must specify in writing and in detail to Garage Owner the basis for withholding any payment from the Capital Holdback with specificity of the item(s) as well as to the reasonable value associated therewith. In the event that Hotel Owner objects to any disbursement of the Capital Holdback, then Garage Owner shall be entitled to immediately cease further work with respect to the Improvements pending a resolution of such dispute. Moreover, Hotel Owner shall be liable to Garage Owner for any breach of the GC Contract or any lien placed on the Parking Facility as a result thereof in the event that it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that Hotel Owners failure to timely make a payment from the Capital Holdback was not proper and was the cause of such breach. Garage Owner shall not be entitled to any markup with respect to the work performed in connection with the Improvements.

 

3.       HOTEL PARKING.

 

3.1 Hotel Parking. Garage Owner hereby grants to Hotel Owner, for use in connection with its Guests, Hotel Employees, invitees and licensees (collectively, the Hotel Users), rights pertaining to the Real Property to use the Parking Facility for access to and use of the Parking Facility for overnight, daily, hourly, and monthly parking by Hotel Users upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. Garage Owner shall maintain and provide to, and hereby grants to, Hotel Owner and its Hotel Users the right to use a sufficient number of parking spaces in the Parking Facility to reasonably accommodate the Hotel Owners parking needs for all Hotel Users and to comply with all applicable parking requirements of any Governmental Authority related to the Hotel, but in no event shall the number of spaces available to Hotel Owner be less than One Hundred (100) striped parking spaces for the exclusive use of Guests (the Exclusive Parking Spaces). The One Hundred (100) Exclusive Parking Spaces shall be located in the Parking Facility as follows: twenty (20) shall be located on the third floor closest to the elevators, forty (40) shall be located on the fourth closest to the elevators and forty (40) shall be located on the fifth floor closest to the elevators. The twenty (20) Exclusive Parking Spaces located on the third floor shall be marked with signage indicating the exclusive nature thereof for the benefit of Hotel Owner (for example, For Hotel Guests Only) (the Exclusive Signage) as of the Effective Date and the remaining eighty (80) Exclusive Parking Spaces shall be marked with the Exclusive Signage on or before the earlier of (i) two (2) days after the extension, termination or restatement of the parking agreement with Maine Medical or (b) six (6) months after the Effective Date. In the case of a Special Event(as defined below) for which Hotel Owner provides Garage Owner with at least fourteen (14) days prior notice thereof (including the name of the event, the time of the event, and the estimated number of attendees), Garage Owner shall make reasonable efforts to provide adequate parking for attendees thereto, as identified in such notice. A Special Eventshall be defined as an event being held at the Hotel, wholly or partially between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 11:00 p.m., at which the attendance is in excess of one hundred (100) people.

 

5

 

 

3.2 Garage Hours. The Parking Facility shall be open twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, fifty-two (52) weeks per year, for the Term of the Agreement; provided, however, that upon giving Hotel Owner fourteen (14) days written notice, Garage Owner may temporarily close portions of the Garage for required maintenance and repairs, excepting in the case of emergency, for which notice shall be as reasonable as practicable under the circumstances. Subject to the provisions of Sections 10.7 and 10.8 below, if the Parking Facility is closed or access to parking spaces in the Parking Facility is reduced below the amount required hereby as a result of maintenance or repair, then Garage Owner shall provide replacement parking, at no greater parking rates, until such time as full access to the Exclusive Parking Spaces and other sufficient parking in the Parking Facility has been restored. Such replacement parking shall be reasonably convenient for the Hotel Users and located as near to the Hotel as is practicable.

 

3.3 Use of Exclusive Parking. Use of the Exclusive Parking Spaces by Hotel Owner and Guests of the Hotel may be by the Guests themselves or by valet parking.

 

3.4 Parking Systems. Garage Owner and Hotel Owner (in conjunction with any operator of the Parking Facility) shall use good faith commercially reasonable efforts to adapt the existing control systems used at the Parking Facility to accommodate the in and out privileges described in Section 5.1.3 for Guests by use of hotel guest key cards. Garage Owner has advised Hotel Owner that the cost to adapt existing control systems is approximately $41,000.00 pursuant to the proposal submitted by Cincinnati Time of Maine dated January 3, 2011, a copy of which has been provided to Hotel Owner (the Parking System Proposal), which shall be paid by Hotel Owner. Garage Owner shall promptly commence adapting the existing control systems to accommodate the in and out privileges described in Section 5.1.3 consistent with the Parking System Proposal and Hotel Owner shall cooperate in connection therewith. In addition, upon request, Garage Owner agrees to install (at Hotel Owners expense), or permit Hotel Owner to install, a drop box at the Parking Facility to permit the return of key cards by Guests as they exit the Parking Facility.

 

6

 

 

4.       TERM.

 

4.1 Commencement Term. This term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date, and shall terminate on March 31, 2061.

 

4.2 Memorandum of Parking Agreement. The parties will, simultaneously herewith, execute a Memorandum Of Parking Agreement and record same at Hotel Owners expense with the Register of Deeds of Cumberland County, Maine, the form of which Memorandum is attached hereto as Exhibit D.

 

5.       PARKING RATES.

 

5.1 Overnight Fee; Employee Fee; Other Fees. During the Term of this Agreement, Garage Owner shall charge Guests a preferential overnight parking fee (Overnight Fee) and Hotel Employees a preferential monthly parking fee (Employee Fee) as follows:

 

5.1.1       Commencing on the date hereof, Guests parking overnight shall pay an Overnight Fee equal to $17.10 per 24-hour period, with each hour in excess of 24 hours to be billed at the regular hourly rate; provided, however, that no amount payable for a portion of the 24-hour period shall exceed the then current 24-hour Overnight Fee. The Overnight Fee may be increased one time per year from the Effective Date through January 31, 2019, but not by more than three percent (3%) in any year. After January 31, 2019 through the remainder of the Term, the Overnight Fee may be increased one time per year in accordance with the following terms and conditions: the Overnight Fee may be increased by no more than three percent (3%) in any year; provided, however, if as of the month of the proposed increase the CPI for the then most recent published month has increased by five percent (5%) or more from the CPI for the twelve months prior thereto, then the Overnight Fee may be increased by the percentage increase in the CPI. The right to increase may accrue if it is not implemented in any given year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time, Garage Owner offers a maximum daily fee or overnight fee, either through a published rate or a contract rate, to another Entity for twenty (20) or more parking spaces (other than Maine Medical) which maximum daily fee or overnight fee is more favorable to such Entity than the then applicable Overnight Fee, then the Overnight Fee shall be reduced to equal the lowest maximum daily rate or overnight fee offered to such Entity and further, in the event the Overnight Fee exceeds seventy percent (70%) of any overnight rate charged to the general public, then the Overnight Fee shall be reduced to seventy percent (70%) of such overnight rate.

 

5.1.2       Commencing on the date hereof, Hotel Employees shall have the right to rent a monthly parking space for a preferred rate equal to $94.02 per month. The Employee Fee may be increased one time per year during the Term, but not by more than three percent (3%) in any year. The right to increase may accrue if it is not implemented in any given year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time, the Garage Owner offers a monthly fee either through a published rate or a contract rate to employees , of another Entity (other than Maine Medical) which monthly rate is more favorable to such employees than the then applicable Employee Fee, then the Employee. Fee shall be reduced to equal the lowest monthly rate offered to employees of such Entity. Upon written request, from time to time in connection with providing parking to additional Hotel Employees, Hotel Owner shall provide Garage Owner with a current list of Hotel Employees.

 

7

 

 

5.1.3       Those Guests and Hotel Employees paying the Overnight Fee or the Employee Fee, respectively, shall have unlimited access to the Parking Facility, including, without limitation, unrestricted in and out privileges during each paid 24 hour period (without any additional cost or expense).

 

5.1.4       Hotel Users, to the extent not Guests and Hotel Employees paying the rates set forth in Section 5.1.1 or 5.1.2, shall pay the standard rates of the Parking Facility that are charged to transient parkers.

 

5.1.5       The Overnight Fee and Employee Fee shall be available to Hotel Users upon presentation at the Parking. Facility exit booths of a properly validated parking ticket from the Hotel, or a monthly pass in the case of Hotel Employees, the form of which shall be provided by the Garage Owner at the commencement of this Agreement.

 

5.2 Monthly Guarantee.

 

5.2.1       Monthly Guarantee DeficiencyIf Garage Owner does not receive receipts for Overnight Fees from Guests in an amount equal to or greater than $10,000 in any given month (Monthly Guarantee), then the Hotel Owner shall be required to pay to the Garage Owner the difference between $10,000 and the actual receipts from Guests for such month (Monthly Guarantee Deficiency). Garage Owner shall submit a report (the Deficiency Report) by the 15th of the month following the month in question setting forth the Monthly Guarantee Deficiency, which Deficiency Report shall include all receipts from Guests, Failure to timely submit a Deficiency Report shall be deemed a waiver by Garage Owner to entitlement of the Monthly Guarantee for the month in question. Upon timely receipt of the Deficiency Report, if the Hotel Owner has a reasonable basis to dispute the Deficiency Report, the Hotel Owner shall have until the last day of the month following the month in question to produce contrary evidence of the receipts and to audit the Deficiency Report, and Garage Owner shall cooperate in Hotel Owners audit. If Hotel Owner fails to timely submit an objection to the Deficiency Report, together with such contrary evidence, by the last day of the month following the month in question, Hotel Owner shall be deemed to waive its right to challenge the Monthly Guarantee Deficiency for such month, and shall be required to pay the Monthly Guarantee Deficiency as submitted by Garage Owner. If the parties are unable to agree for any given month on the Monthly Guarantee Deficiency, such dispute shall be resolved pursuant to arbitration. Where no such dispute exists, the Monthly Guarantee Deficiency, if any, shall be paid on or before the last day of the succeeding month. Where a dispute exists, the Monthly Guarantee Deficiency, if any, shall be paid within fifteen (15) days following the date on which such dispute is resolved. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event Hotel Owner or its Guests are unable or prohibited from using any of the Exclusive Parking Spaces for more than forty-eight (48) hours during any given month, the Monthly Guarantee Deficiency shall be proportionately reduced based upon the number of Exclusive Parking Spaces provided during any such month compared to the number of Exclusive Parking Spaces required unless the Garage Owner provides alternate exclusive parking spaces reasonably similar in location and size to the Exclusive Parking Spaces. Nothing in the foregoing sentence shall affect Garage Owner’s covenant to provide the Exclusive Parking Spaces pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

8

 

 

6.       MAINTENANCE OF PARKING FACILITY. Garage Owner, at its expense, shall continuously operate and maintain, or cause to be operated and maintained, the Parking Facility, in accordance with the Operating Standards. In connection therewith, Garage Owner, at its sole cost and expense, will promptly make all necessary or appropriate repairs and replacements of the Parking Facility whether interior or exterior, structural or non-structural, or ordinary or extraordinary. Garage Owners obligations hereunder shall include, but not be limited to, bearing the cost of an adequate, uniformed staff to service the Parking Facility and providing security for the Parking Facility and its patrons. If Garage Owner fails to operate or maintain the Parking Facility in accordance with the Operating Standards and (i) such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Hotel Owner to Garage Owner or (ii) if such failure is of such a nature that it cannot be completely cured within such thirty (30) day period and Garage Owner commences to cure the failure within such thirty (30) day period but does not thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion, then Hotel Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, either to perform or cause to be performed such operation, maintenance, repair and/or replacement, and to the extent that Hotel Owner shall perform or pay for the same, Hotel Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement, within ten (10) Business Days of written demand, for all costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, together with interest on such amounts at the lesser of (a) the highest rate permitted by applicable law or (b) fifteen percent (15%) per annum from the date incurred by Hotel Owner until reimbursed by Garage Owner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Hotel Owner may immediately, upon written notice to Garage Owner, perform or cause to be performed such operation, maintenance, repair or replacement, if Garage Owners failure to do so is reasonably likely to give rise to an emergency situation preventing the Parking Facility from being used by Hotel Users as contemplated under this Agreement or posing an imminent danger to safety or property.

 

7.       PARKING GARAGE FINANCING.

 

7.1 Garage Owner to Furnish Name and Address of Mortgagee. Garage Owner shall promptly furnish Hotel Owner with the name and address of the holder of any Mortgages on the Real Property or any portion thereof. Garage Owner shall also notify Hotel Owner promptly of any other Mortgage, lien or other encumbrance which is subsequently created on or which subsequently attaches to the Real Property or any portion thereof, whether by act of Garage Owner or otherwise, each of which shall be subject and subordinate to this Agreement as a covenant running with the land unless the parties have entered into a subordination and non-disturbance agreement. Garage Owner will timely pay, discharge and perform all of its duties and obligations under, and comply with all terms and conditions of, any financing arrangements relating to the Real Property and any Mortgage and other documents and instruments securing or evidencing the same. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Garage Owner may enter into easements, licenses, and other encumbrances (other than those which constitute monetary liens against the Parking Facility) without the necessity of providing notice to Hotel Owner; provided, however, that such easements, licenses and other encumbrances shall not restrict the use of the Exclusive Parking Spaces by Hotel Users or otherwise materially impair the rights of Hotel Owner under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Hotel Owner agrees to promptly subordinate its rights under this Agreement to those of any subsequent mortgagee provided that such subsequent mortgagee executes and delivers to Hotel Owner a non-disturbance agreement, substantially on the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit E or on such other terms reasonably acceptable to Hotel Owner.

 

9

 

 

7.2 Non-Disturbance Agreement. On or before the Effective Date, Garage Owner shall cause any Mortgagee to deliver a non-disturbance agreement to Hotel Owner and Hotel Owners Mortgagee pursuant to which the Mortgagee agrees that it shall not terminate this Agreement upon any foreclosure of its interest in the Real Property or any acceptance of title in lieu thereof so long as Hotel Owner (or its successors or assigns) is not in default of this Agreement.

 

8.       HOTEL FINANCING.

 

8.1 Mortgagee of Hotel Owner. Garage Owner acknowledges that the rights of Hotel Owner may be collaterally assigned or otherwise pledged as collateral for a loan or loans secured by the Hotel. Hotel Owner agrees to promptly furnish Garage Owner with the name and address of any holder of any mortgages on the Hotel.

 

8.2 Cure by Mortgagee. After the occurrence of an event of default, Garage Owner shall deliver notice of such default to any Mortgagee designated under Section 8.1 (Hotel Mortgagee) contemporaneously with the delivery of such default notice to Hotel Owner. Hotel Mortgagee shall have ten (10) Business Days after the expiration of Hotel Owners applicable cure period, if any, to cure the applicable default.

 

9.       PUBLIC CHARGES; COMPLIANCE WITH AGREEMENTS.

 

9.1 Public Charges. Garage Owner covenants and agrees to pay and discharge, before any lien is filed against the Parking Facility (other than liens for non-delinquent general real estate taxes or assessments), all Public Charges applicable to the Parking Facility, The parties hereto acknowledge that all parking taxes shall be included in the parking rates charged to Hotel Users hereunder and remitted to the appropriate taxing authorities as and when due by or on behalf of Garage Owner.

 

9.2 Compliance with Agreements. Garage Owner covenants and agrees to comply with all covenants, restrictions, easements, or other encumbrances benefiting, burdening, or otherwise affecting the Parking Facility, including, but not limited to the Declaration of Condominium dated December 1, 1986, as amended, relating to the Parking Facility and to pay and discharge any assessments or other payments due under any such Declaration before any fine, penalty, interest or cost may be added or lien filed against the Parking Facility.

 

10

 

 

10.     INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE; CASUALTY AND CONDEMNATION.

 

10.1         Indemnification.

 

10.1.1 Indemnification by Garage Owner. Garage Owner shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, pay, indemnify, defend and save harmless Hotel Owner and any successor owner of the Hotel Property and their respective partners, members, stockholders, directors, officers, agents and employees (collectively, the Hotel Owner Indemnified Parties), from and against all suits, actions, claims, demands, damages (excluding consequential damages), losses and other reasonable expenses and costs of every kind and description to which the Hotel Owner Indemnified Parties may be subjected as a result of or arising out of Garage Owners breach of this Agreement, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

10.1.2 Indemnification by Hotel Owner. Hotel Owner shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, pay, indemnify, defend and save harmless Garage Owner and any successor owner of the Parking Facility and their respective partners, members, stockholders, directors, officers, agents and employees (collectively, the Garage Owner Indemnified Parties), from and against all suits, actions, claims, demands, damages (excluding consequential damages), losses and other reasonable expenses and costs of every kind and description to which the Garage Owner Indemnified Parties may be subjected as a result of or arising out of Hotel Owners breach of this Agreement, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

10.2         Insurance Coverage of Garage Owner. Garage Owner shall secure and maintain or cause to be secured and maintained in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, insurance covering the Parking Facility in the types and in amounts no less than the insurance covering the Parking Facility on the date of this Agreement (and in all events in an amount not less than full replacement value), such coverages being set forth in the certificates of insurance attached hereto as Exhibit F. Such required insurance shall have Hotel Owner as an additional named insured.

 

10.3         Limited Release of Liability and Waiver of Subrogation. Hotel Owner and Garage Owner hereby release each other, and their respective authorized representatives, from any claims for damage to any person that are caused by or result from risks insured against under the terms of any property, general liability, or other policy of insurance. Hotel Owner and Garage Owner shall cause each insurance policy obtained by either to provide that the insurance company waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against any insured party in connection with any damage covered by any policy. If the release of Hotel Owner or Garage Owner as set forth in the first sentence of this subsection shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of the party in question shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the others insurers. This section shall not apply to claims for damages of less than $1,000.

 

10.4         Non-Cancellation Clause. All insurance policies or agreements required by this Article 10 shall provide (to the extent such provision is obtainable) that they cannot be cancelled or terminated until after at least thirty (30) daysprior written notice has been given to Hotel Owner and Garage Owner to the effect that such insurance policies or agreements are to be cancelled or terminated at a particular time.

 

11

 

 

 

10.5       Certificates of Insurance. Garage Owner shall provide to Hotel Owner certificates of insurance or other acceptable proof of compliance with the insurance provisions of this Agreement including but not limited to the provision of a certificate showing the Hotel Owner as an additional named insured.

 

10.6       Valet Parking Insurance. In the event Hotel Owner implements a valet parking program for parking vehicles at the Parking Facility, Hotel Owner shall maintain (or cause to be maintained) insurance in form and amount reasonably acceptable to the Garage Owner in connection with the operation of such valet parking program by Hotel Owner (or by any operator of such valet parking program) and such insurance shall include Garage Owner as an additional insured (and, upon request of any Mortgagee of Garage Owner, shall include such Mortgagee as an additional insured).

 

10.7       Restoration Upon Casualty. If all or any part of the Parking Facility shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, then Garage Owner, at its own expense, shall promptly commence and thereafter proceed with reasonable diligence (subject to a reasonable time allowance for the purpose of adjusting the insurance loss) to undertake and complete the .Restoration of the Parking Facility to a good, safe and sightly condition, but at a minimum to a condition substantially the same as it existed prior to the date of such casualty so that the Parking Facility may be operated in accordance with the Operating Standards.

 

10.8       Termination or Restoration Upon Condemnation. If all or a substantial part of the Parking Facility shall be taken by Condemnation, then either party may terminate this Agreement. If less than all or a substantial part of the Parking Facility shall be taken by Condemnation then Garage Owner, at its own expense, shall promptly commence and thereafter proceed with reasonable diligence (subject to a reasonable time allowance for the purpose of receiving the Condemnation proceeds) to undertake and complete the Restoration of the Parking Facility to a good, safe and sightly condition as near as practicable to its condition as it existed prior to the date of such Condemnation so that the Parking Facility may be operated in accordance with the Operating Standards. In connection with any Condemnation of the Parking Facility, Hotel Owner shall have the right to seek a separate award from the Condemnor of the value of its interest in this Agreement; provided, however, that such award to Hotel Owner, if any, shall not reduce the amount of the award or other Condemnation proceeds otherwise payable to Garage Owner.

 

11.       DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

 

11.1       Default by Garage Owner. The occurrence of any of the following shall be an event of default by Garage Owner under this Agreement:

 

11.1.1       Garage Owners failure to pay when due any liquidated sum of money owed by Garage Owner to Hotel Owner pursuant to this Agreement within five (5) Business Days after receipt of written notice from Hotel Owner for payment of the same, or any part of same, or the failure of Garage Owner to perform or to observe any covenant, obligation, or requirement of this Agreement and the continuation of any such failure for thirty (30) days after written notice from Hotel Owner to Garage Owner specifying the nature and extent of any such default; provided, however, if such failure is of such a nature that it cannot be completely cured within such thirty (30) day period, but Garage Owner commences to cure the default within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same, then Garage Owner shall have a reasonable period of time in which to cure such default (but in no event longer than ninety (90) days after the date of notice thereof).

 

12

 

 

11.2       Default by Hotel Owner. The occurrence of any of the following shall be an event of default by Hotel Owner under this Agreement:

 

11.2.1 Hotel Owners failure to pay when due any liquidated sum of money owed by Hotel Owner to Garage Owner pursuant to this Agreement within five (5) Business Days after receipt of written notice from Garage Owner for payment of the same, or any part of same, or the failure of Hotel Owner to perform or to observe any covenant, obligation, or requirement of this Agreement and the continuation of any such failure for thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Garage Owner to Hotel Owner specifying the nature and extent of any such default; provided, however, if such failure is of such a nature that it cannot be completely cured within such thirty (30) day period, but Hotel Owner commences to cure the default within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same, then Hotel Owner shall have a reasonable period of time in which to cure such default (but in no event longer than ninety (90) days after the date of notice thereof).

 

11.2.2 Notwithstanding paragraph 11.2.1 hereinabove, if Hotel Owner fails to timely pay the Monthly Guarantee Deficiency within five (5) Business Days after the payment due date, then Garage Owner shall have the right to charge a late fee on any overdue Monthly Guarantee Deficiency in the amount of ten percent (10%) thereof and, in addition to any other remedies afforded Garage Owner under this Agreement, Hotel Owner shall be liable for all costs incurred by Garage Owner in collecting such amounts including reasonable attorneys fees.  Where a dispute exists, the Monthly Guarantee Deficiency shall be paid within fifteen (15) days following the date on which such dispute is resolved. In the event of any such dispute the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys fees.

 

11.3       Remedies. Upon the occurrence and continuation of any event of default described in Sections 11.1 or 11.2, the non-defaulting party may elect one or more of the following remedies:

 

11.3.1 To pay whatever amount or perform whatever act the defaulting party failed to pay or to perform for and on behalf of the defaulting party, and the defaulting party shall reimburse the non-defaulting party immediately upon demand for any sums thus paid and all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the making of such payment or the proper performance of any such act (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneysfees and costs incurred in connection therewith and in enforcing the non-defaulting partys rights hereunder), together with interest on such sum, costs, and expenses at the lesser of (i) the highest rate permitted by applicable law or (ii) fifteen percent (15%) per annum, from the date incurred by the non-defaulting party until the date reimbursed by the defaulting party. In addition, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no default by either party shall relieve the non-defaulting party from the full and complete performance of its obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, in the case of Garage Owner, making the Exclusive Parking Spaces and the Parking Facility available to the Hotel Users as set forth in this Agreement and maintaining the Parking Facility in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have issued a final, non-appealable ruling determining a party to be in default hereunder and fixing the amount in default or the amount of damages arising from the default, if any (including, without limitation, interest on such amounts at the lesser of (i) the highest rate permitted by applicable law or (ii) fifteen percent (15%) per annum, from the date of default and which shall accrue until such amount is satisfied hereunder, and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs and costs of collection incurred in connection therewith and in enforcing the non-defaulting party’s rights). Hotel Owner, if it is the non-defaulting party, shall have the right of offset and is hereby authorized to offset and credit the amount due to Hotel Owner against the sums otherwise payable hereunder to Garage Owner by Hotel Owner.

 

11.3.2 To seek a decree of specific performance against the defaulting party of the obligations in default or an injunction against the defaulting party restraining the breach by the defaulting party; and

 

11.3.3 In addition to the remedies described above, the non-defaulting party shall have available to it all other rights and remedies provided at law or in equity. All remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not restrictive of other remedies.

 

13

 

 

12.       MISCELLANEOUS.

 

12.1       Negation of Partnership or Joint Venture. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or be construed to constitute or create a partnership or joint venture between Garage Owner or Hotel Owner.

 

12.2       Right to Make Agreement. Each party warrants and represents, with respect to itself, that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership, or limited liability company action (as the case may be) and are legal, valid and binding obligations of such party, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof, and that neither the execution of this Agreement nor performance of the obligations contemplated hereby shall violate any Legal Requirement, result in or constitute a breach or default under any indenture, contract or other commitment or restriction to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or require any consent, vote or approval which has not been obtained, or at the appropriate time shall not have been given or obtained. Each party covenants that it has and will continue to have the full right and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and each party agrees to supply to the other party upon request evidence of such right and authority.

 

12.3       Further Assurances. Each party hereto will execute and acknowledge any and all agreements, contracts, leases, licenses, applications, verifications and such other additional instruments and documents in recordable form as may be requested by the other party hereto in order to carry out the intent of this Agreement and to perfect or give further assurances of any of the rights granted or provided for herein.

 

12.4       Estoppel Certificate. Whenever reasonably requested by the other party, each party from time to time will execute and deliver, within fifteen (15) days of the request, to or at the direction of the other, and without charge, a written certificate for the benefit of such party and its lender as follows: (i) stating that this Agreement is unmodified and in full force and effect according to its original terms, or if there have been modifications, identifying them and stating that this Agreement is in full force and effect as so modified; (ii) stating the dates to which all sums of money payable under this Agreement have been paid; (iii) stating that either the certifying party has no knowledge of any default under this Agreement or identifying all such defaults, as the case may be; (iv) stating that there are no known then current offsets or defenses to the enforcement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms or, if there are any, identifying them; and (v) stating any other information that may reasonably be required to confirm the current status of this Agreement.

 

12.5       Agreement to Run with Land; Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement has been made and entered into for the sole protection and benefit of Garage Owner and Hotel Owner and their respective successors and assigns in title to all or any portion of the Real Property or the Hotel Property, as applicable, as a covenant running with the land described on Exhibit A and Exhibit B, respectively, and no other person or entity shall have any right or action under this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

 

12.6       Notices. All Notices or other communications required or desired to be given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or by courier service, overnight courier service, or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing adequate postage and properly addressed as provided below. Each Notice given by mail shall be deemed to be given by the sender when received or refused by the party intended to receive such Notice; each Notice delivered by hand or by courier service shall be deemed to have been given and received when actually received by the party intended to receive such Notice or when such party refuses to accept delivery of such Notice. Upon a change of address by either party, such party shall give written Notice of such change to the other party in accordance with the foregoing. Inability to deliver because of changed address or status of which no Notice was given shall be deemed to be receipt of the Notice sent, effective as of the date such Notice would otherwise have been received.

 

14

 

 

12.6.1 Notice to Garage Owner. Each Notice to Garage Owner shall be addressed as follows:

 

181 High Street, LLC

c/o Noyack Medical Partners

6 West 20th Street

5th Floor

New York, New York 10011

  

With a Copy to:

 

Andrew Greene & Associates, P.C.

202 Mamaroneck Avenue

White Plains, New York 10601

Attention: Andrew Greene, Esq.

 

12.6.2 Notice to Hotel Owner. Each Notice to Hotel Owner shall be addressed as follows:

 

RB Portland LLC

c/o RockBridge Capital, LLC

4100 Regent Street

Suite G

Columbus, Ohio 43219

Attention: Asset Management

 

and

 

RB Portland LLC

c/o RockBridge Capital, LLC

4100 Regent Street

Suite G

Columbus, Ohio 43219

Attention: Legal Department

 

With a copy to:

 

Morris, Manning & Martin, LLP

1600 Atlanta Financial Center

3343 Peachtree Road, N.E.

Atlanta, Georgia 30326

Attention: Thomas S. Gryboski, Esq.

 

15

 

 

12.7       Waiver. No consent or waiver, express or implied, by either party to this Agreement to or of any breach or default by the other in the performance of any obligations hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default by such party hereunder. Except as otherwise provided herein, failure on the part of any party hereto to complain of any act or failure to act by the other party or to declare the other party in default hereunder, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver of the rights of such party hereunder.

 

12.8       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall be construed as a single instrument.

 

12.9       Captions. The captions used for the Articles and Sections in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or the intent of this Agreement or any Article or Section hereof.

 

12.10       Gender. Unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, words singular or plural in number shall be deemed to include the other and pronouns having a neuter, masculine or feminine gender shall be deemed to include the others. The term personshall be deemed to include an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, government and governmental agency or subdivision, as the context shall require.

 

12.11       Unenforceable Provisions. In the event any provision of this Agreement is declared or adjudged to be unenforceable or unlawful by any Governmental Authority, then such unenforceable or unlawful provision shall be excised herefrom, and the remainder of this Agreement, together with all rights and remedies granted thereby, shall continue and remain in full force and effect.

 

12.12       Cumulative Remedies. All rights, powers, remedies, benefits and privileges available under any provision of this Agreement to any party hereunder are in addition to and cumulative of any and all rights, powers, remedies, benefits and privileges available to such party under all other provisions of this Agreement, at law or in equity.

 

12.13       Entire Agreement. This Agreement amends and restates the Original Parking Agreement in its entirety and constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby. All prior negotiations, representations and agreements with respect thereto and not incorporated in this Agreement are hereby canceled. This Agreement can be modified or amended only by a written document duly executed by the parties hereto or their duly appointed representatives.

 

12.14       Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Maine.

 

12.15       Exhibits. Exhibits referred to in this Agreement and attached hereto are incorporated herein in full by this reference as if each of such exhibits were set forth in the body of this Agreement and duly executed by the parties hereto.

 

12.16       Performance by Manager. Hotel Owner may designate that any and all of its rights, remedies, powers and privileges hereunder may be exercised by a management organization for the Hotel. To the extent that Hotel Owner delegates any of its duties, responsibilities or obligations to such manager, Garage Owner will accept performance by manager on behalf of Hotel Owner.

 

12.17       Assignments. Hotel Owner shall not assign, sell, convey, grant, encumber, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of (any such action a Transfer) all or any portion of its interest in this Agreement Without the prior approval of Garage Owner which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Section 12.17, provided that Hotel Owner is not then in default under the terms of this Agreement, Garage Owners approval shall be deemed given if (a) any proposed Transfer is in connection with the sale of the Hotel to a bona fide third party purchaser for value or (b) any proposed Transfer (either through foreclosure or a Transfer in lieu of foreclosure.) is to a financial institution licensed or otherwise permitted to make commercial loans in the State of Maine and such financial institution assumes and acknowledges Hotel Owner’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

12.18       Legal Fees. In the event of any litigation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys fees and costs from the non-prevailing party.

 

Remainder of Page Intentionally left blank

Signature Page follows

 

16

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

  GARAGE OWNER:
   
  181 HIGH STREET, LLC, a Maine limited
  liability company

 

   
   
  By: /s/ Charles Follini     
  Name:        
  Its: Member

 

STATE OF New York

County of BRONX, SS. March 10, 2011

 

 

Then personally appeared the above-named Charles Follini,   of 181 High Street, LLC and acknowledged the foregoing instrument to be his/her free act and deed in his/her said capacity, and the free act and deed of said limited liability company.

 

  Before me,
WINSOME SAMUELS  
Notary Public - State of New York /s/ Winsome Samuels
NO. 015A6182976 Notary Public/Maine Attorney-at-Law
Qualified In Bronx County  
My Commission Expires 3/10/12  

 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

 

17

 

 

  HOTEL OWNER:
   
  RB PORTLAND LLC, a Delaware limited liability
  company
   
  By: RB Portland Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited
  liability company, its Sole Member
   
  By: RB Portland Investment Holdings LLC, a Delaware
  limited liability company, its Manager
   
  By: RockBridge Hospitality Fund IV L.P., a Delaware
     limited partnership, its Sole Member
   
  By: RBC Partners IV LLC, a Delaware limited
  liability company, its General Partner
   
  By: RockBridge GP Holdings, LLC, an Ohio
  limited liability company, its Managing
  Member
   
  By: RockBridge Holdings, LLC, an Ohio
  limited liability company, its
  Managing Member

 

  By: /s/ Kenneth J. Krebs
  Name: KENNETH J. KREBS, ESQ
  Title: EXECUTIVE VP/GENERAL COUNSEL

 

STATE OF OHIO

County of FRANKLIN, SS. March 28, 2011

 

 

Then personally appeared the above-named EVP/GENERAL COUNSEL of RockBridge Holdings, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company, the Managing Member of RockBridge GP Holdings, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company, the Managing Member of RBC Partners IV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the General Partner of RockBridge Hospitality Fund IV L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, the Sole Member of RB Portland Investment Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Manager of RB Portland Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Sole Member of RB Portland LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and acknowledged the foregoing instrument to be his/her free act and deed in his/her said capacity, and the free act and deed of said limited liability company.

 

    Before me,
   
Tamara Schoedel /s/ Tamara Schoedel
Notary Public, State of Ohio Notary Public
My Commission Expires 09-29-2014  
   

 

 

18

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Legal Description of Real Property

 

Certain real estate together with any buildings and improvements thereon situated on High Street in the City of Portland, Cumberland County, Maine and more particularly described as Unit 9 (the Unit) of The Gateway, a Condominium located in the City of Portland, County of Cumberland and State of Maine (the ‘‘Condominium’’) created pursuant to the provisions of the Maine Condominium Act, (the Act) by Declaration of Condominium, The Gateway, a Condominium, dated December 1, 1986 and recorded in the Cumberland County Registry of Deeds in Book 7621, Page 103, as amended by First Amendment to Declaration of Condominium dated March 9, 1987, and recorded in said registry of deeds in Book 7669, Page 212 (collectively hereinafter called the Declaration) ; and by Plats and Plans incorporated into the Declarationand recorded in said registry of deeds in Plan Book 160, Page 50.

 

The Unit is subject to and has the benefit of the Declaration, the Plats, Plans and the Act which are incorporated herein by reference, to which reference is hereby made for a more particular specification of the definition, location and description of the real property insured herein and of the rights, obligations, easements, developments rights. Special Declarant Rights, air rights, restrictions, liens for assessments, covenants and conditions pertaining thereto.

 

The Unit is also conveyed together with air rights and the fee of such air rights or superjacent parcelreserved by Garage Associates of Portland in Article V (J) of the Declaration of Condominium together with Development Rights relating to such air rights reserved by Declarant under Article V (A) of the Declaration, and subject to the conditions, covenants, easements and restrictions relating thereto.

 

19

 

 

Exhibit 6.5

 

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made and entered into as of the           day of April, 2008, by and between 181 HIGH STREET LLC, a Maine (Owner), a Maine limited liability company, and STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION (Operator), a Delaware corporation.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

THAT, WHEREAS, Owner presently owns or controls a parking facility with approximately six hundred forty-nine (649) parking spaces comprising Unit 9 in the Gateway, a Condominium, located in Portland, Maine (the Premises”), created pursuant to Declaration of Condominium dated December 1, 1986 and recorded in the Cumberland County (Maine) Registry of Deeds in Book 7621, Page 103 (the Declaration) and has the authority to contract for the management of said facility;

 

WHEREAS, Operator is an experienced operator and manager of parking facilities; and

 

WHEREAS, Owner and Operator desire to enter into an agreement whereby Operator will manage all parking of motor vehicles at such facility upon the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.       PREMISES. Owner hereby grants to Operator and Operator hereby accepts the exclusive right and obligation of administering, managing and operating the parking operations with respect to the Premises.

 

2.       TERM; TRANSITION.

 

(a)       This Agreement shall be for approximately five (5) years commencing on the date hereof (the Commencement Date), and continuing through and including April 30, 2013 (the Initial Term), subject to sooner termination in accordance with the terms hereof. Thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew from year to year unless prior written notice of non-renewal is given by either party at least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to expiration of the Initial Term or the then current renewal term. In addition to any other termination rights granted herein, this Agreement may be terminated at any time, without cause or penalty, by either party giving one hundred twenty (120) daysprior written notice, with the effective date of termination to be on the last day of the first calendar month following the end of such 180-day period. The term Year” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive calendar months beginning with the Commencement Date and each twelve-month period thereafter, except that the first Year shall be 12 months plus the number of days in the partial month at the beginning of the term of this Agreement.

 

(b)       During the first four weeks of the Term, O aerator shall perform the activities in the Four-Week Transition Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A attached hereto in an effort to provide a smooth transaction of the parking garage to management under this Agreement.

 

1

 

 

3.       OPERATORS OBLIGATIONS AND S ERVICES. Operator hereby covenants and agrees that it will:

 

(a) Operate and direct the operation of the Premises as a parking facility, and render the usual and customary services incidental thereto, in a professional, businesslike and efficient manner, and provide supervision and inspection adequate to properly manage the Premises as a first class parking facility. Owner reserves the right to establish the hours of operation and parking rates for the Premises.

 

(b) Routinely maintain the parking equipment provided by Operator (if any) in good operating condition and repair and purchase, on behalf of Owner, equipment and supplies necessary for the operation of the Premises; provided, however, that no equipment shall be purchased except as provided in the approved Budget or as otherwise approved by Owner.

 

(c) Hire, pay, train, provide benefits for and supervise sufficient experienced and qualified personnel who will render the services required by this Agreement. Such employees will be neatly uniformed and courteous to the public. All persons so employed shall be employees of Operator and not of Owner, and shall have no authority to act as the agent of Owner, and Operator shall be responsible for all aspect of such employees.

 

(d) Promote, advertise and endeavor to increase the volume, efficiency and quality of the services rendered.

 

(e) Collect from transient users of and monthly parkers at the Premises parking fees and other charges as directed by Owner. Where Owner requests Operator to establish and/or honor non-prepaid validation agreements or programs with any third parties or Owners tenants, Operator shall not be responsible for any uncollectible receivables in connection with such agreements or programs.

 

(f) Maintain courteous, businesslike relations with users of the Premises, whose requests shall be received, considered and promptly acted upon.

 

2

 

 

(g) Cause the Premises to be maintained in a clean and orderly manner consistent with the operation of a first class parking facility; including snow and ice removal; provided, however, that Operator shall not be required to make (and shall not be authorized to make, without Owners prior written approval) any structural, mechanical, electrical or other installations, alterations or repairs to the Premises required by statutes, regulations or governmental requirements pertaining to air quality, environmental protection or persons with disabilities, which matters shall be the sole responsibility of Owner.

 

(h) Promptly notify Owner of any matter that in Operators reasonable judgment requires Owners attention.

 

(i) Advise and cooperate with Owner in the development and implementation of rules and regulations applicable to the Premises, and enforce such applicable rules and regulations as Owner shall adopt. Advise and consult with Owner with respect to matters of potential changes to traffic control systems, signage and/or any other matter that may substantially alter the use and operation of the Premises, the implementation of any of which shall require Owners written consent.

 

(j) Obtain and maintain the policies of insurance specified in Section 8 hereof.

 

(k) Prepare and file all necessary returns, reports and forms required by law in connection with Operators employees for unemployment insurance, social security taxes, workers compensation insurance, disability benefits, Federal and state income tax withholding and other similar taxes and all other returns and reports required by any Federal, state or municipal authority (other than income and property tax returns of the Owner) and pay or make all deposits required for such taxes.

 

(l) Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a budget for the first year of this Agreement, as approved by the parties hereto. At least sixty (60) days prior to the end of each Year, Operator shall prepare and deliver to Owner a budget, for Owners reasonable approval, reflecting the Gross Receipts and Operating Expenses, Capital Expenditures and Owners Expenses (all as defined below) which Operator expects to receive and incur, respectively, during Owners forthcoming fiscal year (the Budget), it being agreed that if Owner for any reason does not respond to any proposed Budget within thirty (30) days after Owners receipt thereof, the Budget for the prior year shall be deemed to remain in effect until the proposed Budget is approved. If at any time during the period covered by an approved Budget it appears to Operator that the actual total of all Operating Expenses, Capital Expenditures or Owners Expenses, or any individual line item of such expenses likely to be incurred during said period will exceed the Budgets projected total by more than ten percent (10%), or that the total of all Gross Receipts likely to be earned during said period falls short of the Budget amount by more than 10%, Operator shall promptly so advise Owner, and Owner and Operator shall jointly discuss what actions, if any, could be taken to increase Gross Receipts or to minimize the Operating Expenses, Capital Expenditure or Owner’s Expense without substantially impairing the operation of the Premises.

 

3

 

 

4.       OPERATING EXPENSES.

 

(a)       The Owner shall pay Operator for expenses properly incurred by Operator in the performance of its duties, obligations and services pursuant to this Agreement as reflected in the approved Budget, or as otherwise approved by Owner, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (collectively, Operating Expenses). Without qualifying or limiting the requirement that Operating Expenses be approved by Owner, it is anticipated that Operating Expenses will include such things as salaries and wages and associated payroll burden (including, without limitation, payroll taxes and fringe benefits); license and permit fees; cost of compliance with governmental laws and regulations; cost of uniforms, supplies, tools and cleaning; maintenance and approved repairs; cost of phones used in the conduct of providing services under this Agreement; utility charges (except to the extent paid directly by Owner); bookkeeping and administrative services; travel expenses, employee recruitment, training and ongoing employee relations; banking and credit card system services; postage and freight; tickets, paper, and reporting forms; health insurance for employees engaged full time in the operation of the Premises, workerscompensation insurance, garagekeepers legal liability insurance, general public liability insurance and comprehensive crime insurance, at rates established by Operator (but in no event to exceed the rates contained in the approved Budget); and deductibles established by Operator for insured losses attributable to the Premises (plus attorneys fees and court costs to defend Owner and/or Operator in actions brought to recover damages for such losses); and losses due to theft or robbery. Sales Tax (defined in Section 4 below) shall be deemed an Operating Expense and shall be deducted each month from Gross Receipts at the same amount that was paid out by Operator for such month. Operating Expenses shall be paid from Gross Receipts.

 

(b)       Operating Expenses shall not include (i) the costs of maintenance and repair required of Owner hereunder, or (ii) the following costs associated with its ownership of the Premises; depreciation, building insurance, real estate taxes and assessments, taxes on Owners personal property, debt retirement (including without limitation mortgage interest), all of which are referred to herein as (Owners Expenses). Payment of such Owners Expenses and costs are the sole obligation of Owner.

 

(c)       “Reimbursable Costsare any expenses that are not deemed Operating Expenses but are approved by Owner prior to expenditure. Reimbursable Costs shall be paid from Gross Receipts.

 

(d)       If Owner disputes any Operating Expense or Reimbursable Cost, Owner shall give Operator written notice specifying the item disputed and the reason therefor. Payment for any Operating Expense or Reimbursable Cost which is not disputed shall not be withheld. Any disputed item shall be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution provisions of Section 35 herein.

 

4

 

 

5.       GROSS RECEIPTS; NET PROFIT. All Gross Receipts collected by Operator under this Agreement shall be deposited in a federally insured bank account maintained by Operator.

 

(a)       “Gross Receiptsshall mean all cash collected by Operator for the parking and storage of motor vehicles, whether on an hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly basis, less all refunds, discounts and allowances made by Operator to its customers and less any sales, use, excise, occupancy, gross receipts, parking, or any other tax or charge collected by Operator on behalf of and payable to the tax collector (collectively, Sales Tax). Gross Receipts shall also include the value of all free or discounted parking privileges granted by Owner to its employees, agents, representatives, and invitees, which value shall be calculated at the posted parking rates (Discounted Funds).

 

(b)       With regard to Sales Tax, as operator of the Premises, Operator shall be responsible for payment directly to the tax collector of any Sales Tax based on Gross Receipts collected by Operator. Owner shall be responsible for payment directly to the tax collector of the Sales Tax on any cash collected by Owner or its agents (other than Operator). Any deviation from the Sales Tax payment responsibilities as described above must be mutually agreed upon and set forth in a signed amendment to this Agreement. In addition, each party hereto agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party hereto, with respect to any and all loss, costs (including attorneys fees), penalties, and all other liability whatsoever arising out of any breach of the respective Sales Tax payment obligations set forth herein, or as may be subsequently set forth in any signed amendment(s) hereto.

 

(c)       “Net Profitis the balance remaining after deducting all Operating Expenses and Reimbursable Costs from Gross Receipts. All Net Profit (less deductions for (i) Discounted Funds, (ii) any and all cash collected by Owner, and (iii) Operators Management Fee), shall be paid to Owner concurrently with the delivery of the monthly statement required in Section 9 of this Agreement.

 

5.       MANAGEMENT FEE.

 

(a)       As compensation for Operators services hereunder, Owner shall pay Operator a management fee of Forty-Eight Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($48,000.00) per year, payable in equal monthly installments of Four Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($4,000.00) (the Management Fee), which may be deducted by Operator from Gross Receipts to the extent such receipts are sufficient.

 

(b)       In addition, Owner agrees to pay Operator an incentive fee (the Incentive Fee) of two percent (2%) of annual Net Profit in excess of Seven Hundred and Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($750,000.00) per year (the Incentive Fee Threshold). Payment of the Incentive Fee by Owner to Operator shall be made upon Owner’s receipt of Operator’s statement showing Net Profit for the preceding year and the amount due. In the event this Agreement is terminated prior to the end of any year, the Incentive Fee Threshold shall be computed and the Incentive Fee paid on a pro rata basis for the period to and including date of termination.

 

(c)       On each anniversary of the Commencement Date, the Management Fee shall automatically increase by three percent (3%).

 

5

 

 

6.       REIMBURSEMENT OF DEFICIT. In the event the Gross Receipts actually collected by Operator during any month are not sufficient to pay the total of Operating Expenses, Reimbursable Costs and the Management Fee actually due and payable for that month, Owner agrees to pay Operator the deficit within ten (10) days after receipt of Operators monthly statement. If payment is not made by Owner to Operator within said ten-day period, Operator shall have the right to: (i) charge interest at the a rate of Twelve (12%) on the unpaid balance of the Reimbursable Costs actually paid by Operator, or on the portion of the Management Fee not paid when due, as applicable, accruing from the date such deficit payment was made by Operator from its own funds or such Management Fee was due, as applicable; or (ii) offset the amount of the deficit (plus accrued interest) by deduction thereof from any Net Profit due or to become due to Owner. If such deficit payment is not made by Owner within such ten (10) day period and if there is not sufficient Net Profit due to Owner to offset such deficit payment, Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if such deficit payment is not paid Within ten (10) days after a second notice to Owner confirming such lack of payment or offset, as the case may be. Any such termination by Operator shall not be deemed to be a waiver or limitation any of its legal remedies (including the right to recover attorneysfees and any other expenses incurred to the extent expressly provided herein)

 

7.       CONDlTlON AND USE OF THE PREMISES. Owner warrants and represents that, at the commencement of and through out the term herein, the Premises (including but not limited to the roof, structural portions, and interior and exterior of any building which is part of the Premises) are and shall, at Owners expense, be kept in good condition and repair for use as a parking facility and be constructed and fixtured to comply with all laws, regulations, ordinances and codes now in effect or which become effective during the term hereof including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence or elsewhere in this Agreement, Owners obligations under this sentence shall only apply to such items which are included within the condominium unit comprising the Premises and provided further Owner shall have no obligation to keep in good condition and repair or comply with any law, regulation, ordinance and code to the extent that such repair and/or compliance is the obligation of the Condominium Association under the terms of the Declaration. Owner further warrants and covenants that it has obtained or will obtain all licenses and permits (excepting Operators governmental parking licenses and/or police permits) which are or may be a prerequisite to the operation of the Premises as a parking garage.

 

8.       OPERATORS INSURANCE COVERAGES.

 

(a)       Operator shall carry and maintain, as an Operating Expense, the following insurance coverages:

 

(i) Workers Compensation insurance in compliance with the Workers Compensation Act of the State of Maine.

 

6

 

 

(ii) Employers liability insurance on all employees for the Premises not covered by the Workers Compensation Act, for occupational accidents or disease, for limits of not less than $1,000,000 for any one occurrence, or whatever is necessary to satisfy the requirements of the umbrella liability insurance specified in Subsection (a)(5) below.

 

(iii) Garage liability or commercial general liability insurance on an occurrence form basis with limits of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate limit of $2,000,000 per location.

 

(iv) Comprehensive crime insurance including employee theft, premise, transit and depositors forgery coverage with limits as to any given occurrence of $1,000,000

 

(v) Umbrella liability insurance with an annual aggregate limit of not less than $50,000,000.

 

(b)       The liability policies affording the coverages described in Subsections (a)(iii) and (a)(v) above shall be endorsed to cover Owner, the Condominium Association, and their respective employees, agents, directors and officers as additional insureds.

 

(c)       Operator shall deliver certificates of insurance to Owner and the Condominium Association and renewal policies shall be obtained, and certificates delivered to Owner, at least fifteen (15) days prior to expiration. The certificates of insurance shall state that the issuing company shall endeavor to mail thirty (30) daysprior written notice to the certificate holder should any of the policies be cancelled prior to the expiration date. Operators right to collect its insurance charges for any given period is subject only to verification that the required insurance coverage was in effect for that period as evidenced by a duly issued certificate of insurance.

 

9.       REPORTING. (a) Within fifteen (15) days after the end of each calendar month, and within sixty (60) days after the end of the calendar year, Operator shall mail to Owner a statement showing all Gross Receipts, Operating Expenses, Reimbursable Costs, the Management Fee and Net Profit for the preceding calendar month, or calendar year, as the case may be. Within ninety (90) days following the last month of the term of this Agreement, Operator shall mail a like final statement.

 

(b)       Operator shall keep complete and accurate reports and records (collectively, the Records) of all Gross Receipts, Operating Expenses, Reimbursable Costs and Net Profit relating to the Premises. Such Records shall be kept in accordance with good accounting practices. Operator shall permit Owner to inspect Operator’s Records at Operator’s offices at the Premises during reasonable business hours and at Owner’s expense.

 

7

 

 

10.       EQUIPMENT AND IMPROVEMENTS.

 

(a)       Operator shall, on behalf of Owner and subject to reimbursement as provided below, provide a capital investment not to exceed $300,000.00, (the Repair Fund) for structural and cosmetic repairs (the Repairs) to the Premises as designated and approved by Owner. The nature and scope of the Repairs shall be set forth in a duly executed amendment (the Repair Amendment) to this Agreement. The Repair Amendment shall also designate the amount of the Repair Fund needed to address such repairs and the method of repayment based upon the calculation described in subsection (b) below. Operator shall have the absolute right to subcontract for the Repairs.

 

(b)       The cost of the Repairs, if any, shall be deemed a reimbursable Operating Expense and amortized on a straight-line basis by Operator in equal monthly payments and for a length of time that ends on April          ,      2013 (the Amortization Period).

 

(c)       In the event this Agreement is terminated for any reason by any party prior to expiration of the Amortization Period, Owner shall pay Operator, on or before the effective date of any such termination, the unamortized balance on the cost of the Repairs, plus accrued Interest as of the effective date of such termination. In the event Owner fails to pay Operator as provided herein, Operator may continue to operate and manage the Premises, notwithstanding any such termination of the Agreement, retaining any and all Gross Receipts until such time as Gross Receipts, net of any expenses incurred by Operator in continuing operations, are sufficient to fully reimburse Operator for any unpaid advances of the Repair Fund.

 

(d)       Operator agrees that it will not make or construct any improvements, additions or alterations to the Premises, or install any equipment or improvements, without the prior written consent of Owner.

 

11.       INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. Operator hereby grants to Owner, during the term of this Agreement only, a non-assignable, non-exclusive right and license to use Operators intellectual property, including but not limited to its trade names, trademarks and any and all on-site parking amenities programs (the Intellectual Property), to the extent related to Operators administration, management and operation of the Premises. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, Operator shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to remove the Intellectual Property from the Premises, and Owner shall refrain from all further use of the Intellectual Property.

 

12.       OWNERS OBLIGATIONS. (a) Owner shall, at its expense, be responsible for performance of the following:

 

(i) Except for obligations undertaken by Operator pursuant to Section 3 herein and except to the extent that any of the following are the responsibility of the Condominium Association pursuant to the Declaration, all repair and maintenance of the Premises, systems and improvements in good condition and repair, including (as applicable): heating, air conditioning, ventilating, exhaust, fire protection, alarm, utility, plumbing (including lavatory facilities), sewage, drainage, security and lighting systems; paving; painting; striping; directional signs, fencing; parking booths; landscaping; windows and doors; plate glass; driveways, sidewalks and curbs (including curb cuts); elevators, manlifts and escalators; sealing and waterproofing; electrical or mechanical equipment, including traffic control devices used at or in the Premises; and all structural repairs. Operator shall promptly notify Owner of the need for any such repair and maintenance.

 

8

 

 

(ii) Alterations, improvements and additions that Owner deems necessary and/or as may be required by the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, and payment of architectural, engineering or consulting fees with respect thereto.

 

(iii) Safety and/or security personnel and equipment.

 

(iv) Real estate taxes, and general and special assessments.

 

(b)       With respect to Subsection (iii) above, Owner expressly acknowledges that Operator does not have knowledge or expertise as a guard or security service, and does not employ personnel for that purpose, nor do Operator’s employees undertake the obligation to guard or protect customers against the intentional acts of third parties. Owner shall determine, at Owners discretion, whether and to what extent any precautionary warnings, security devices, or security services may be required to protect patrons in and about the Premises.

 

(c)       Operator shall notify Owner if Operator forms a reasonable basis to believe that additional security services would be prudent in the operation of the Premises.

 

(d)       Owner agrees that that any contract between Owner and a third party contractor for work on behalf of Owner at the Premises will include a provision that (i) the third party contractor to indemnify, save and hold Owner and Operator harmless from and against and free and clear of all claims, suits, actions, and damages which may arise, occur or result from work performed by said third party contractor, and (ii) that the third party contractor will name Owner and Operator as additional insureds on the third party contractors policy of insurance and furnish Owner and Operator with a certificate of insurance evidencing such coverages.

 

13.       INDEMNIFICATION. Owner shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Operator from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, liability, claims, judgments and demands (collectively, Losses) caused by the negligence of Owner or occasioned by failure of Owner to comply with its obligations hereunder. Owner shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Operator from and against any and all Loses caused by the acts or omissions of Owner, its agents or employees or any Losses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with any claims or proceedings to avoid or recover Operator’s Management Fee earned and payable hereunder as a result of Owner’s voluntary or involuntary filing of bankruptcy under Title 11, Chapter 5, of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”).

 

9

 

 

(b)       Operator shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Owner from and against any and all Losses caused by the negligence of Operator or occasioned by failure of Operator to comply with its obligations hereunder. Operator shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Owner from and against any and all Losses caused by the acts or omissions of Operator, its agents or employees or any Losses (including reasonable attorneysfees) in connection with any claims or proceedings to avoid or recover Net Profit payable to Owner hereunder as a result of Operators voluntary or involuntary filing of bankruptcy under the Bankruptcy Code.

 

14.       OWNERS INSURANCE. Owner shall use its good faith efforts to cause the Condominium Association to provide and maintain fire and extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief, and all-risk insurance coverages for buildings and improvements as provide in the Declaration. Operator shall, as part of the Operating Expenses, provide and maintain fire and extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief, and all-risk insurance coverages any real or personal property of Owner located on the Premises in an amount equal to the full replacement cost thereof.

 

15.       RELEASE AND WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. (a) In the event all or any part of the Premises (including any buildings, improvements or other real or personal property thereon) are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, the rights or claims of either party or its employees, agents, successors or assigns against the other with respect to liability for such loss, destruction or damage resulting therefrom, including loss, destruction or damage suffered as a result of negligence of either party or their employees or agents, are hereby released and discharged, and any and all subrogation rights or claims are hereby waived to the extent of the actual insurance proceeds received by the parties.

 

(b)       All such insurance policies maintained by the parties shall contain a clause or endorsement providing that the insurance shall not be prejudiced if the insured has waived its rights of recovery (including subrogation rights) against any person or company prior to the date of loss, destruction or damage.

 

16.       LICENSES AND PERMITS. Operator shall obtain and maintain all licenses and permits required by an operator of parking facilities by any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over Operators operations at the Premises and will abide by the terms of such licenses and permits. Any license or permit fees incurred by Operator shall be deemed an Operating Expense.

 

17.       LAWS AND ORDINANCES. Operator shall not use all or any part of the Premises for any use or purpose which is (i) forbidden by or in violation of any law of the United States, any state law or any city ordinance, or (ii) may be dangerous to life, limb or property.

 

10

 

 

18.       PROHIBITION OF HIRING SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL. Operator shall provide experienced and qualified supervisory personnel to supervise its operations. Consequently, Owner covenants and agrees that it shall not hire such supervisory personnel for a period of six (6) months after the date of termination of this Agreement. Owner and Operator agree that it would be difficult to ascertain the amount of damages that would result in the breach of this covenant. Therefore, the parties stipulate and agree that Operator will be compensated in the amount of $5,000 per employee as liquidated damages for each and every employee hired by Owner prior to the end of the 6-month period agreed to herein.

 

19.       LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PREMISES. In case of any substantial loss of or damage to the Premises as the result of a taking under the power of eminent domain, or by fire, storm or other casualty, Owner may (i) repair or restore the Premises at Owners expense to the extent permitted by and consistent with the Declaration, or (ii) terminate, this Agreement by giving at least ten (10) daysprior written notice to Operator. If Owner so terminates, Owner shall not be liable to Operator for Management Fees arising after the date of taking or casualty; provided, however, if any portion of the Premises remains suitable for parking and Operator, with Owners prior written approval, continues its operations, Operator shall be entitled to receive its Management Fees for the period during which such operations are continued. If Owner repairs and restores the Premises, no Management Fees shall be due for the period the Premises are unsuitable for the ordinary conduct of parking business, and Operator shall not be required to provide services hereunder, but this Agreement shall continue in effect and the term shall be extended for a period equal to the period needed for repair and restoration.

 

20.       RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES. No partnership or joint venture between the parties is created by this Agreement, it being agreed that Operator is an independent contractor.

 

21.       FORCE MAJEURE. Neither party shall be in violation of this Agreement for failure to perform any of its obligations by reason of strikes, boycotts, labor disputes, embargoes, shortages of materials; acts of God, acts of the public enemy, acts of public authority, weather conditions, riots, rebellion, accidents, sabotage or any other circumstances for which it is not responsible and which are not within its control. No Management Fee shall be due to Operator if it suspends operations for any such cause or event for the period of such suspension.

 

22.       GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maine.

 

23.       APPROVALS. Whenever the approval of either party is required herein, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

24.       WAIVERS. No waiver of default by either party of any term, covenant or condition hereof to be performed or observed by the other party shall be construed as, or operate as, a waiver of any subsequent default of the same or any other term, covenant or condition hereof.

 

25.       SEVERABILITY. If any provision hereof is held to be invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision hereof, provided such invalidity does not materially prejudice either party in its rights and obligations contained in the valid provisions of this Agreement.

 

11

 

 

26.        TERMINATION. In addition to all other termination rights hereunder, either party may terminate this Agreement upon the breach by the other party of any covenant, term or condition hereof that is not cured within any applicable cure period set forth herein, provided the breaching party first receives written notice of such breach and fails to remedy same, within ten (10) days if a monetary breach or within thirty (30) days if a non-monetary breach, after receipt of written notice thereof, or if the breaching party fails to commence remedying such non-monetary breach within said 30-day period if such breach cannot be reasonably remedied within thirty (30) days. The cure periods set forth in the preceding sentence, shall be in addition to any other cure periods set forth herein. In addition, either party may terminate this Agreement in the event the other party files a voluntary petition or similar pleading for bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, with such termination to be effective upon giving notice thereof.

 

27.       SALE OF PREMISES. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon the sale of the Premises to an unaffiliated party, provided that Owner provides not less than sixty (60) days notice of such sale. Provided such notice is given, upon the closing of such sale (or at the end of such 60-day period, whichever shall later occur), this Agreement shall terminate with the same force and effect as if such date were the scheduled termination date for this Agreement. If Owner does not give notice of such termination, subject this Agreement and Operators rights hereunder shall not be disturbed so long as Operator keeps and performs its agreements contained herein.

 

28.       ASSIGNMENT. Operator shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or its right, title or interest herein, or delegate its duties herein, without the prior written consent of Owner, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Operator is hereby given the right to assign this Agreement to an affiliate of Operator or to a corporation substantially all of the stock of which is owned by Operator and/or to collaterally assign its right, title and interest herein to a financial institution as security for any present or future loans to Operator.

 

29.       NOTICES. Any notice or communication required to be given to or served upon either party hereto shall be given or served by personal service or by express delivery or by mailing the same, postage prepaid, by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the following addresses:

 

TO OWNER: 181 High Street LLC
  c/o Noyack Medical Partners, LLC
  Attn: Michael Urbanski, Vice President
  6 W. 20th Street, 5th Floor
  New York, NY

 

12

 

 

TO OPERATOR: Standard Parking Corpration
  Attn: Legal Department
  900 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 1600
  Chicago, IL 60611
   
with copy to: Standard Parking Corporation
(by regular mail) Attn: Steven Warshauer, Executive Vice President
  900 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 1020
  Chicago, IL 60611

 

Either party may designate a substitute address at any time hereafter by written notice thereof to the other party.

 

30.       ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, together with all exhibits hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes all representations, statements or prior agreements and understandings both written and oral with respect to the matters contained in this Agreement and exhibits hereto. No person has been authorized to give any information or make any representation not contained in this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended only by written agreement of the parties.

 

31.       PARTIES BOUND. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, successors, executors, administrators, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

32.       NEITHER PARTY DEEMED DRAFTER. The parties to this Agreement have had sufficient time to consult legal counsel and negotiate changes regarding the terms hereof. Therefore, neither party shall be deemed the drafter of this Agreement and, as such, this Agreement shall not be construed against either party due to the drafting hereof.

 

33.       ATTORNEY FEES. Except for any matter resolved by the Dispute Resolution procedure set forth in section 35 below, if either party hereto retains legal counsel and institutes suit against the other for violation of this Agreement or to enforce any of the covenants or conditions herein, the prevailing party in any such suit shall be entitled to all of its costs, expenses and reasonable fees of its attorney(s) in connection therewith. The rights and obligations of this Section shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

34.       AUTHORITY. The individual signing this Agreement on behalf of Owner hereby represents that he or she has been empowered with full authority to act on behalf of Owner in connection with this Agreement, and that execution of this Agreement has been duly authorized by Owner. If this Agreement is signed by an agent of Owner, then the individual signing below on behalf of Owners agent hereby represents that he or she has been empowered with full authority to act on behalf of said agent in connection with this Agreement, and that execution of this Agreement has been duly authorized by said agent and by Owner. The individual signing this Agreement on behalf of Operator hereby represents that he or she has been empowered with full authority to act on behalf of Operator in connection with this Agreement, and that execution of this Agreement has been duly authorized by Operator.

 

13

 

 

35.       DISPUTE RESOLUTION. Disputes under this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

 

(a)       Consultation by the Parties. The parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, promptly by negotiation between executives who have authority to settle the controversy before seeking mediation as provided in Section 35(b), but failure to do so shall not limit the right of either party to submit the issue to such mediation or arbitration.

 

(b)       Mediation. If the parties are unable to resolve the dispute in the manner provided in Section 35(a) above, either party shall have the right to submit the dispute to non-binding mediation with a mutually acceptable mediator. Unless the parties agree otherwise, the mediator shall be a lawyer or retired judge who has mediated cases involving large commercial transactions for the federal or state courts or for a reputable commercial alternative dispute resolution (ADR) firm or not-for-profit ADR organization. Within ten (10) days after receipt of the demand for mediation, the parties shall attempt in good faith to agree on a mediator. Should however, the parties fail to agree on a mediator, then, the mediator shall be selected by the Chief Justice of the Maine Law Court. Unless the parties agree otherwise, the mediation shall be conducted in Portland, Maine, in accordance with the Commercial Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association Each party shall bear its own costs and expenses with respect to mediation; provided that the costs of the mediator shall be shared equally between the parties. If the dispute cannot be settled within 30 days after the mediator has been selected as provided above, either party may give the other and the mediator a written notice declaring the mediation process at an end, in which event the dispute shall be resolved by arbitration as hereinafter provided.

 

(c)       Arbitration.

 

(i)       Any dispute not settled in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 35(b) of this Agreement shall, at the request of either party, be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect (the Rules), except as the Rules may be modified in this Section 35(c). The arbitration shall be held in Portland, Maine. There shall be three arbitrators, of whom each party shall select one. The party-appointed arbitrators shall select the third arbitrator. Each of the arbitrators shall be a former or retired judge with at least 10 yearsexperience in commercial matters.

 

14

 

 

(ii)       The arbitrators shall decide the matters in dispute in accordance with the laws of Maine, without reference to the conflict of laws rules thereof. The arbitration shall be governed by the Maine Uniform Arbitration Act. The hearing shall be commenced within 90 days and the award shall be rendered no later than 120 days following the appointment of the last of the three arbitrators. All discovery shall be completed no later than 20 days prior to the commencement of the hearing. Consistent with the expedited nature of arbitration, each party will, upon the written request of the other party, provide the other with copies of documents in its possession, custody or control relevant to the issues raised by any claim or counterclaim. Other discovery may be agreed by the parties or ordered by the arbitrators to the extent the arbitrators deem additional discovery relevant and appropriate, and any dispute regarding discovery, including disputes as to the need therefor or the relevance or scope thereof, shall be determined by the arbitrators, which determination shall be conclusive.

 

(iii)       The award of the arbitrators shall be final and binding and shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claim, counterclaims, issues, or accounting presented to the tribunal. The arbitratorsaward shall state the reasons on which the award is based. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

OWNER:   OPERATOR:
     
181 HIGH STREET LLC, a Maine limited   STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION, a
liability company   Delaware corporation
     
By: /s/ CJ Follini   By: /s/ Steven A. Warshauer
Name:  CJ Follini     Steven A. Warshauer
Its: Managing Member     Executive Vice President-Operations

 

15

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

TRANSITION PERIOD

 

Four-Week Transition Plan for Noyack Medical Partners

Gateway Garage (Portland, ME)

 

The following represents a transition plan schedule for operating purposes only. It is anticipated that other benchmarks shall be incorporated into the task list as dialogue continues between Noyack Medical Partners and Standard Parking.

 

Week 1:

 

· Apply for City licenses and permits, if applicable.

 

· Discuss Noyack Medicals preferences for parking attendant uniform design. Once final design is approved, order uniforms.

 

· Begin working side by side with Noyack Medical Partners and the current parking operator to acquire thorough familiarity with current parking procedures and policies.

 

· Interview existing parking staff. Discuss the staff with Noyack Medical Partners as well as possibly current building management, with a view to retaining all capable staff members. Place newspaper advertisements for any necessary additional staff if applicable.

 

· Conduct inventory of parking maintenance, office equipment, and supplies. Order additional equipment and services as necessary after consultation with Noyack Medical Partners and schedule deliveries as appropriate.

 

· Assess the sufficiency of the existing telephone system and determine whether any additional equipment or transfer of services is necessary. Discuss recommended changes with Noyack Medical Partners, and place orders (if any) as necessary to assure appropriate installation date.

 

· Evaluate any potential improvements to service procedures or equipment, and discuss with Noyack Medical Partners.

 

· Take inventory and order parking tickets and validations as needed.

 

· Review automation proposal with equipment vendor, and discuss installation with Noyack Medical Partners. Assess staffing/hiring needs as determined by any future automated equipment installation upgrades.

 

Week 2:

 

· Review with Noyack Medical Partners current parking facility accounting procedures.

 

· Hire any additional staff as needed, and order appropriate uniforms.

 

A-1

 

 

· Conduct a thorough maintenance and safety inspection of the parking facilities with the appropriate members of Noyack Medical Partners staff to obtain managements opinions and expectations relative to such items as cleanliness and maintenance standards, areas perceived as needing improvement, and desired future projects. Establish, in conjunction with Noyack Medical Partners, a priority list for (i) performing necessary housekeeping upgrades as disclosed by inspection, and (ii) near and long term improvement projects.

 

· Customize, in light of on-site inspections and discussions with Noyack Medical Partners, the Standard Parking form maintenance and inspection checklists for use in performing weekly housekeeping and maintenance tasks and for weekly management inspection reports.

 

· Submit to Noyack Medical Partners, for review and approval, a draft of letter of introduction to be mailed to current/potential patrons of Gateway Garage.

 

Week 3:

 

· Extensive group training of all supervisory Standard Parking staff members. Assign specific tasks and areas of responsibility for each team member. Clarify all outstanding issues and questions. At conclusion of group planning meeting, commence individual training with key staff members.

 

· Schedule and conduct appointments with all facility vendors to analyze cost effectiveness of all facility services and purchased supplies.

 

· Finalize all facility hiring.

 

· Prepare a comprehensive marketing plan to include a market rate survey with comparable parking rate fee structures for neighboring facilities, notable recommendations for amenity enhancements as well as collection and delivery of a broader commercial parking market survey.

 

· With cooperation from existing parking operator, formulate a detailed checklist for that operators final day of operation/transition.

 

· Issue uniforms to all staff members and provide instructions with respect to uniform alterations and maintenance.

 

· Upon approval from Noyack Medical Partners, send letters of introduction to current potential patrons and merchants of Gateway Garage.

 

Week 4:

 

· Train all facility cashiers and supporting personnel pertinent to day-to-day operations at Gateway Garage.

 

· Finalize any pre-takeover maintenance projects.

 

· Inspect all uniforms after alterations are completed to assure that all personnel will be properly attired and groomed on the first day of Standard Parkings formal takeover.

 

· Conduct final inventories and verify checklists of keys, keycards, supplies and equipment, or any such parking operations materials to be assumed by Standard Parking.

 

A-2

 

 

Gateway Garage

2008 PRO FORMA

 

REVENUE         2007 Actuals  
             
Transient   $ 408,712       356,543  
Validations     102,888       102,942  
Monthly     671,088       672,311  
TOTAL ANNUAL REVENUE   $ 1,182,688     $ 1,131,796  
                 
OPERATING EXPENSES                
                 
Salaries & Wages   $ 79,460     $ 162,886  
Payroll Taxes     8,350       16,685  
Health, Welfare & Pension     5,275       11,133  
Workers Compensation     6,524       6,545  
Uniforms & Laundry     1,210       0  
Printing     2,071       0  
Amenities & Supplies     2,846       2,006  
Repairs & Maintenance     34,424       23,380  
Depreciation/Amortization     109,200       0  
License & Permits     325       0  
Liability Insurance     15,153       11,524  
Utilities     25,444       27,195  
Advertising & Publicity     1,500       695  
Postage & Freight     276       0  
Telephone     3,372       2,450  
Data Processing     880       84  
Contract Security     0       180  
Employee Processing     693       345  
Credit Card Processing/Banking Fees     5,738       4,200  
Auto Damage and Other Claims     0       0  
Base Management Fee     48,000       69,361  
                 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES   $ 350,740     $ 338,669  
                 
OPERATING INCOME BEFORE INCENTIVE FEES   $ 831,948     $ 793,127  
                 
INCENTIVE MANAGEMENT FEE   $ 4,639     $ 0  
                 
NET INCOME   $ 827,309     $ 793,127  

 

NOTES & ASSUMPTIONS - 2007 Actuals provided by current operator.

1. Pro forma assumes retention of current monthly and validation customers.
2. Marketing program based on automated operation.
3. Repairs & Maintenance expense includes 3rd party janitorial service.
4. Depreciation/Amortization includes equipment leasing expense and the monthly depreciation cost of the $300k Cap Ex improvement.
5. The current operation does not accept credit card payments.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FIRST YEAR BUDGET

 

[See Attached]

 

B-1

 

 

Exhibit 11.1

 

Independent Auditors’ Consent

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC/181 High Street LLC

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Offering Statement on Form 1-A of our reports for Gateway Garage Partners LLC and 181 High Street LLC dated May 27, 2020 and May 15, 2020, respectively, relating to the financial statements of Gateway Garage Partners LLC as of May 21, 2020 and 181 High Street LLC as of December 31, 2019 appearing in the Regulation A Offering Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Offering Statement.

 

 

 

Tysons, Virginia
October 14, 2020

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 12.1

 

 

October 16, 2020

 

Gateway Garage Partners LLC

181 High Street LLC

6 West 20th Street, 5th Floor

New York, New York 10011

 

Re:       Securities Qualified under Offering Statement on Form 1-A

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to you in connection with your filing of an Offering Statement on Form 1-A (as amended or supplemented, the "Offering Statement") pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the qualification of the offering by Gateway Garage Partners LLC and 181 High Street LLC, as co-issuers (the “Issuers”), of up to $1,000,000 in units of limited liability company interest (the “Units”) of in Gateway Garage Partners LLC.

 

We have reviewed such documents and made such examination of law as we have deemed appropriate to give the opinion set forth below. We have relied, without independent verification, on certificates of public officials and, as to matters of fact material to the opinions set forth below, on certificates of officers of the Company.

 

The opinion set forth below is limited to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Units have been duly authorized and, upon issuance and delivery against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of that certain Subscription Agreement, a form of which is included as Exhibit 4.1 to the Offering Statement, the Units will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion of this opinion as Exhibit 12.1 to the Offering Statement and to the references to our firm under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Offering Statement. In giving our consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Winston & Strawn LLP
   
  WINSTON & STRAWN LLP

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.1

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 1 GATEWAY GARAGE 181 High Street, Portland, Maine TESTING - THE - WATERS PRESENTATION December 2020 Anticipated Initial Property Offering Date October 2020 EXHIBIT NO. ##.# 4,000 Maximum Units Offered To Public $250 Expected Price Per Unit Reg A+ Planned Offering Type

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 2 IMPORTANT DISCLOSURE INFORMATION THIS PRESENTATION CONSTITUTES “TESTING THE WATERS” COMMUNICATION. Gateway Garage Partners, LLC (the “Company”) intends to sponsor a commercial real estate offering pursuant to Regulation A of th e Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). Pursuant to Rule 255 of Regulation A under the Securities Act: • The Company has produced this presentation in order to determine whether there is any interest in a contemplated securities o ffe ring; • The Company is not under any obligation to make an offering under Regulation A; • No money or other consideration is being solicited by this presentation or any other device, and if sent prior to the offerin g, will not be accepted; • Any indication of interest (“ IOI ”) by a potential investor is non - binding, and involves no obligation of any kind on the part of the potential investor to inves t once the offering statement (the “Offering Statement”) has been qualified by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”); • An IOI in this offering can be made at LEX - Markets.com or on the LEX Markets Mobile App; and • No solicitation or acceptance of money or other consideration, nor of any commitment, binding or otherwise, from any person i s p ermitted until the Offering Statement has been qualified by the SEC. Once the Offering Statement on Form 1 - A has been filed with the SEC, the Company will provide information for the public to obta in the most recent version of the Offering Statement and the preliminary offering circular contained therein ( Here ). The information in the Offering Statement will be necessarily more complete than (and may be materially different in impor tan t ways from) the information that is being provided herein. You must read the complete Form 1 - A documents filed with the SEC before investing. The statements in this presentation represent the beliefs and opinions of the management of the Company as of the date hereof , a nd should not be relied upon as statements of fact and may constitute forward - looking statements that are not historical facts. These forward - looking statements include statements, express or implied, regarding the current expectations, opinions, and beliefs of the Company, and to the greatest extent possible the assumptions on which those statements are based. Words such as “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “endeavors,” “anticipa tes ,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets,” “should,” and “objective” and variations of such words and similar words also identify forward - looking statements. Such statements are forward - looking in nature and involve a number of kn own and unknown risks, including, without limitation, those risks described below, uncertainties, and other factors, including to the greatest extent possible those described in this presentation. Any forward - lo oking statement, including any target return, contained in this presentation is not a guaranty, assurance, prediction, or representation by the Company as to future matters, and nothing contained herein should be relied u pon as a guaranty, assurance, prediction, or representation as to future matters. Past performance may not be indicative of future results. This document shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy an interest in the Company or othe r o ffering, which may only be made at the time a qualified offeree receives the offering circular contained within the Offering Statement (the “Offering Circular”), and the subscription agreement pursuant to which a potential investo r m ay participate in the offering by subscribing for units of the Company (Units). All information contained herein is qualified in its entirety by the detailed information that will appear in the Offering Circular, subscrip tio n agreement, and the related offering information. An investment in commercial real estate is subject to the risks inherent in the ownership and operation of real estate and re al estate - related businesses and assets including, without limitation, (i) burdens of ownership of real property; (ii) general and local economic conditions; (iii) changes in supply of and demand for competing properties in an area (as a result, for instance, of overbuilding); (iv) the resources of tenants; (v) changes in building, environmental, and other laws; (vi) energy and supply shortages; (vii) various uninsured or uninsurable risks, n atu ral disasters, changes in government regulations (such as rent control); (viii) changes in real property tax rates; (ix) changes in interest rates; (x) the reduced availability of mortgage funds which may render the sale or refinancing of properties difficult or impracticable; (xi) environmental liabilities; (xii) contingent liabilities on disposition of assets; (xiii) terrorist attacks, war, and other factors; (xiv) lack of diversificat ion ; (xv) leverage; (xvi) no assurance of investment return; (xvii) illiquid and long - term investment; (xviii) material, non - public information; (xix) no market for interests in the investment vehicle; (xx) transfer restrictions; ( xxi) investments longer than term; (xxii) inherent uncertainty in projections; (xxiii) risks upon dispositions of the investment; (xxiv) indemnification; (xxv) conflicts of interest; and (xxvi) other activities of managemen t. No risk control can mitigate against every risk. Prior to investing, you must read and review all risk factors set forth in the Offering Circular once filed with the SEC. All figures contained herein this presentation are estimates as of October 2020. The material in this presentation has been prepared on the basis of information obtained from the Company and other sources, som e of which may be public, as of the specified date. This information is given in summary form and does not purport to be complete. Information in this presentation, including forecast financial information, should not b e c onsidered as advice or a recommendation to investors or potential investors in relation to holding, purchasing, or selling securities, or other financial products or instruments and does not take into account your particular inv estment objectives, financial situation, or needs. All securities and financial product or instrument transactions involve risks, which include (among others) the risk of adverse or unanticipated market, financial, or political de velopments and, in international transactions, currency risk. This presentation was prepared by LEX Markets LLC, Member: FINRA/SIPC, 25 West 39th Street, 8th Floor, New York, NY 10018, an d I ndependent Brokerage Solutions LLC, Member: FINRA/SIPC, 485 Madison Avenue, 15th Floor, New York, NY 10022, who have been engaged by the Company as co - placement agents for the planned offering.

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 3 This offering will be made pursuant to Tier 2 of Regulation A (“Reg A+”), as amended by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”) . Reg A+ is an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) . Reg A+ applies to public offerings of securities that do not exceed $ 50 million in any 12 - month period . Unlike private placements offered under Regulation D, securities offered under Reg A+ are not subject to lockups and (if in compliance with state Blue Sky laws, which the Company intends to be) are publicly tradable following the initial offering, and can be purchased by both accredited and non - accredited investors . Non - accredited investors, are limited in the amount of their investment to no more than 10 % of the greater of their annual income or net worth . LEX Markets is currently building a marketplace, powered by NASDAQ’s matching engine technology, to facilitate secondary trad ing of the Reg A+ securities it first assists issuers to bring to market. 1 LEX Markets intends to operate its marketplace as an Alternative Trading System (ATS), and has filed a Form ATS with the SEC seeking approval to do so. If LEX Markets’ ATS is approved, it will provide a venue for investo rs to buy or sell Reg A+ securities (including those offered by the Company) through their brokers. LEX Markets is also working with independent profe ssi onal market makers to provide continuous two - sided quotes on its ATS. The LEX Markets ATS will not use blockchain or any other distributed ledger technology. Instead, all trades executed on the pro posed LEX Markets ATS will clear and settle in book entry form via the DTCC Continuous Net Settlement system, the same system used for clearing st ock trading on major stock exchanges. 2 Relevant Securities Rules 1 To find out more about NASDAQ’s matching engine technology, visit nasdaq.com/solutions/trading - and - matching - technology. 2 To find out more about the DTCC’s Continuous Net Settlement System, visit dtcc.com/clearing - services/equities - clearing - services/ cns.

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 4 The Commercial Real Estate Securities Marketplace 1 LEX MARKETS Connecting commercial real estate owners with investors Expanding investment opportunities in single asset real estate securities Providing a proprietary trading platform to create a liquid marketplace 1 LEX Markets is currently seeking regulatory approval for its Alternative Trading System, which will enable electronic seconda ry market trading of Reg A+ securities. Once issued, unit prices will vary based on supply and demand. New issue securities are highly speculative and can lose value. An investor can lose an entire investment. To find out more, visit LEX - Markets.com . Investors Real Estate Owners

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS OVERVIEW 6 PROPERTY SUMMARY 9 MANAGEMENT 14 OPERATING STRATEGY 19 MAJOR LEASED SPACES 23 MARKET ANALYSIS 27 FINANCIAL SUMMARY 34 APPENDIX 39

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 6 OVERVIEW

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 7 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Projected Gross Cash Yields 1 December 2020 2 0.3% 2021 6.2% 2022 5.7% 2023 6.7% 2024 7.8% 2025 8.9% OVERVIEW ● Above - ground parking garage ● Located in the Arts District of Portland, Maine ● Constructed in 1987 ● Five stories with approximately 600 parking spaces ● Managed by Noyack Medical Partners LLC (Manager) and on a day - to - day basis by SP Plus (SP - NASDAQ) ● Acquired in April 2008 for $10.5M $24M Asset Value ~600 Parking spaces Gateway Parking Garage (Property) 1 The breakdown of this formula as well as other important formulas are explained in the Appendix of this presentation. 2 The December 2020 Gross Cash Yield assumes a closing date of December 2020 and therefore is calculated on one month of a full y ear performance. 3 As of August 2020, the property is undergoing a re - striping of spaces reducing the total number of lined spaces from 649 down t o approximately 600. The new spaces includes 13 ADA compliant spaces and wider regular spaces. $250 Expected Price Per Unit $1M Max Offering 4,000 Maximum Units Offered To Public ~600 Parking spaces 3

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 8 Gateway Parking Garage is well - located with strong underlying fundamentals, exceptional management, and diversified local driver s providing an opportunity to maximize revenue while controlling costs. The Property is located in Portland’s vibrant Downtown Arts District, adjacent to the Westin Portland Harborview Hotel and 0.5 miles from the Maine Medical Center; providing daytime, nighttime, and weekend demand drivers. CLOSE PROXIMITY TO DEMAND DRIVERS The Property is managed by SP Plus, which employs approximately 23,900 individuals and manages over 2,500 facilities across 45 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and Canada as of December 2019. 1 EXPERIENCED PROPERTY MANAGEMENT The Property has license agreements with Maine Medical Center, the adjacent Westin hotel, and VIA Agency through September 2021, March 2061, and December 2023, respectively. Additional short - term agreements provide stable cash - flow at predictable monthly rates. IN - PLACE PARKING AGREEMENTS There is no master lease in place with SP Plus providing an opportunity for investors to capture the value of rising rates. Real - time analytics allows for pricing shifts as demand fluctuates throughout the day. DYNAMIC PRICING MODEL 1 Source: SP Plus Corporation. 2019 Annual Report, 2019. ir.spplus.com. INVESTMENT HIGHLIGHTS OVERVIEW In the last five years, the Manager has invested over $2.5M in new façades, elevators, and structural remediation. Planned capital improvement projects include approximately $300,000 earmarked for additional façade work. RECENT & PLANNED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES Strategic Opportunity

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 9 PROPERTY SUMMARY

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 10 Property Data Name Gateway Parking Garage Address 181 High Street Portland, Maine 04101 County Cumberland Property type Parking Garage Tax ID 037 E0006 - 009 Land area 1.50 acres; 69,798 sf Gross building area 208,375 sf Floor area ratio (GBA/land area) 2.99 Number of parking spaces 1 ~600 spaces Year built 1987 Property interest Fee Simple Zoning B - 3 Number of buildings 1 Number of floors 5 Zoning B - 3 Zoning jurisdiction City of Portland Legally conforming? Yes Flood zone B Gateway Parking Garage comprises an above - ground, five - story parking garage located at 181 High Street in downtown Portland, Maine. The Property, which includes approximately 600 lined spaces throughout 208,375 square feet of parking area, including 13 ADA spaces, was constructed in 1987 and renovated in 2011 to accommodate parking demand from the adjacent Eastland Park Hotel (The Westin). The building is steel - frame with reinforced concrete floor slabs. The Property is part of a 42 - unit condominium association consisting of eight street - level retail units, the Property and 33 individual parking spaces. 1 As of August 2020, the property is undergoing a re - striping of spaces reducing the total number of lined spaces from 649 down t o approximately 600. The new spaces includes 13 ADA compliant spaces and wider regular spaces. DOWNTOWN PORTLAND PARKING GARAGE PROPERTY SUMMARY

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 11 The Property is open 24 hours a day, seven days a week and 52 weeks a year . There are multiple security cameras on - site, and multiple daily live patrols are conducted by a third - party security vendor. ACCESSIBLE AND SECURE Building Improvements Site Improvements Foundation Concrete Slab Paving / Sidewalks Concrete Interior Walls Brick Masonry Park Type Covered Parking Structure Interior Floors Paved Asphalt Landscaping N/A Interior Lighting Fluorescent & Incandescent Exterior Lighting Yes Exterior Walls Brick Masonry Dumpster Enclosure Yes Elevators (2) 5 - stop Elevators With 2,500 Lbs. Capacity Signage Yes Roof Open Surface Parking Exits to Street (2) Located at Northwest & Southwest Property Boundaries PROPERTY SUMMARY

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 12 LOCATED IN DENSE URBAN AREA STREET VIEW PROPERTY SUMMARY AERIAL VIEW

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 13 Arts & Culture 1 Maine College of Art 2 Children's Museum & Theatre of Maine 3 Theater for Kids at Portland Stage 4 Salt Institute - Documentary 5 Portland Museum of Art 6 State Theatre 7 Congress Square Park 8 Cross Insurance Arena 9 Maine Historical Society & Wadsworth - Longfellow House 10 Port City Music Hall 11 SPACE Art Gallery 12 Theater for Kids at Portland Stage 13 Portland Symphony Orchestra Hotels 1 The Westin Portland Harborview 2 Courtyard by Marriott Portland Downtown/Waterfront 3 Holiday Inn Portland - by the Bay 4 Portland Harbor Hotel 5 Hyatt Place Portland - Old Port Dining 1 Portland Lobster 2 DiMillo's On The Water 3 OTTO 4 Slab Portland Maine 5 The Green Elephant PROPERTY SUMMARY Gateway Garage is located in Portland’s Arts District, a neighborhood on the west side of Portland’s downtown core teeming wi th art galleries, music venues, coffee shops, restaurants, independently owned boutiques, museums, theaters, and street performances . T he array of dining, nightlife, arts, and hotels in the immediate neighborhood provides strong drivers of transient demand. PROXIMITY TO PORTLAND CULTURAL HUB

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 14 MANAGEMENT

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 15 1 The organizational chart, and all projected numbers, yields, and forward - looking statements assume the maximum offering amount is reached. 2 The proportionate share of the profits and losses is derived from the concluded Property value. The breakdown of the property v aluation formula is explained in the Appendix of this presentation. ORGANIZATIONAL CHART 1 OVERVIEW Gateway Garage Partners LLC, we, us, our or the Company, is a newly formed Delaware limited liability company organized for the sole purpose of acquiring a membership interest (Interest) in 181 High Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (OpCo). OpCo’s sole asset is the Property. Upon the completion of this offering, we will acquire the Interest in exchange for a capital contribution equal to the proceeds of this offering. The Interest will entitle us to receive a proportional share of the profits and losses of OpCo. 2

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 16 Noyack is a leading alternative real estate investment and operating company. Noyack operates nationally in the acquisition, development, financing, leasing and management of structured parking facilities, healthcare, food - handling warehouses, and entertainment infrastructure. It is also one of the largest medical office building real estate owner/operators in the Northeastern United States. Noyack is the Manager and is responsible for directing the management of our business and affairs and implementing our investment strategy. The Manager will not receive any compensation for serving as the Manager of the Company. Instead, the Manager, in its capacity as the OpCo Manager, will be paid an asset management fee equal to 2% of OpCo’s annual gross receipts, subject to a 5% cap on the aggregate management fee payable by OpCo to both SP Plus and the OpCo Manager. OPCO/ISSUER MANAGER NOYACK MEDICAL PARTNERS LLC Noyack recognized an opportunity as pressures on profitability and demand for capital were driving healthcare systems and universities to monetize non - core businesses at an unprecedented rate, including parking facilities. The firm’s extensive contacts in the healthcare industry and proactive outreach to university administrations lead to better pricing through negotiated acquisitions. The firm focuses on: ● Attractive risk - adjusted cash flow and investment returns in response to market conditions leading to greater stability and opportunity for future growth; ● Well - located parking assets that provide an effective hedge against exogenous disruptions as a cash - flowing land bank available for future redevelopment; ● Structured parking garages that provide diversification within larger real estate portfolios. FOCUSED STRATEGY & MARKET INSIGHTS DRIVE RETURNS MANAGEMENT

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 17 Mr. Follini has more than 30 years of experience in the acquisition, development, and management of professional real estate across numerous asset classes. These include: healthcare facilities, medical office space, urban parking, media infrastructure, industrial land development, and senior housing. In 2001, Mr. Follini created Noyack Medical Partners, LLC with the express purpose of investing in healthcare real estate. Over the past 15 years it has accumulated more than $100M in its portfolio, exceeding return estimates for its investors. Earlier in his career, Mr. Follini served as President of the Gun For Hire Production Centers. He conceived, designed and renovated all of Gun For Hire’s more than 400,000 sf of digital media centers in New York, Miami, Vancouver, Toronto and Los Angeles. His New York facility earned the 1998 Crain’s Magazine Small Business Award. Mr. Follini holds a B.A. from Tufts University, a General Course Degree from London School of Economics & an Executive Management certification from Harvard Business School. Mr. Follini has also served as Chairperson on the boards of the HERE Arts Center & Chashama Arts. CJ FOLLINI, PRESIDENT Gateway Garage Partners LLC KEY PEOPLE MANAGEMENT

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 18 ● Real - time pricing modifications based on demand ● Prices increase during times when the garage is near capacity ● Off - peak hours discounts maximizes revenue Dynamic Pricing ● Automated workforce scheduling minimizing labor costs ● Purchasing through vendors with pre - negotiated discounted pricing ● Real - time facility performance analytics maximize efficiency Cost Control ● Remote management services ● Enforcement systems ● Revenue & access control systems ● Car counting & parking guidance ● Valet systems ● Mobile apps NATIONWIDE LEADER IN PARKING MANAGEMENT Day - To - Day Operations Managed By SP Plus The day - to - day operations of the Property are managed by SP Plus, pursuant to the terms of a management agreement between OpCo a nd SP Plus. 1 The annual management fee payable to SP Plus for 2020 under this agreement is approximately $68,000, payable monthly, and automat ica lly increases 3% each year. The responsibilities of SP Plus under the agreement include, among other things: ● Operating and directing the operation of the parking garages as a parking facility ● Routinely maintaining any parking agreement provided by SP Plus in good operating condition ● Hiring, paying, training, providing benefits for and supervising sufficient experienced and qualified personnel ● Promoting, advertising and endeavoring to increase the volume, efficiency and quality of the services rendered ● Collecting parking fees ● Ensuring the premises are maintained in a clean and orderly manner SP PLUS CORPORATION (Nasdaq: SP) 1 A full explanation of the terms of this agreement is available to investors as an exhibit to the Offering Circular. PROPERTY MANAGER MANAGEMENT

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 19 OPERATING STRATEGY

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 20 1 The numbers used are not Property - specific and are only for explanatory purposes of how SP Plus manages the Property on a day - to - day basis. 2 A more detailed breakdown of the lease agreements is explained and available to investors in the Offering Circular. A garage may have 500 spaces available, but license 600 spaces to three client licensees. 1 This would seem incongruous given the traditional understanding of 100% occupancy. However, parking facilities can implement this “overbooking” strategy because if one of those three licenses only uses the spaces in the evening whereas the other two licensees are predominantly daytime usage, then the total spaces used at any given time never exceeds the total capacity. As part of its planned capital expenditures, OpCo intends to install a new LED price board linked to occupancy sensors. This will allow the Property managers to enact airline - like pricing throughout the day, increasing prices during times when the garage is near capacity, and offering discounts during off - peak hours. This ultimately leads to an efficient revenue maximization on an hourly basis. OPERATING STRATEGY OVERVIEW Real Time Pricing The Property generates consistent revenue from licensed parking agreements with reputable companies whose allocated spaces can be occupied by high - margin transient users when not in use. The ratio between licensed parking to transient for the Property in years ending December 2018 and December 2019 was 66/34 and 64/36, respectively. Licensee Income 2 Overbooking Opportunity OPERATING STRATEGY

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 21 OPCO INTENDS TO SIGN NEW CORPORATE LEASE AGREEMENTS OR OFFER ADDITIONAL MONTHLY LICENSES IN 2021 ● Per the lease agreement with Maine Medical Center (“MMC”), the company has the right to reduce its number of spaces guarantee d t o 300 starting in February 2021, and its lease agreement expires in September 2021. ● MMC is currently constructing a 2,450 - space garage for employees and patients with plans to finish the construction sometime in 2022, but is currently open for employee parking. OpCo’s pro forma assumes MMC will reduce its space in February 2021 through the e nd of its lease term. OpCo will then either renew some of the spaces back to MMC or offer them to the public for monthly licenses or to an other Portland company. OpCo has already begun backfilling the spaces with a new lease expected to commence in November 2020 for 55 spaces. Cost Oversight & Control OpCo expects payroll, general & administrative, repairs and maintenance, and snow removal costs to be reduced going forward. OpCo budgeted these expenses lower than what was reported in 2019 due to the new technology from SP Plus that will allow for remote management and electronic payments. This plan should drastically reduce payroll costs and overhead costs associated with a lower staff. OpCo also normalized snow removal after 2019 resulted in excessive snow removal costs above what was budgeted. Repairs and maintenance going forward will not include the one - time expense of replacing the sidings. Lastly, OpCo does not expect to pay excessive fees, namely legal and engineering costs, that were associated with the capital improvements completed in 2018 and 2019. BUSINESS & GROWTH PLAN OPERATING STRATEGY

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 22 OPCO PLANS TO FINISH FAÇADE REPLACEMENTS OpCo has recently started work to replace the brick façade of the Property with metal sidings. The remaining sides of the Property are expected to be completed in early 2021. Approximately $300,000 of planned capital expenditures are expected to be completed during the next several months. OpCo’s pro forma includes a significant reduction in repairs and maintenance due to the recent capital improvements being booked as an expense item. Management’s Long - Term Outlook The longer - term intangible that the Manager believes will catapult the urban infill parking garage into an institutional core+ holding is the rapidly accelerating demand for last - mile logistics. Management expects that this long - term secular trend will open up an unquantified boon in demand from e - commerce companies like Amazon and Wal - Mart needing downtown depots to distribute their goods into delivery vans. For most cities, downtown warehousing is not possible. As a result, the Manager expects that the current cap rates at which parking assets can be acquired will compress significantly. LONG - TERM OUTLOOK SP Plus is expected to remain the on - site management company. OpCo will leverage SP Plus’ technology - driven solutions to further improve pricing and cost efficiencies at the Property. In addition to the planned LED price board with sensor technology, SP Plus offers its own leading technology for garages, including: a mobile app, remote management services, hourly tracking technology, real - time facility performance analytics, and access to trained professionals with years of parking garage management experience. SP PLUS WILL CONTINUE TO MANAGE DAY - TO - DAY OPERATIONS OPERATING STRATEGY

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 23 MAJOR LEASED SPACES

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 24 Awards & Recognition 2 1 Source: “We Are MMC.” About Us | Maine Medical Center | Portland, ME , Maine Medical Center, mainehealth.org/maine - medical - center/about. 2 Source: “MMC Awards Recognition.” Maine Medical Center | Portland, ME, MMC, mainehealth.org/maine - medical - center/about/awards - re cognition. Maine Medical Center (“MMC”) is a 637 licensed - bed teaching hospital for Tufts University School of Medicine. 1 It is the largest hospital in New England and is one of only three Level I Trauma Centers in Northern New England with 28,000 inpatient visits, approximately 500,000 outpatient visits, 88,000 emergency visits, and over 27,000 surgeries performed annually. The license agreement between OpCo and MMC was amended and entered into on September 1, 2018 and expires on September 30, 2021. Under this agreement, as amended, OpCo has guaranteed MMC 500 parking spaces for use by employees of MMC. MMC has the right to reduce the number of guaranteed spaces from 500 to 300 any time after February 1, 2021. MAINE MEDICAL CENTER MAJOR LEASED SPACES The Joint Commission has certified Maine Medical Center as a Comprehensive Stroke Center, the highest level of designation for stroke care, and the first in the state of Maine . CERTIFIED COMPREHENSIVE STROKE CENTER Tufts University School of Medicine and Maine Medical Center have partnered to provide academic and clinical training to medical students, many of whom will go on to practice medicine in Maine . NORTHERN NEW ENGLAND’S PREMIER TEACHING HOSPITAL U . S . News & World Report has named MMC the best hospital in Maine for 2019 - 2020 , and named MMC a “Best Regional Hospital” for the seventh year in a row . VOTED TOP HOSPITAL IN MAINE

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 25 The current parking agreement between OpCo and the Eastland Park Hotel was entered into on April 19, 2011 and expires on March 31, 2061. Long - Term Parking Agreement Designed by local architect Herbert Rhodes, The Eastland Hotel, now the Westin, celebrated its grand opening in 1927 to great fanfare. Boasting 369 guestrooms, the hotel was the largest in New England at the time and soon became a local landmark. The current owners renovated the property in 2013. 1 Historic Hotel In Downtown Portland 1 Source: “The Westin Portland Harborview.” Marriott International , https://www.marriott.com/hotels/travel/pwmwi - the - westin - portland - harborview/. MAJOR LEASED SPACES THE WESTIN PORTLAND HARBORVIEW

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 26 Via Is One Of The Largest Independent Advertising Agencies In The Country. The firm is a mainstay in the advertising landscape for the past 25 years with clients that include major consumer products companies such as Samsung, L.L. Bean, Arm & Hammer, Klondike, Unum, Purdue, Wawa and 1800 Tequila. 1 Parking Agreement The license agreement between The Via Group and OpCo was entered into on January 1, 2018 and expires on December 31, 2023. MAJOR LEASED SPACES THE VIA AGENCY 1 Source: https://theviaagency.com/

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 27 MARKET ANALYSIS

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 28 1 Source: “Awards & Recognition .” Portland Downtown, 20 June 2017, portlandmaine.com/explore - downtown/awards - recognition 2 Source: “https://www.visittheusa.com/destination/portland - maine” PORTLAND MARKET ACCOLADES 1 MARKET ANALYSIS 2

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 29 1 Source: US Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary. Esri forecasts for 2019 - 2024, Esri, 2020, doc.arcgis.com/en/esri - demographics/dat a/. 2 Source: Rector, Amanda, and Angela Hallowell. Maine Economic Indicators. Office of the State Economist, Sept. 2020, www.maine .g ov/dafs/economist. 3 Source: Top 25 Private Employers In Maine By Average Monthly Employment By County (3rd Quarter 2019). www.maine.gov/labor. DEMOGRAPHICS MARKET ANALYSIS Demographics 1 1 - Mile 3 - Miles 5 - Miles Total Population 21,921 77,954 116,746 Median Income $35,841 $55,645 $60,405 Diversified Economy Healthcare and professional services are major drivers of Portland’s economy. Several companies call Portland home, with numerous corporate headquarters in a variety of industries located in the area. The chart below shows the top five employers in Cumberland County and their respective sectors. 3 Employer Est. Total Employees Sector MaineHealth 11,001 - 11,500 Healthcare L.L. Bean, Inc. 3,501 - 4,000 Retail Unum Group 2,501 - 3,000 Professional Services Hannaford Bros Co. 2,501 - 3,000 Retail (Grocery) Mercy Hospital 1,001 - 1,500 Healthcare Unemployment Rates As of August 2020, Maine’s unemployment rate was 6.9% compared to 8.4% nationally. 2 Unemployment has improved since the COVID - 19 pandemic began, but remain higher than the record lows in the beginning of 2020.

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 30 Stability in Downtown Portland Office Market Maine has been a stable market, insulated from the volatility experienced in the wider national market. Recent years have bro ugh t re - urbanization and transformation to the downtown Portland landscape. The Property is located in the downtown submarket of Portland. According to The Boulos Company’s 2020 Greater Portland Market Ou tlook report, the downtown office market is the only submarket that continued to improve both average rental rates and average vacancy rate s t hrough 2019. 1 Class A and B combined vacancy rates were 4.1% for YE 2019, compared to 4.9% for YE 2018. 2 The YE 2019 class A vacancy rate was 0.4%, the lowest it has been since 2001. The average class A asking rent was $25.10 per sf for 2019. 1 Source: “2020 Greater Portland Market Outlook .” Maine Market Outlook, The Boulos Company, 2020, mainemarketoutlook.com 2 Class A and B are arbitrarily defined by The Boulos Company in the report. For further information, please read “Notes & Cred it s” in their report. PORTLAND OFFICE MARKET MARKET ANALYSIS

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 31 The market for parking in the downtown submarket has kept pace with the strengthening office and medical markets. Per the market survey conducted by the City of Portland in September 2020, there are 16 parking garages in the downtown submarket comprising 7,623 parking spaces. 1 The survey indicates an average monthly rate of $157.67, an average hourly rate of $4.30, and an average daily rate of $36.62. Of the 16 garages, six operate 24 hours, seven days a week. Per the survey, and verified as of September 2020, 10 garages have waitlists for monthly spaces. As of September 2020, the Property charges a monthly rate of $185.00, a daily rate of $40.00, and an hourly rate of $4.00 ($5.00 for the first hour). 1 Source: “Parking Survey September 2020 .”Annual Parking Survey of Downtown Garages and Lots, City of Portland Parking Division, September 2020, portlandmaine.gov/documentcenter. PORTLAND PARKING GARAGE MARKET MARKET ANALYSIS Subject Comp #1 Comp #2 Comp #3 Gateway Parking Garage Casco Bay Parking Garage Custom House Square Parking Garage Temple Street Parking Garage Address 181 High Street 54 Commercial Street 25 Pearl Street 11 Temple Street Total Spaces 649 419 761 620 Operator SP Plus MHR Management MHR Management MHR Management Hourly Rate $4 $5 $5 $5 Daily Rate $40 $40 $40 $40 Monthly Rate $185 $170 $170 $170 24/7 Operation Y N Y N Waitlist Y Y Y N Comp #4 Comp #5 Comp #6 Comp #7 Elm Street Parking Garage Fore Street Parking Garage Monument Square Parking Garage Ocean Gateway Garage Address 21 Elm Street 419 Fore Street Cumberland Avenue & Brown Street 167 Fore Street Total Spaces 398 423 340 720 Operator City of Portland The Boulos Company The Boulos Company SP Plus Hourly Rate $3 $6 $3 $5 Daily Rate $28 $45 N/A $50 Monthly Rate $130 $195 $145 $180 24/7 Operation N N N Y Waitlist Y Y N/A N Comp #8 Comp #9 Comp #10 Comp #11 Arts District Garage Chestnut Street Parking Garage Cumberland County Courthouse Garage Holiday Inn By the Bay Address 48 Brown Street Chestnut/ Lancaster/ Oxford Streets 188 Newbury Street 60 Spring Street Total Spaces 270 450 328 285 Operator N/A Unified Parking Partners City of Portland N/A Hourly Rate $5 N/A $4 $2 Daily Rate $45 N/A $18 $17 Monthly Rate $160 $140 $155 $120 24/7 Operation Y N/A N/A N/A Waitlist Y N/A N/A Y Comp #12 Comp #13 Comp #14 Comp #15 One City Center Parking Garage Public Market Garage Spring Street Parking Garage Harbor Plaza Parking Garage Address One City Center Preble & Elm Streets / Cumberland Avenue 45 Spring Street 10 Union Street Total Spaces 600 600 565 195 Operator N/A Unified Parking N/A N/A Hourly Rate $5 $5 $3 $5 Daily Rate $50 $35 $28 N/A Monthly Rate $150 $165 $130 N/A 24/7 Operation Y Y N N/A Waitlist Y Y Y N/A

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 32 The competitive landscape includes facilities in the immediate neighborhood of Gateway Garage as well as others scattered thr oug hout Portland’s downtown whose location, amenities, and user base parallels that of the subject. PARKING GARAGE MARKET MAP VIEW MARKET ANALYSIS 15 15

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 33 1 Source: COVID - 19 Outbreak: Impact on CRE, REIS.com/covid - 19. October 2020. 2 Source: Maine Office of the State Economist, Economic Indicator September 2020. Lasting Impact Of Workplace Changes Workplace changes such as working from home may continue beyond the Pandemic especially for those in high - density urban areas that reported the highest incidence of COVID - 19 spread. A drop in space usage intensity could cause the office market to contract, particularly in dense, downtown areas. Long - Term Leases: Short - term Office Market Volatility Per REIS, the Portland, ME office market vacancy rate is expected to increase slightly from 14.1% in YE 2019 to 14.9% by YE 2021, while asking rents remain stable at $16.55 psf through YE 2021. 1 Per REIS, the impact of COVID - 19 on employment in the Portland, ME market is considered “low”. While office users comprise the lessee space at Gateway Garage, the long - term leases can ensure revenue stability despite market volatility. After the World Health Organization declared the Coronavirus (COVID - 19) a global pandemic on March 11, 2020, markets worldwide became increasingly volatile as a result of the Pandemic. Elevated levels of uncertainty combined with fast changing data hav e d iminished the reliability of forecasting in the near term and, without a clear picture of the economic implications of COVID - 19, the traje ctory of the recovery is difficult to forecast. Maine Residents Following Recommended Stay At Home Orders to Reduce COVID - 19 Impact Reductions in traffic indicate adherence by Maine residents to social distancing guidelines recommended to lessen the spread of COVID - 19 and flatten the rate of new infections. Per the Maine Economic Indicators report for September 2020, YoY percent change in vehicle miles traveled is down 8.4%, but has improved from its trough in late March of 2020. 2 IMPACT OF COVID - 19 MARKET ANALYSIS

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 34 FINANCIAL SUMMARY

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 35 General Assumptions Closing Date (Anticipated) December 2020 Property NOI Unaudited non - GAAP financial measurement 1 OpCo Net Income (Loss) Unaudited non - GAAP financial measurement 1 Debt Payments Includes approximate principal and interest expenses as expected per existing loan terms Gross Yield Distribution to the Company prior to fees and expenses Income Assumptions 2 Parking Income VIA Agency and Westin agreements renew as is; Maine Medical Center (MMC) adjusts to 300 spaces and either renews or OpCo signs new corporate leases at $175 monthly rate Misc. and Transient Income Annualized for 2020 to adjust for COVID - 19, then normalized and 3% annual increase Expense Assumptions 2 General Expense 3% annual increase, unless otherwise specified Payroll Based on budget of new payroll plan, followed by general expense increase Repairs and Maintenance Based on budget, followed by general expense increase; historical R&M includes certain one - time expenses related to capital projects Other Operating Expenses Based on budget, followed by general expense increase (except condo fees, which have historically grown at approximately 1% annually); historical R&M includes certain one - time expenses including excessive snow removal in 2019 General and Administrative Based on new payroll budget, followed by general expense increase Management Fees 3 2% of gross income to the OpCo Manager and a fixed amount to SP Plus (assumes 5% cap) 1 The Property NOI and OpCo Net Income / (Loss) are non - GAAP financial measurements and are provided as additional information to complement GAAP measures by providing a further understanding of operating results from management's perspective. A reconciliation of these benchmarks to GAAP is available in the Offering Circular. 2 Assumptions are based on the Manager’s business plan described in this presentation, and is explained further and available t o i nvestors in the Offering Circular. 3 More details of management fees are explained in the Management section of this presentation, and is explained further and av ail able to investors in the Offering Circular. KEY ASSUMPTIONS FINANCIAL SUMMARY

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 36 1 OpCo uses Property NOI as a key performance indicator in evaluating operations. Given the nature of its business as a real es tat e owner, OpCo considers this measurement as a key supplemental measurement of its operating performance that is not specifically defined by GAAP. OpCo believes that Property NOI is useful to management and investors as a starting point i n m easuring its operational performance because this measurement excludes various items included in the GAAP adjusted net income (loss) that does not relate to or is not indicative of its operating performance, which can make periodic an d peer analyses of operating performance more difficult. HISTORICAL OPERATING PERFORMANCE 1 FINANCIAL SUMMARY For the Period Ending Dec - 18 Dec - 19 Revenue: Parking rental income $2,504,001 $2,453,834 Interest income $407 $369 Total Revenues $2,504,408 $2,454,203 Less Expenses: Payroll $313,450 $327,978 Repairs and maintenance $348,873 $261,358 Utilities $14,130 $13,862 Insurance $28,065 $33,371 Other operating expenses $74,935 $96,051 General and administrative expenses $106,581 $90,408 Management fees $124,038 $325,959 Property taxes $184,250 $191,835 Total Operating Expenses $1,194,322 $1,340,822 Property NOI $1,310,086 $1,113,381

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 37 1 Gross Cash Yield is a non - GAAP financial measurement used to project estimated proceeds distributed to the Company before fees. The December 2020 Gross Cash Yield assumes a closing date of December 2020 and therefore is calculated on one month of a full year performance. Gross Cash Yield is calculated by taking the OpCo Net Income multiplied by the percent equ ity interest of the Company before fees and expenses attributed to the Company and divided by the total contribution (basis) of the Company into OpCo. A breakdown of this formula as well as other important formulas are explained in the Appendix of this presentation. FIVE - YEAR PRO FORMA FINANCIAL SUMMARY For the Period Ending Dec - 20 Dec - 21 Dec - 22 Dec - 23 Dec - 24 Dec - 25 Revenue: Parking rental income $2,102,802 $2,465,149 $2,432,591 $2,564,648 $2,700,764 $2,841,061 Total misc. Income $18,481 $19,035 $19,606 $20,194 $20,800 $21,424 Total Revenues $2,121,283 $2,484,184 $2,452,197 $2,584,842 $2,721,565 $2,862,485 Less Expenses: Payroll $295,530 $304,396 $313,528 $322,934 $332,622 $342,601 Repairs and maintenance $67,280 $69,298 $71,377 $73,519 $75,724 $77,996 Utilities $13,919 $14,337 $14,767 $15,210 $15,666 $16,136 Insurance $32,035 $32,996 $33,986 $35,006 $36,056 $37,137 Other operating expenses $103,820 $106,246 $108,738 $111,298 $113,928 $116,630 General and administrative expenses $18,250 $18,798 $19,362 $19,943 $20,541 $21,157 Management fees $66,775 $124,209 $122,610 $129,242 $136,078 $143,124 Property taxes $213,808 $220,222 $226,829 $233,634 $240,643 $247,862 Total Operating Expenses $811,418 $890,502 $911,196 $940,784 $971,258 $1,002,643 Property NOI $1,309,865 $1,593,682 $1,541,001 $1,644,058 $1,750,307 $1,859,842 Less: Interest expense $558,690 $541,381 $523,369 $506,017 $485,150 $464,867 Less: mortgage principal repayment $413,884 $430,698 $448,155 $465,786 $485,096 $504,594 OpCo Net Income $337,291 $621,603 $569,476 $672,255 $780,061 $890,382 Projected gross cash yield 1 0.3% 6.2% 5.7% 6.7% 7.8% 8.9%

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 38 The Company will receive 100% of the proceeds from this offering. LEX Markets has agreed to pay the expenses of this offering, other than the placement fee. As a result, this is a “no load” offering, and the investors will not be required to pay any organization or offering expenses. A complete breakdown of the offering expenses will be explained and made available to investors upon filing of the Offering Circular. OFFERING EXPENSES COMPANY FEES AND EXPENSES The Company will pay LEX Markets an annual platform fee equal to 1% of the value of the public float of its Units, based on the average price per Unit of the last 90 calendar days of the immediately preceding calendar year. This fee will cover, among other things, on - going reporting requirements, filings, audits, platform fees, and servicing. A complete breakdown of the platform fees will be explained and made available to investors upon filing of the Offering Circular. The Manager will not receive any compensation for serving as the Manager of the Company. Instead, the Manager, in its capacity as the OpCo Manager, will be paid an asset management fee equal to two 2% of OpCo’s annual gross income, subject to a 5% cap on the aggregate management fee payable by OpCo to the Property manager (SP Plus) and the OpCo Manager. A complete breakdown of the management fees will be explained and made available to investors upon filing of the Offering Circular. ONGOING EXPENSES FINANCIAL SUMMARY

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 39 APPENDIX

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 40 The Commercial Real Estate Securities Marketplace 1 LEX MARKETS Solving for today’s liquidity challenges and limited investment opportunities by offering publicly tradable single - asset securities 1 LEX Markets is currently seeking regulatory approval for its Alternative Trading System, which will enable electronic seconda ry market trading of Reg A+ securities. Once issued, unit prices will vary based on supply and demand. New issue securities are highly speculative and can lose value. An investor can lose an entire investment. To find out more, visit LEX - Mar kets.com. 2 Investment banking services are offered by LEX Markets LLC, Member FINRA/SIPC, 25 West 39th Street, 8th Floor, New York, NY 1 001 8. Structure Service Placement The LEX investment banking team works with sponsors to structure new publicly - tradable equity securities 2f LEX connects sponsors with experienced legal counsel, tax consultants, and accounting firms to facilitate the submission and qualification of each offering LEX places the initial offerings and facilitates secondary trading on LEX’s proposed ATS 1 Visit LEX - Markets.com or contact us for more information LEX Markets LLC 25 West 39 th Street, 8 th Floor, New York, NY 10018 Investors@LEX - Markets.com (212) 655 - 9816

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 41 PROPERTY VALUATION The OpCo Manager has determined that the value of the Property is $24.0M (Property Valuation). The OpCo Manager is basing the Pr operty Valuation on an independent third - party appraisal prepared by Archstone Group that valued the Property at $27.1M as of March 16, 2020, and a valuation analysis made by the OpCo Manager based on market conditions and comparable sales. The independent third - party analyses, opinions and conclusions, which were derived from the income and sales comparison approaches, were developed in con for mity with the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics & Standards of Professional Practice of the Appraisal Institute, whi ch include the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice.

 

 

181 High Street Portland, Maine PAGE 42 FORMULAS USED ABOVE Equity Value The proposed offering amount is determined based on the implied equity value (Equity Value) of the real estate asset. This am oun t is calculated as follows: Property Valuation – Principal Debt = Equity Value The Property Valuation is determined by OpCo Manager. The Principal Debt is an approximation of outstanding principal balance of the debt at the time of the offering based on the terms of the loan agreement. 1 For this Property, the Equity Value is: $24.00M – $13.97M = $10.03M For this Property, if OpCo offers 10% of the Equity Value, the formula for the basis to any potential investor in an initial offering would be: $10.03M x 10% ≈ $1,000,000 $1,000,000 / $250 = Maximum 4,000 Units offered to public. Gross Cash Yield 2 The Gross Cash Yield to the Company (expressed as a percentage) is calculated by taking the OpCo Net Income multiplied by the percent equity interest offered to the Company before fees and expenses attributed to the Company (Gross Proceeds), divided by the Offering Amount (basis) of the Company contributed into OpCo : ( OpCo Net Income x % Interest of Equity Value) / Offering Amount For this Property, the YE 2021 projected Gross Cash Yield is: ($621,603 x 10%) / $1,000,000 = 6.2% Net Cash Yield 2 The Net Cash Yield is calculated by taking the Gross Cash Yield and deducting the annual fees and expenses attributed to the Com pany. For this Property, the YE 2021 projected Net Cash Yield is: 6.2% - 1% = 5.2% 1 A complete breakdown of the Property’s indebtedness and audited financials is available to investors in the Offering Circular . 2 The basis used for calculating yields and fees is based on the maximum offering amount of this offering. Forward - looking yields and fees are also based on the maximum offering amount; however, this basis will change based on the market value on the secondary market (the ATS). The annual platform fee for the Company is 1% of the value of the public float of th e U nits, based on the average price per Unit over the last 90 calendar days of the immediately preceding calendar year.